2013全国各地高考英语试题总汇241页精编精排版

2013全国各地高考英语试题总汇241页精编精排版

目录 一、2013年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（课标卷I） 3‎ 二、2013年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（课标卷II） 17‎ 三、2013年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（大纲卷） 25‎ 四、2013 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语 (北京卷) 35‎ 五、2013年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（天津卷） 48‎ 六、2013年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（上海卷） 59‎ 七、2013年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（重庆卷） 72‎ 八、2013年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（安徽卷） 86‎ 九、2013年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（福建卷） 98‎ 十、2013年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（广东卷） 111‎ 十一、2013年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（湖北卷） 122‎ 十二、2013年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语(湖南卷) 135‎ 十三、2013年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（江苏卷） 148‎ 十四、2013年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（江西卷） 161‎ 十五、2013年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（辽宁卷） 173‎ 十六、2013年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（山东卷） 184‎ 十七、2013年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（陕西卷） 196‎ 十八、2013年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（四川卷） 207‎ 十九、2013年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（浙江卷） 217‎ 答案： 230‎ 一、课标卷I 230‎ 二、课标卷II 231‎ 三、大纲卷 232‎ 四、北京卷 233‎ 五、天津卷 234‎ 六、上海卷 235‎ 七、重庆卷 237‎ 八、安徽卷 239‎ 九、福建卷 240‎ 十、广东卷 241‎ 十一、湖北卷 242‎ 十二、湖南卷 243‎ 十三、江苏卷 244‎ 十四、江西卷 246‎ 十五、辽宁卷 247‎ 十六、山东卷 248‎ 十七、陕西卷 249‎ 十八、四川卷 250‎ 十九、浙江卷 252‎ 一、2013年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（课标卷I）‎ 第I卷 第一部分：听力理解（共两节，满分30分）‎ 第一节(共5小题：每小题1.5分，满分7.5分)‎ 听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题.从题中所给的A. B.C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。每段对话仅读一遍。‎ ‎1. What will the couple do soon probably?‎ ‎ A. Go to change some clothes. B. Write an essay together. C. Eat out together.‎ ‎2. Where are the two speakers probably now?‎ ‎ A. In a restaurant. B.At a garage. C. In a hospital.‎ ‎3. Why didn’t the woman drive her car?‎ ‎ A. Her car broken down. B. The gas ran out. C. Her car was lent,‎ ‎4. What’s the probable relationship between the speakers?‎ ‎ A. Colleagues. B. Good friends. C. Boyfriend and girlfriend ‎5. What’s the man’s decision?‎ ‎ A. Repairing the typewriter. ‎ B. Buying a typewriter. ‎ C. Thinking about repairing.‎ 第二节(共15小题;每小题1.5分，满分22.5分)‎ ‎ 听下面5段对话。每段对话后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。每段对话读两遍。‎ 听第6段材料.回答第6至8题。‎ ‎6. How long has Helen been collecting pencils?‎ ‎ A. For two years. B. For three years C. For six years.‎ ‎7. What is on Helen’s favourite pencil?‎ ‎ A. Some words. B. Some letters. C. Some pictures.‎ ‎8. What are they talking about?‎ ‎ A. Hobby B. Collection. C. Study.‎ 听第7段材料.回答第9至11题。‎ ‎9. Who will marry tonight?‎ ‎ A. Diana Blake and Frank Cook.‎ ‎ B. Diana Blake and Bland Cook ‎ C. Diana Brook and Frank Cook.‎ ‎10. What is the job of Diana?‎ ‎ A. A professor. B. An editor. C. A writer.‎ ‎11.What does the man think of the new couple?‎ ‎ A.A good match. B. An unhappy couple. C. A busy couple.‎ 听第8段材料，回答第12至14题。‎ ‎12. Where are the speakers talking?‎ ‎ A. At home. B. At a bus stop. C. In the woman’s office ‎13. Who has just got a new bike?‎ ‎ A. Tom. B. Matt. C. Mom.‎ ‎14. Why does the boy want to buy her mother a plane?‎ ‎ A. To help her travel fast.‎ ‎ B. To help her avoid traffic jams.‎ ‎ C. To help her putting on grand airs.‎ 听第9段材料，回答第15至17题。‎ ‎15. Why does the man talk to the woman?‎ ‎ A. He wants to join a club.‎ ‎ B. He wants to take part in a party.‎ ‎ C. He is taking an examination to learn music.‎ ‎16. What kind of instrument can the man play?‎ ‎ A. The piano and drum. B. The piano and violin. C. The drum and trumpet.‎ ‎17. What can we learn about the man from the conversation?‎ ‎ A. He likes disc. B. He has a lot of CDs. C. He will pay for joining.‎ 第三节（共3小题；每小题1.5分，满分4.5分）‎ 请听下面一段独白，用所听到的独白中的词或数填空，每空限填一个词或一个数。填入内容要写在答题卡相应的位置上。。本段独白读两遍。‎ 请听第10段材料，回答第18至20题。‎ Thing How Get your baggage the claim area is on your 18 ‎ will be arriving in about 19 minutes Transportation buses are under the green sign taxis are in the 20 parking area 第二部分：知识运用（共两节，满分45分）‎ 第一节 单项填空 (共15小题，每小题1分，满分15分)‎ ‎1.-- My name is Jonathan. Shall I spell it for you?‎ ‎--_____________.‎ ‎ A. No problem. B. Of course, you should. ‎ ‎ C. If you don’t mind D. That’s all right.‎ ‎2. Wouldn’t it be ______ wonderful world if all nations lived in ______ peace with one another? ‎ ‎ A. a, / B. the, / C. a, the D. the, the ‎3. The English ______ in England between AD450 and 1150 was very different from the English we _______ at present. ‎ ‎ A. speaking; spoken B. spoken; speak ‎ ‎ C. spoken; speaking D. speaking; are speaking ‎4. We're excited to learn the news ________ China sent three astronauts into space between June and August this year.‎ ‎ A. what B. which C. that D. as ‎5. I _________ glasses since I was in primary school and I hate them. They make me look like a bookworm.‎ ‎ A. have worn B. have been wearing ‎ ‎ C. have been worn D. was wearing ‎6. He is very popular among his students as he always tries to get them ________ in his lectures.‎ ‎ A. interesting B. interested C. being interested D. to interest ‎7. Susan was expecting her favourite singers, but to her disappointment, ______ appeared. ‎ ‎ A. some B. none C. everyone D. no one ‎8. Although Rio knew little about marketing, he succeeded ______ other more well-informed managers failed. ‎ ‎ A. as B. unless C. what D. where ‎9. Clean water and fresh air are essential for our daily life, _______ we can’t live.‎ ‎ A. by which B. without which C. that D. on which ‎10. —Can I borrow your car, Mum?‎ ‎—If you ________.‎ A. must B．can C．will D．may ‎11.Only with the greatest of luck _______ to escape from the rising flood waters.‎ ‎ A. managed she B. she managed ‎ ‎ C. did she manage D. she did manage ‎12. It was not until she took off her dark glasses _____ I realized she was a famous film star. ‎ ‎ A. who B. that C. where D. before ‎13. -- Have you ever been to the city of Beijing, our capital?‎ ‎-- Yes, only once. I ______ there only for two days.‎ ‎ A. had stayed B. were staying C. have stayed D. stayed ‎14. Why this excellent newspaper allows such an article to be printed is _______ me.‎ ‎ A. above B. outside C. beside D. beyond ‎15.----I’m sorry. I shouldn’t been so angry with you that day.‎ ‎----______. I was a bit out of control myself. ‎ ‎ A. That’s right B. All right C. Forget it D. Got it 第二节 完形填空(共20小.:每小1.5分.满分30分)‎ 阅读下面短文.从短文后各题所给的四个选项《A、B. C和D》中,选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项小涂黑。‎ According to Greek legend, in ancient Athens a man noticed the great storyteller Aesop playing childish games with some little boys. He 36 and made fun of Aesop, asking him why he wasted his time in such 37 games.‎ Aesop responded by 38 a bow, loosening its string, and placing it on the ground. Then he said to the critical man, “Now, 39 the riddle(迷), if you can. Tell us what the unstrung bow means.”‎ The man 40 at it for several minutes but had no idea about what 41 Aesop was trying to make. Aesop 42 , “If you keep a bow always bent, it will break 43 ; but if you let it go loose, it will be more 44 for use when you want it.”‎ So it is with us. Our minds and bodies are like the 45 .When often under the 46 of everyday life, we can finally 47 .We need to loosen up; we need time to 48 the pressure off and relax.‎ Former baseball pitcher(投球手) Dutch Leonard might have put it a little differently. He once said that the 49 of great pitching is not speed or the ability to throw curves(曲线球). It’s the “change of pace”. Even the 50 batter(击球手) will soon learn how to hit a pitcher who continually throws the same kind of pitch. But it’s 51 to hit a pitcher who changes the pace of pitching. That 52 of pace gives a pitcher an advantage over the other pitchers.‎ A change of pace also gives us a(n) 53 in life. Taking time to watch the clouds, enjoy a breeze, take a walk, read just slowdown is 54 if we are to be our best later. And a regular day of rest is as important as regular sleep. It’s a 55 of taking the pressure off.‎ To be your best, make sure you change your pace. It may just be the change you need.‎ ‎36. A. wondered B. laughed C. shouted D. cried ‎37. A. wise B. bright C. foolish D. false ‎38. A. picking up B. throwing away C. making up D. putting down ‎39. A .make B. answer C. follow D. ask ‎40. A. stopped B. aimed C. smiled D. looked ‎41. A. point B. legend C. idea D. plan ‎42. A. answered B. replied C. explained D. called ‎43. A. finally B. certainly C. firstly D. generally ‎44. A. possible B. careful C. hopeful D. fit ‎45. A. string B. bow C. riddle D. activity ‎46. A. routine B. control C. pressure D. pain ‎47. A. fall B. break C. die D. pass ‎48. A. put B. catch C. give D. take ‎49. A. secret B. solution C. ability D. method ‎50. A. great B. successful C. average D. smart ‎51. A. easy B. hard C. likely D. usual ‎52. A. kind B. game C. change D. speed ‎53. A. advantage B. road C. bottom D. center ‎54. A. convenient B. necessary C. acceptable D. reasonable ‎55 A. trick B. result C. beginning D. way 第三部分：阅读理解（共一节，满分40分）‎ A A few years ago my sister moved from her home in Alabama to Buffalo, New York. Since moving to Buffalo she’s become a big hockey fan and has encouraged me to start watching it. Unfortunately it’s very difficult to find hockey on television here in Alabama. Since hockey games don’t air very much on television I’ve had to look for different ways to watch hockey games.‎ I often see websites that claim if you go to their website you can watch television on your computer. I try out many of these websites hoping that one of the television stations is a northern station that airs hockey games. Unfortunately, most of them don’t work. Either the site doesn’t really give you what they advertise or their video player doesn’t work properly. But finally I’ve found one websites that actually works.‎ Free Tube is a site that you can go to and watch Television online for free. You don’t have to download any kind special software or pay money or even sign up for anything. All you have to do is go to Free Tube, choose your channel and start watching. ‎ The different channels to choose from are separated into different categories like news, business, entertainment, music and sports. You’re not going to find channels like NBC or ABC so you can watch the latest episode of Heroes or Grey’s Anatomy but it does include some popular channels like Cartoon Network and ESPN.‎ There is also a movie section. Each move channel airs different sorts of films like adventure, classics, comedy or horror and that channel will always air that kind of movies. The movie section also includes my favorite station called Maxx Trailers (预告片). Maxx Trailers airs nothing but movies trailers 24 hours a day. Some of the trailers are for movies coming out and some are for movies that have already been released but already released movies don’t go back farther than a couple of months.‎ So far I haven’t had any problems with Free Tube’s video player either. Whenever I choose a channel the video almost always works and usually loads every quickly. The only problem I have with Free Tube is that there is currently a glitch if you’re using Firefox. Once you choose a channel you can’t select another channel to change to, your web browser will freeze up. So if you’re using Firefox the only way to switch channels is to leave the site and ‎ re-enter the site, when choosing what channel you want to go to. However, Free Tube is aware of this glitch and is working with Mozilla to get it fixed right away.‎ If you’re missing some show everyone is talking about like Grey’s Anatomy or Heroes this isn’t really a solution for that. But Free Tube is a good way to find channels that you weren’t aware of; there are several good stations to be found. ‎ ‎56. The author mainly ________ in this passage.‎ A. tells us his experience in using the Web.‎ B. introduces Free Tube to the readers C. shows us the disadvantages of Free Tube D. shows us how to enjoy films online ‎57. The author got interested in watching hockey games ________‎ A. because he is a sports fan B. due to his sister’s influence C. since everyone enjoys the games D. because he has nothing to do all day long ‎58. Form the passage we can learn that ______________‎ A. the author is also very fond of movies ‎ B. Maxx Trailers airs to-be-released movies C. ABC is a very famous TV station in America ‎ D. Firefox is the only software used to watch films online ‎59. The underlined word “glitch” probably means _________‎ A. cover B. change C. note D. fault B Nuclear energy has always been controversial. But since the tsunami and nuclear disaster in Fukushima (Japan) last year the issue is back in the headlines. And the world is divided— some countries are planning more nuclear plants, while others have promised to shut theirs down.‎ After Fukushima, Germany decided to switch off all its nuclear plants by 2022. Switzerland and Italy are also phasing out nuclear power. But France and the United States remain staunch supporters of atomic energy. In fact, almost 80% of France’s electricity comes from nuclear power, the highest percentage in the world. And in the US, the Obama administration said it “continues to support the expansion of nuclear power, despite the crisis in Japan.”‎ Nuclear supporters claim nuclear power can help the environment. Unlike fossil fuels, nuclear power doesn’t create greenhouse gases. So, pro-nuclear countries argue that nuclear power allows them to generate energy without contributing to climate change. Britain’s chief scientific adviser (John Beddington) supports this view. He recently said that the world doesn’t have the luxury of ignoring nuclear energy.‎ Nuclear power is also relatively cheap. Renewable energy sources such as solar, hydro and wind power may be clean, but they’re expensive; and right now, they require a lot of ‎ investment. This higher cost of using “green energy” is usually passed onto the consumer. So, while many people may prefer their energy to come from a renewable source, not so many are prepared to pay higher energy bills. This is of particular concern while the world economy is in such bad shape.‎ The main argument against nuclear energy is that it isn’t safe. For a start, nuclear waste is very difficult to dispose of, and remains toxic to humans for thousands of years. And even before Fukushima, there were several high-profile nuclear disasters. The most famous is probably the 1986 Chernobyl disaster, in the Ukraine. The radiation from the meltdown spread all over Europe, affecting thousands.‎ The nuclear energy issue is very complex. And it doesn’t look like it’ll be resolved anytime soon. As a Japanese commentator recently said, “it’s been a bad year for the ‘nuclear village’, but I don’t think they’re down and out yet.” The battle continues. ‎ ‎60. Which of the following may NOT be the advantage of nuclear energy over other energy sources? ‎ ‎ A. Nuclear energy doesn’t produce any greenhouse gases.‎ ‎ B. Nuclear energy can help prevent the climate damage.‎ ‎ C. Nuclear energy is more environmental-friendly than other green energy sources.‎ ‎ D. Nuclear energy can save the consumers some money, compared to other renewable energies.‎ 61. In the 5th paragraph, the author takes the case of Chernobyl disaster in Ukraine to _______.‎ A. convince the reader that nuclear waste is difficult to get rid of.‎ B. explain that nuclear waste may remain harmful to humans for thousands of years.‎ C. persuade the world not to use nuclear energy. ‎ D. support the idea that nuclear energy is not safe. ‎ 62. We can learn from the last paragraph that _______.‎ ‎ A. the Japanese commentator is positive about the future of nuclear energy.‎ ‎ B. the nuclear energy issue will be soon settled.‎ ‎ C. a battle will break out in the future.‎ ‎ D. Japan is considering to build a nuclear village in the future.‎ 63. What is the author's purpose of writing the passage? ‎ ‎ A. To highlight the danger of using nuclear energy.‎ ‎ B. To introduce some serious nuclear disasters.‎ ‎ C. To show the argument between nuclear supporters and protesters.‎ ‎ D. To give some advice on how to use nuclear energy safely.‎ C Swim Birthday Parties ‎ Ages 3 and up.‎ Pool parties are during recreation swim in the 25-yard pool. Each party consists of an ‎ hour of celebration in a private room. Parties are for 1—5 children. All non-swimmers or children requiring floatation must be at arm’s length from the pool and accompanied by an adult or guardian.‎ Please contact Sarah Hagan 762—8384x210.‎ Fee: Members $ 175/Non-members $225‎ Youth Fitness Birthday Parties Leave the party activities to us! Your party package includes:1/2 hour set-up,1 hour program time including equipment,props,etc.1 hour party time for cake,presents,etc.,1/2 hour clean-up time and 1 or 2 hours specialists. Parents supply decorations, food and paper goods. To schedule a Youth Fitness Birthday Party, call Mary Ann Genuario (x282).‎ Fee:$295 for up to 10 children,$10 each additional child—16 children maximum. Non-member price available upon request.‎ The Art Spot Birthday Parties The Art Spot offers a variety of creative fine art parties for Ages 4—Adult! We supply the invitations, a balloon bouquet(花束), paper goods, project materials and a party host; all you need to bring is the cake!‎ Parties are one and a half hours, the first hour the group create their art project, and last 1/2 hour is for cake and presents! Parties are usually held on Friday nights and weekends but weekday parties are available.‎ Cost: $21 per child.‎ Rain or shine there’s no better place than the Art Spot for your child’s next party!‎ Nursery School Birthday Parties If planning a party is not your thing, let us do the work for you! We offer a variety of pre-planned parties to choose from. You may also do a combination of 2 parties for boy/ girl parties. All parties are on Saturday afternoons between the hours of 12:00 p.m. and 4:00 p.m. and are one and a half hours in length. Parties include a craft or activity and paper goods. You may arrive 15 minutes prior to your scheduled time to set-up. To schedule a party please contact Kim Murphy(x214).‎ Fee(Up to 15 children):$200 Members/ $250 Non-member,$15 each additional child.‎ ‎64. The phrase “be at arm’s length” probably means“ ”.‎ ‎ A. be as careful as possible B. be as long as an arm ‎ C. be as near as possible D. be as faraway as possible ‎65. If 12 children take part in Youth Fitness Birthday Parties, they will pay .‎ ‎ A. $ 455 B.$315 C.$ 200 D.$250‎ ‎66. If your child joins in the Art Spot Birthday Parties, he will .‎ ‎ A. swim in the 25-yard pool B. spend half an hour to clean up ‎ C. create his own art project D. o activities with other kids ‎67. What information can you get from the passage?‎ ‎ A. You can schedule the party when it is convenient for you.‎ ‎ B. The number of people for these parties is limited.‎ ‎ C. our need to bring nothing to join in the birthday parties.‎ ‎ D. All of these birthday parties center on a special theme.‎ D Pollution is reducing the fragrance of plants and thus preventing bees from pollinating(授粉) them—endangering one of the most essential cycles of nature, a new study suggests.‎ The potentially hugely significant research, funded by US National Science Foundation, has found that gases mainly formed from the emissions of car exhaust prevent flowers from attracting bees and other insects to pollinate them. And the scientists who have conducted the study fear that insects’ abilities to drive away enemies and attract mates may also be disturbed.‎ Professor Jose Fuentes, who led the study, said, “Scent molecules(分子) produced by flowers in a less polluted environment could travel for roughly 1,000 to 1,200 meters. But today they may travel only 200 to 300 meters. This makes it increasingly difficult for bees and other insects to locate the flowers.”‎ The researchers, who worked on the molecules of snapdragons(金鱼草),found that the molecules are volatile(易挥发的) and quickly bond with pollutants, mainly formed from vehicle emissions. This chemically changes the molecules so that they no longer smell like flowers. A harmful cycle is therefore set up where insects struggle to get enough food and the plants do not get pollinated enough to multiply.‎ Already bees, which pollinate most of the world’s crops, re in such a great decline that has never been known before in Britain and across much of the globe. At least a quarter of America’s 2.5 million honey bee colonies have been mysteriously wiped out by colony collapse disorder(CCD),where hives are found suddenly deserted.‎ The crists has now spread to Europe. Politicians insist that CCD has not yet been found in Britain, but considering the present number of bees, the agriculture minister Lord Rooker has sent the warning, “The honey bee population could be wiped out in 10 years.”‎ Although the researchers are not certain whether this is the real cause of CCD, they say that pollution is making life more difficult for bees and other insects in many ways.‎ ‎68. In what way does pollution prevent flowers from attracting bees?‎ ‎ A. By shortening the distance traveled by the scent molecules of flowers. ‎ B. By disturbing the bees’ ability to attract mates.‎ ‎ C. By weakening the bees’ ability to fight against enemies.‎ ‎ D. By stopping flowers from giving off fragrance.‎ ‎69. What harm does the decreasing number of bees do to human beings?‎ ‎ A. It will cause humans not to get enough honey.‎ ‎ B. It will reduce the food supplies for the world.‎ ‎ C. Humans will have to depend on other insects to pollinate plants.‎ ‎ D. Humans will find it hard to deal with the deserted bee hives.‎ ‎70. From the passage we can know that .‎ ‎ A. Europe is affected greatly by CCD ‎ B.CCD has destroyed most of the honey bee colonies in Europe ‎ C. no honey bees will be found all over the world in the near future ‎ D. European officials have paid much attention to CCD ‎71. What would be the best title for the passage?‎ ‎ A. Traffic Pollution Puts Bees in Danger B. Traffic Pollution is to Blame for CCD C. Pollution Makes Flowers Lose Their Scent D. Pollution Causes the Decrease in Flowers E Years ago, I worked for a trucking company as a driver. It was my habit to go to company on Saturday and spend a couple hours maintaining my truck. As I was under the truck, I noticed the owner’s elderly father making his way over to his grandson’s truck next to mine.‎ ‎ The old man asked the kid to take him fishing. But the grandson told him all about how much he’d love to, but he couldn’t due to the prior promises. The old man then walked away. Some minutes later, the father came out and asked his son what the old man had wanted. After telling the story, the kid ended it with saying, “I’m not taking that old man fishing. It’s worse than taking a kid.” ‎ ‎ That just broke my heart.‎ ‎ I quit working immediately and headed home. I loaded up something like a lawn chair, a pole , and headed back to the yard. On the way I bought a big bobber(浮子) and some worms. When I got there, I knocked on the door and invited him fishing. If I was like taking a kid fishing, I had determined to take him where I’d take a kid.‎ ‎ When we got there I put him in the lawn chair beside the water, baited and cast the line, and handed him the pole. Soon that big old bobber started to dance; he set the hook, drew the fish in skillfully. And handed the pole to me. I unhooked the fish, re-baited and cast, and again handed it to him. This went on for about half an hour at which point he informed me he was tired and needed to go home. Then I got home. When I got him home I gave the fish to his daughter-in-law with instructions to make sure he got them for dinner and then left.‎ ‎ Two weeks later, the old man died. His family told me later all he talked about during that time was his fishing trip. While I get the satisfaction of knowing I took an old man on his last fishing trip, his family has to live with the knowledge that a stranger took their grandpa on his last fishing trip.‎ ‎ Whenever you get the chance, don’t forget about taking grandpa fishing, you may be in the same place and you’ll want your family to care about you too.‎ ‎72. What is the purpose of writing this story?‎ ‎ A. To introduce how he taught an old man to fish ‎ B. To show how he behaved to an old man ‎ C. To persuade people to care for old men ‎ D. To advise people to go fishing with old men ‎73. Why did the grandson refuse the old man’s request?‎ ‎ A. Because he had invited others.‎ ‎ B. Because he didn’t know how to fish.‎ ‎ C. Because he had to take care of his kids.‎ ‎ D. Because he didn’t want to take the trouble ‎74. The author stopped his work immediately because he ________.‎ ‎ A. became quite angry after listening to the words of his boss’s son ‎ B. decided to drive home for fishing tools and take the old man fishing ‎ C. needed to go and buy a big bobber and some worms he needed ‎ D. had got to head home to deal with some urgent situations ‎75. Which words can describe the author most properly from the story?‎ ‎ A. Responsible and kind B. Clever and brave ‎ C. Warm-hearted but poor D. Hardworking and lonely 第II卷 第四部分：书面表达（共两节，满分35分）‎ 第一节短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）‎ 假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。‎ 增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号（＾)，并在其下面写出该加的词。‎ 删除：把多余的词用斜线〔〕划掉。‎ 修改：在错的词下划一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。‎ 注意：1.每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；‎ ‎2.只允许修改10处，多者（从第11处起）不计分。‎ My father and I stayed at the South Lake Hotel for a week when we visit Beijing last month. It is in the downtown area, but it is easy to go to anywhere from the hotel by public transport.‎ We lived in a comfortably doubleroom with a big bath. What I liked best were the free highspeed Internet connection in the room. I checked my email messages every day. I also shared for my friends many photos taking in Beijing. The food was wonderful with reasonable prices, and we enjoyed several local dish.‎ It is such great hotel that I would recommend it to any friend of me who is going to Beijing.‎ 第二节书面表达（满分25分）（注意：在试题卷上作答无效）‎ 假设你叫张林。你的英国朋友Andrew下月要来你校学习两个月。他来信请你对他上学期间的交通方式提出建议。‎ 现在，请你用英语回一封信，按以下各点答复。‎ ‎1.建议骑自行车上学；‎ ‎2. 自行车是学生常用交通工具；‎ ‎3. 骑自行车的一些好处；‎ ‎4.骑自行车需注意的问题。‎ 注意：‎ ‎1. 词数100左右，信的开头和结束语已为你写好（不计入总词数）‎ ‎2. 可根据内容要点适当增加细节，使行文连贯。‎ Dear Andrew, ‎ Very happy to hear from you and you’re welcome to study in our school for the next two months.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ Hopefully, what I’ve mentioned above could be helpful and wish you a fun time in our school. ‎ ‎ Yours,‎ Zhang Lin 二、2013年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（课标卷II）‎ 第一部分：知识运用（共两节，满分45分）‎ 第一节 单项填空(共15小题:每小题1分，满分15分)‎ ‎1．--I'm sorry I made a mistake!‎ ‎-- Nobody is perfect.‎ A. Take your time B. You're right C. Whatever you say D. Take it easy ‎2. Would you like to with us to the film tonight?‎ A. come along B. come off C. come across D. come through ‎3. I was glad to meet Jenny again, I didn't want to spend all day with her.‎ A. but B. and C. so D. or ‎4. When I arrived, Bryan took me to see the house_ I would be staying.‎ A. what B. when C. where D. which ‎5. I got to the office earlier that day, the 7:30 train from Paddington A. caught B. to have caught C. to catch D. having caught ‎6. Since nobody gave him any help, he have done the research on his own.‎ A. can B. must C. would D. need ‎7. We very early so we packed the night before.‎ A. leave B. had left C. were leaving D. have left ‎8. The watch was very good, and he 20 percent down for it.‎ A. a good one B. a better one C. the best one D. a best one ‎10. It was only after he had read the papers Mr. Gross realized the task before him was extremely difficult to complete.‎ A. when B. that C. which D. what ‎11 A serious study of physics is impossible some knowledge of mathematics.‎ A. against B. before C. beyond D. without ‎12. Only by increasing the number of doctors by 50 percent properly in this hospital.‎ A. can be the patients B. can the patients be treated C. the patients can be treated D. treated can be the patients ‎13. Four and half hours of discussion took us up to midnight, and break for cheese, chocolate and tea with sugar.‎ A. a; a B. the; the C.不填；the D. a; 不填 ‎14. It's an either-or situation - we can buy a new car this year or we can go on holiday but we can’t do .‎ A. others B. either C. another D. both ‎15. -Are you sure you won't come for a drink with us?‎ ‎- ,if you insist A. Not at all B. It depends C. All right then D.I don't care 第二节 完形填空（共20小题, 满分30分）‎ 阅读下面短文，从短文后面各题锁哥的四个选项(A、 B、C 和 D)中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ Michael Greenberg is a very popular New Yorker. He is not famous in sports or the arts, But people in the streets 16 him, especially those who are 17 .‎ For those people, he is "Gloves" Greenberg. How did he get that 18 ?‎ He looks like any other businessman, wearing a suit and carrying a briefcase (公文箱). But he's 19 _. His briefcase always has some gloves。‎ In winter, Mr.Greenberg does not 20 like other New Yorkers, who look at the sidewalk and 21 the street. He looks around at 22 He stops when he 23 someone with no gloves. He gives them a pair and then he 24 , looking for more people with cold 25 .‎ On winter days, Mr.Greenberg 26 gloves. During the rest of the year, he 27 gloves. People who have heard about him 28 him gloves, and he has many in his apartment.‎ ‎ Mr. Greenberg 29 doing this 21 years ago. Now, many poor New Yorkers know him and 30 his behavior. But people who don't know him are sometimes 31 him. They don't realize that he just wants to make them 32 .‎ It runs in the 33 .Michael's father always helped the poor as he believed it made everyone happier. Michael Greenberg feels the 34 .A pair of gloves may be a 35 thing ,but it can make a big difference in winter.‎ ‎16. A. know about B. learn from C. cheer for D. look after ‎17. A. old B. busy C. kind D. poor ‎18. A. job B. name C. chance D. message ‎19. A. calm B. different C. crazy D. curious ‎20. A. act B. sound C. feel D. dress ‎21. A. cross over B. drive along C. hurry down D. keep off ‎22. A. cars B. people C. street numbers D. traffic lights ‎23. A. helps B .chooses C. greets D. sees ‎24. A. holds up B. hangs out C. moves on D. turns around ‎25. A. hands B. ears C. faces D. eyes ‎26. A. searches for B. stores up C. gives away D. puts on ‎27. A. borrows B. sells C. returns D. buys ‎28. A. call B. send C. lend D. show ‎29. A. delayed B. remembered C. began D. enjoyed ‎30.A. understand B. dislike C. study D .excuse ‎31. A. sorry for B. satisfied with C. proud of D. surprised by ‎32. A .smart B. rich C. special D. happy ‎33. A. city B. family C. neighborhood D. company ‎34. A. honor B. pain C. same D. cold ‎35. A. small B. useful C. delightful D. comforting 第二部分：阅读理解（共两节，满分40分）‎ 第一节(共15小题:每小题2分，满分30分)‎ ‎ 阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项《A、 B、 C和D)中。选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ A ‎ Doctor are known to be terrible pilots. They don't listen because they already know it all. I was lucky: ] became a pilot in 1970, almost ten years before I graduated from medical school. I didn't realize then, but becoming a pilot makes me a better surgeon. I loved flying. As I flew bigger, faster planes, and in worse weather. I learned about crew resource management (机组资源管理), or CRM, a new idea to make flying safer. It means that crew members should listen and speak up for a good result, regardless of positions.‎ ‎ I first read about CRM in 1980. Not long after that, an attending doctor and I were flying in bad weather. The controller had us turn too late to get our landing ready. The attending doctor was flying; I was safety pilot He was so busy because of the bad turn, he had forgotten to put the landing gear (起落架) down. He was a better pilot - and my boss - so it felt unusual to speak up. But I had to: Our lives were in danger. I put aside my uneasiness and said, "We need to put the landing gear down now!" That was my first real lesson in the power of CRM, and I've used it in the operating room ever since.‎ CRM requires that the pilot/surgeon encourage others to speak up. It further requires that when opinions are from the opposite, the doctor doesn't overreact, which might prevent fellow doctors from voicing opinions again. So when I'm in the operating room, I ask for ideas and help from others. Sometimes they're not willing to speak up. But I hope that if I continue to encourage them, someday someone will keep me from ”landing gear up”.‎ ‎36. What does the author say about doctors in general?‎ ‎ A. They like flying by themselves. B. They are unwilling to take advice.‎ C. They pretend to be good pilots. D. They are quick learners of CRM.‎ ‎37. The author deepened his understanding of the power of CRM when_______.‎ ‎ A. he saved the plane by speaking up B. he was in charge of a flying task C. his boss landed the plane too late D. his boss operated on a patient ‎38. In the last paragraph” landing gear up” probably means ______.‎ A. following flying requirements. B. overreacting to different opinions.‎ C. listening to what fellow doctors say D. making a mistake that may cost lives ‎39. Which of the following can be the best title for the text?‎ A.CRM:A New Way to Make Flying Safe B. Flying Makes Me a Better Doctor C. The Making of a Good Pilot D.A Pilot-Tumed Doctor B ‎ In 1947 a group of famous people from the art world headed by an Austrian conductor decided to hold an international festival of music, dance and theatre in Edinburgh. The idea was to reunite Europe after the Second World War.‎ ‎ At the same time, the “Fringe” appeared as a challenge to the official festival. Eight theatre groups turned up uninvited in 1947, in the belief that everyone should have the right to perform, and they did so in a public house disused for years.‎ ‎ Soon, groups of students firstly from Edinburgh University, and later from the universities of Oxford and Cambridge, Durham and Birmingham were making the journey to the Scottish capital each summer to perform theatre by little-known writers of plays in small church halls to the people of Edinburgh.‎ ‎ Today the “Fringe”, once less recognized, has far outgrown the festival with around 1,500 performances of theatre, music and dance on every one of the 21 days it lasts. And yet as early as 1959,with only 19 theatre groups performing, some said it was getting too big.‎ ‎ A paid administrator was first employed only in 1971, and today there are eight administrators working all year round and the number rises to 150 during August itself. In 2004 there were 200 places housing 1,695 shows by over 600 different groups from 50 different countries. More than 1,25 million tickets were sold.‎ ‎40. Point was the purpose of Edinburgh Festival at the beginning?‎ ‎ A. To bring Europe together again. B. To honor heroes of World War 11.‎ C. To introduce young theatre groups. D. To attract great artists from Europe.‎ ‎41. Why did some uninvited theatre groups come to Edinburgh in 1947?‎ A. They owned a public house there. B. They came to take up a challenge.‎ C. They thought they were also famous. D. They wanted to take part in the festival.‎ ‎42. Who joined the "Fringe" after it appeared?‎ A. they owned a public house there B. University students.‎ C. rusts from around the world. D. Performers of music and dance.‎ ‎43. We may learn from the text that Edinburgh Festival.‎ A. has become a non-official event B. has gone beyond an art festival C. gives shows all year round D. keeps growing rapidly ‎ C ‎ Given that many people's moods (情绪)are regulated by the chemical action of chocolate, it was probably only a matter of time before somebody made the chocolate shop similar to a drugstore of Chinese medicine. Looking like a setting from the film Charlie&the Chocolate Factory, Singapore's Chocolate Research Facility (CRF) has over 100 varieties of chocolates. Its founder is Chris Lee who grew up at his parents' comer store with one hand almost always in the jar of sweets.‎ If the CRF seems to be a smart idea, that's because Lee is not merely a seasoned salesperson but also head of a marketing department that has business relations with big names such as Levi's and Sony. That idea surely results in the imagination at work when it comes to making different flavored(味道)chocolates.‎ The CRF's produce is "green". made within the country and divided into 10 lines, with the Alcohol Series being the most popular. The Exotic Series一with Sichuan pepper, red bean (豆).cheese and other flavors一also does well and is fun to taste. And for chocolate snobs，who think that they have a better knowledge of chocolate than others, the Connoisseur Series uses cocoa beans from Togo, Cuba, Venezuela , and Ghana, among others.‎ ‎44. What is good about chocolate?‎ A. It serves as a suitable gift B. It works as an effective medicine.‎ C. It helps improve the state of mind. D. It strengthens business relations.‎ ‎45. Why is Chris Lee able to develop his idea of the CRF?‎ A. He knows the importance of research. B. He learns form shops of similar types.‎ C. He has the support of many big names D. He has a lot of marketing experience.‎ ‎46. Which line of the CRF produce sells best?‎ A. The Connoisseur Series. B. The Exotic Series.‎ C. The Alcohol Series. D. The Sichuan Series.‎ ‎47. The words "chocolate snobs" in Paragraph 3 probably refer to people who ‎ A. are particular about chocolate B. know little about cocoa beans C. look down upon others D. like to try new flavors ‎ D ‎ Low-Cost Gifts for Mother's Day Gift No. I Offer to be your mother's health friend. Promise to be there for any and all doctor's visits whether a disease or a regular medical check-up. Most mothers always say "no need," another set of eyes and ears is always a good idea at a doctor's visit. The best part ? This one is free.‎ Gift No. 2‎ Help your mother organize all of her medical records, which include the test results and medical information. Put them all in one place. Be sure to make a list of all of her medicines and what times she takes them. "Having all this information in one place could end up saving your mother's life," Dr. Marie Savard said.‎ Gift No. 3‎ Enough sleep is connected to general health conditions. "Buy your mother cotton sheets and comfortable pillows to encourage better sleep," Savard said. "We know that good sleep is very important to our health."‎ Gift No. 4‎ Some gift companies such as Presents for Purpose allow you to pay it forward this ‎ Mother's Day by picking gifts in which 10 percent of the price you pay goes to a charity (慈善机构) Gift givers can choose from a wide variety of useful but inexpensive things -many of which are "green" - and then choose a meaningful charity from a list. When your mother gets the gift, she will be told that she has helped the chosen charity.‎ ‎48. What are you advised to do for your mother at doctor's visits?‎ A. Take notes. B. Be with her. C. Buy medicine. D. Give her gifts.‎ ‎49. Where can you find a gift idea to improve your mother’s sleep?‎ A. In Gift No. 1. B. In Gift No. 2. C. In Gift No. 3. D. In Gift No. 4.‎ ‎50. Buying gifts from Presents for Purpose allows mothers to A. enjoy good sleep B. be well-organized C. bet extra support D. give others help 第二节（共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分）‎ 根据根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能坡入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多于选项。‎ Public Speaking Training ‎·Get a coach ‎ 51 ,so get help. Since there are about a billion companies out there all ready to offer you public speaking training and courses, here are some things to look for when deciding the training that's right for you.‎ ‎·Focus on positives ‎ Any training you do to become more effective at public speaking should always focus on the positive aspects of what you already do well. Nothing can hurt confidence more than being told that you aren't doing well. 52 , so good public speaking training should develop those instead of telling you what you shouldn't do.‎ ‎ 53 ‎ If you find a public speaking course that looks as though it's going to give you lots of dos and don'ts, walk away! Your brain is so full of what you're going to be talking about.‎ ‎ 54 . As far as we're concerned, there are basically no hard and fast rules about public speaking. Your audience can be your friends.‎ ‎·You are a special person not a clone Most importantly, good public speaking training should treat you as a special one, with your own personal habits. 55 . Your training course should help you bring out your personality, not try to turn you into someone you're not.‎ A. You aren't like anybody else B. You already do lots of things well C. Turn your back on too many rules D. Check the rules about dos and don'ts E. Whatever the presentation, public speaking is tough F .The one thing you don't want is for them to fall asleep G. So trying to force a whole set of rules into it will just make things worse 第Ⅱ卷 第三部分：书面表达（共两页，满分35分）‎ ‎ 第一节 短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）‎ ‎ 假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误，每句中最多有两处，每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。‎ ‎ 增加：把缺词处加一个漏符号（∧），并在其下面写出该加的词。‎ ‎ 删除：把多余的词用斜线（）划掉。‎ ‎ 修改：在错的词下划一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。‎ ‎ 注意：1. 每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；‎ ‎ 2. 只允许修改10处，多者（从第11处起）不计分。‎ ‎ The book I’m reading of talks about afternoon tea in Britain. It is said to have started in the early 1800’s. Have tea in the late agternoon provides a bridge between lunch and dinner, that might not be served until 8 o’clock at night. This custom soon becomes another meal of day. Interesting, it had a connection by the British porcelain(瓷器) industry. Tea in China was traditionally drank from cupswithout handles. When tea got popular in Britain, there was a crying need for good cup with handles to suit British habits. This made for the grow in the porcelain industry.‎ 第二节 书面表达（满分25分）‎ 假定你是李华，自制一些中国结（Chinese knot）。给开网店的美国朋友Tom写封信，请他代卖，要点包括：‎ ‎1.外观（尺寸、颜色、材料）‎ ‎2.象征意义 ‎3.价格 注意：1.词数100左右；‎ ‎ 2.可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯；‎ ‎ 3.开头语已为你写好。‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 三、2013年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（大纲卷）‎ 第一部分：听力理解（共两节，满分30分）‎ 第一节（共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分）‎ 听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。每段对话仅读一遍。‎ ‎1. What does the man want to do?‎ A. Take photos. B. Buy a camera. C. Help the woman.‎ ‎2. What are the speakers talking about？‎ A. A noisy night. B. Their life in town. C. A place of living.‎ ‎3. Where is the man now?‎ A. On his way. B. In a restaurant. C. At home ‎4. What will Celia do?‎ A. Find a player. B. Watch a game. C. Play basketball.‎ ‎5. What day is it when the conversation takes place?‎ A. Saturday. B. Sunday. C. Monday.‎ 第二节（共15小题：每小题1.5分，满分22.5分）‎ 听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。‎ 听第6段材料，回答6、7题。‎ ‎6. What is Sara going to do?‎ A. Buy John a gift. B. Give John a surprise. C. Invite John to France.‎ ‎7. What does the man think of Sara’s plan?‎ A. Funny. B. Exciting. C. Strange.‎ 听第7段材料，回答第8、9题。‎ ‎8. Why does Diana say sorry to peter?‎ A. She has to give up her travel pan.‎ B. She wants to visit another city.‎ C. She needs to put off her test.‎ ‎9. What does Diana want Peter to do?‎ A. Help her with her study. ‎ B. Take a book to her friend.‎ C. Teach a geography lesson.‎ 听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。‎ ‎10. Why does the man call the woman?‎ A. To tell her about her new job.‎ B. To ask about her job program.‎ C. To plan a meeting with her.‎ ‎11. Who needs a new flat?‎ A. Alex. B. Andrea. C. Miranda.‎ ‎12. Where is the woman now?‎ A. In Baltimore. B. In New York. C. In Avon.‎ 听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。‎ ‎13. What does Jan consider most important when he judges a restaurant?‎ A. Where the restaurant is. ‎ B. Whether the prices are low.‎ C. How well the food is prepared.‎ ‎14. When did Jan begin to write for a magazine?‎ A. After he came back to Sweden.‎ B. Before he went to the United States.‎ C. As soon as he got his first job in 1982.‎ ‎15. What may Jan do to find a good restaurant?‎ A. Talk to people in the street. ‎ B. Speak to taxi drivers. ‎ C. Ask hotel clerks.‎ ‎16. What do we know about Jan?‎ A. He cooks for a restaurant. ‎ B. He travels a lot of his work.‎ C. He prefers American food.‎ 听第10段材料，回答第17至20题 ‎17. What do we know about the Plaza Leon?‎ A. it’s new building. B. it’s a small town. C. it’s public place.‎ ‎18. When do parents and children like going to the Plaza Leon?‎ A. Saturday nights. B. Sunday afternoons. C. Fridays and Saturdays.‎ ‎19. Which street is known for its food shops and markets?‎ A. Via del Mar Street. B. Fernando Street. C. Hernandes Street.‎ ‎20. Why does the speaker like Horatio Street best?‎ A. It has an old stone surface.‎ B. it is named after a writer. ‎ C. It is a famous university.‎ 第二部分：知识运用（共两节，满分45分）‎ 第一节 单项填空(共15小题:每小题1分，满分15分)‎ ‎21.—I'm sorry I made a mistake!‎ ‎— Nobody is perfect.‎ A. Take your time B. You're right C. Whatever you say D. Take it easy ‎22. Would you like to with us to the film tonight?‎ A. come along B. come off C. come across D. come through ‎23. I was glad to meet Jenny again, I didn't want to spend all day with her.‎ A. but B. and C. so D. or ‎24. When I arrived, Bryan took me to see the house_ I would be staying.‎ A. what B. when C. where D. which ‎25.I got to the office earlier that day, the 7:30 train from Paddington A. caught B. to have caught C. to catch D. having caught ‎26. Since nobody gave him any help, he have done the research on his own.‎ A. can B. must C. would D. need ‎27. We very early so we packed the night before.‎ A. leave B. had left C. were leaving D. have left ‎28. The watch was very good, and he ______ 20 percent down for it.‎ A. paid B. cost C. bought D. spent ‎29. The watch was very good, and he 20 percent down for it.‎ A. a good one B. a better one C. the best one D. a best one ‎30. It was only after he had read the papers Mr. Gross realized the task before him was extremely difficult to complete.‎ A. when B. that C. which D. what ‎31 A‎ serious study of physics is impossible some knowledge of mathematics.‎ A. against B. before C. beyond D. without ‎32. Only by increasing the number of doctors by 50 percent properly in this hospital.‎ A. can be the patients B. can the patients be treated C. the patients can be treated D. treated can be the patients ‎33.Four and half hours of discussion took us up to midnight, and break for cheese chocolate and tea with sugar.‎ A. a; a B. the; the C.不填；the D. a; 不填 ‎34. It's an either-or situation - we can buy a new car this year or we can go on holiday but we can’t do .‎ A. others B. either C. another D. both ‎35.—Are you sure you won't come for a drink with us?‎ ‎— ,if you insist A. Not at all B. It depends C. All right then D.I don't care 第二节 完形填空（共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分）‎ 阅读下面短文，从短文后面各题的四个选项(A、 B、C 和 D)中选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ Michael Greenberg is a very popular New Yorker. He is not famous in sports or the arts, But people in the streets 36 him, especially those who are 37 ‎ For those people, he is "Gloves" Greenberg. How did he get that 38 ?‎ He looks like any other businessman, wearing a suit and carrying a briefcase (公文箱). But he's 39 . His briefcase always has some gloves。‎ In winter, Mr. Greenberg does not 40 like other New Yorkers, who look at the sidewalk and 41 the street. He looks around at 42 .He stops when he 43 someone with no gloves. He gives them a pair and then he 44 ,looking for more people with cold 45 .‎ On winter days, Mr. Greenberg 46 gloves. During the rest of the year, he 47 gloves. People who have heard about him 48 him gloves, and he has many in his apartment.‎ Mr. Greenberg 49 doing this 21 years ago. Now, many poor New Yorkers know him and 50 his behavior. But people who don't know him are sometimes 51 him. They don't realize that he just wants to make them 52 .‎ It runs in the 53 .Michael's father always helped the poor as he believed it made everyone happier. Michael Greenberg feels the 54 .A pair of gloves may be a 55 thing, but it can make a big difference in winter.‎ ‎36.A..know about B. learn from C. cheer for D. look after ‎17. A. old B. busy C. kind D. poor ‎38. A. job B. name C. chance D. message ‎39.A.calm B. different C. crazy D. curious ‎40.A.act B. sound C. feel D. dress ‎41.A.cross over B. drive along C. hurry down D. keep off ‎42. A. cars B. people C. street numbers D. traffic lights ‎43.A.helps B .chooses C. greets D. sees ‎44.A.holds up B. hangs out C. moves on D. turns around ‎45.A.hands B. ears C. faces D. eyes ‎46. A. searches for B. stores up C. gives away D. puts on ‎47. A. borrows B. sells C. returns D. buys ‎48. A. call B. send C. lend D. show ‎49. A. delayed B. remembered C. began D. enjoyed ‎50.A.understand B. dislike C. study D. excuse ‎51.A.sorry for B. satisfied with C. proud of D. surprised by ‎52.A.smart B. rich C. special D. happy ‎53.A.city B. family C. neighborhood D. company ‎54.A.honor B. pain C. same D. cold ‎55.A.small B. useful C. delightful D. comforting 第三部分：阅读理解（共两节，满分40分）‎ 第一节(共15小题:每小题2分，满分30分)‎ ‎ 阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项《A、 B、 C和D)中。选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ A ‎ Doctor are known to be terrible pilots. They don't listen because they already know it all. I was lucky: ] became a pilot in 1970, almost ten years before I graduated from medical school. I didn't realize then, but becoming a pilot makes me a better surgeon. I loved flying. As I flew bigger, faster planes, and in worse weather. I learned about crew resource management (机组资源管理), or CRM, a new idea to make flying safer. It means that crew members should listen and speak up for a good result, regardless of positions.‎ ‎ I first read about CRM in 1980. Not long after that, an attending doctor and I were flying in bad weather. The controller had us turn too late to get our landing ready. The attending doctor was flying; I was safety pilot He was so busy because of the bad turn, he had forgotten to put the landing gear (起落架) down. He was a better pilot - and my boss - so it felt unusual to speak up. But I had to: Our lives were in danger. I put aside my uneasiness and said, "We need to put the landing gear down now!" That was my first real lesson in the power of CRM, and I've used it in the operating room ever since.‎ CRM requires that the pilot/surgeon encourage others to speak up. It further requires that when opinions are from the opposite, the doctor doesn't overreact, which might prevent fellow doctors from voicing opinions again. So when I'm in the operating room, I ask for ideas and help from others. Sometimes they're not willing to speak up. But I hope that if I continue to encourage them , someday someone will keep me from ”landing gear up”.‎ ‎56.What does the author say about doctors in general?‎ ‎ A. They like flying by themselves. B. They are unwilling to take advice.‎ C. They pretend to be good pilots. D. They are quick learners of CRM.‎ ‎57.The author deepened his understanding of the power of CRM when_______.‎ ‎ A. he saved the plane by speaking up B. he was in charge of a flying task C. his boss landed the plane too late D. his boss operated on a patient ‎58.In the last paragraph” landing gear up” probably means ______.‎ A. following flying requirements. B. overreacting to different opinions.‎ C. listening to what fellow doctors say D. making a mistake that may cost lives ‎59.Which of the following can be the best title for the text?‎ A.CRM:A New Way to Make Flying Safe B. Flying Makes Me a Better Doctor C. The Making of a Good Pilot D.A Pilot-Turned Doctor B In ‎1947 a group of famous people from the art world headed by an Austrian conductor decided to hold an international festival of music, dance and theatre in Edinburgh. The idea was to reunite Europe after the Second World War.‎ ‎ At the same time, the “Fringe” appeared as a challenge to the official festival. Eight ‎ theatre groups turned up uninvited in 1947,in the belief that everyone should have the right to perform, and they did so in a public house disused for years.‎ ‎ Soon, groups of students firstly from Edinburgh University, and later from the universities of Oxford and Cambridge, Durham and Birmingham were making the journey to the Scottish capital each summer to perform theatre by little-known writers of plays in small church halls to the people of Edinburgh.‎ ‎ Today the “Fringe”, once less recognized, has far outgrown the festival with around 1,500 performances of theatre, music and dance on every one of the 21 days it lasts. And years early as 1959, with only 19 theatre groups performing, some said it was getting too big.‎ ‎ A paid administrator was first employed only in 1971, and today there are eight administrators working all year round and the number rises to 150 during August itself. In 2004 there were 200 places housing 1,695 shows by over 600 different groups from 50 different countries. More than 1.25 million tickets were sold.‎ ‎60. What was the purpose of Edinburgh Festival at the beginning?‎ ‎ A. To bring Europe together again. B. To honor heroes of World War 11.‎ C. To introduce young theatre groups. D. To attract great artists from Europe.‎ ‎61. Why did some uninvited theatre groups come to Edinburgh in 1947?‎ A. They owned a public house there. B. They came to take up a challenge.‎ C. They thought they were also famous. D. They wanted to take part in the festival.‎ ‎62. Who joined the "Fringe" after it appeared?‎ A. They owned a public house there B. University students.‎ C. Artists from around the world. D. Performers of music and dance.‎ ‎63. We may learn from the text that Edinburgh Festival.‎ A. has become a non-official event B. has gone beyond an art festival C. gives shows all year round D. keeps growing rapidly C ‎ Given that many people's moods (情绪)are regulated by the chemical action of chocolate, it was probably only a matter of time before somebody made the chocolate shop similar to a drugstore of Chinese medicine. Looking like a setting from the film Charlie &the Chocolate Factory, Singapore's Chocolate Research Facility (CRF) has over 100 varieties of chocolates. its founder is Chris Lee who grew up at his parents' comer store with one hand almost always in the jar of sweets.‎ If the CRF seems to be a smart idea, that's because Lee is not merely a seasoned salesperson but also head of a marketing department that has business relations with big names such as Levi's and Sony. That idea surely results in the imagination at work when it comes to making different flavored(味道)chocolates.‎ The CRF's produce is "green". made within the country and divided into 10 lines, with the Alcohol Series being the most popular. The Exotic Series一with Sichuan pepper, red ‎ bean (豆).cheese and other flavors一also does well and is fun to taste. And for chocolate snobs, who think that they have a better knowledge of chocolate than others, the Connoisseur Series uses cocoa beans from Togo, Cuba, Venezuela , and Ghana, among others.‎ ‎64. What is good about chocolate?‎ A. It serves as a suitable gift. B. It works as an effective medicine.‎ C. It helps improve the state of mind. D. It strengthens business relations.‎ ‎65. Why is Chris Lee able to develop his idea of the CRF?‎ A. He knows the importance of research. B. He learns form shops of similar types.‎ C. He has the support of many big names D. He has a lot of marketing experience.‎ ‎66. Which line of the CRF produce sells best?‎ A. The Connoisseur Series. B. The Exotic Series.‎ C. The Alcohol Series. D. The Sichuan Series.‎ ‎67. The words "chocolate snobs" in Paragraph 3 probably refer to people who ‎ A. are particular about chocolate B. know little about cocoa beans C. look down upon others D. like to try new flavors D ‎ Low-Cost Gifts for Mother's Day Gift No.1‎ Offer to be your mother's health friend. Promise to be there for any and all doctor's visits whether a disease or a regular medical check-up. Most mothers always say "no need," another set of eyes and ears is always a good idea at a doctor's visit. The best part ? This one is free.‎ Gift No. 2‎ Help your mother organize all of her medical records, which include the test results and medical information. Put them all in one place. Be sure to make a list of all of her medicines and what times she takes them. "Having all this information in one place could end up saving your mother's life," Dr. Marie Savard said.‎ Gift No. 3‎ Enough sleep is connected to general health conditions. "Buy your mother cotton sheets and comfortable pillows to encourage better sleep," Savard said. "We know that good sleep is very important to our health."‎ Gift No. 4‎ Some gift companies such as Presents for Purpose allow you to pay it forward this Mother's Day by picking gifts in which 10 percent of the price you pay goes to a charity (慈善机构) Gift givers can choose from a wide variety of useful but inexpensive things -many of which are "green" - and then choose a meaningful charity from a list. When your mother gets the gift, she will be told that she has helped the chosen charity.‎ ‎68. What are you advised to do for your mother at doctor's visits?‎ A. Take notes. B. Be with her. C. Buy medicine. D. Give her gifts.‎ ‎69. What can be a gift of organization for your mother?‎ A. Keeping her medical information together.‎ B. Buying all gifts for her from one company.‎ C. Making a list of her medical check-ups.‎ D. Storing her medicines in a safe place. ‎ ‎70. Where can you find a gift idea to improve your mother’s sleep?‎ A. In Gift No. 1. B. In Gift No. 2. C. In Gift No. 3. D. In Gift No. 4.‎ ‎71. Buying gifts from Presents for Purpose allows mothers to A. enjoy good sleep B. be well-organized ‎ C. bet extra support D. give others help E The oldest and most common source(来源) of renewable energy known to man, biomass is one of the most important forms energy production in the United States and elsewhere. Since such a wide variety of biomass materials is everywhere —- from trees and grasses to agricultural and city —- life wastes —-biomass promises to play a continuing role in providing power and heat for millions of people around the world. ‎ According to the Union of Concerned Scientists(UCS), biomass is a kind of renewable energy source that produces no carbon dioxide(二氧化碳), because the energy it contains comes from the sun. When plant matter is burned, it gives off the sun’s energy. In this way, biomass serves as a sort of natural battery(电池) for storing the sun’s energy. As long as biomass is produced continuously —-with only as much grown as is used— the “battery” lasts forever.‎ According to the Energy Information Administration, biomass has been one of the leading renewable energy sources in the United States for several years running through 2007, making up between 0.5 and 0.9 percent of the nation’s total electricity supply. In 2008—-although the numbers aren’t all in yet—-wind power probably took over first place because of the rapid development of wind farms across the country.‎ Producing power from biomass helps reduce some 11 million tons of carbon dioxide each year. Some homeowners also try to make their own heat by using biomass materials. Such practice may save homeowner’s money, but it also produces a lot of pollution. So, the best way is to encourage power plants to use it. ‎ ‎72. Why is biomass considered as “ a sort of natural battery”?‎ A. It burns merely plant matter. B. It keeps producing electricity.‎ C. It stores the energy from the sun. D. It produces zero carbon dioxide.‎ ‎73. We learn from the text that in 2008 ______.‎ A. Wind power would be the leader of renewable energy. ‎ B. there was a rapid growth of electricity production C. biomass might become the main energy source ‎ D. 0.5~0.9 of power supply came from biomass ‎74. Why does the author encourage power plants to use biomass?‎ A. To prevent the waste of energy. B. To increase production safety.‎ C. To reduce pollution. D. To save money.‎ ‎75. Where does the text probably come from?‎ A. A research plan. B. A science magazine ‎ C. A book review. D. A business report.‎ 第四部分：书面表达（共两节，满分35分）‎ 第一节 短文改错 ‎ In my family, there are three people. My father is hardworking but goes to work in the field every day. 76. _______‎ He isn’t good at talk but he gets on well with other 77. _______‎ people. My mother is very much kind and is 78. _______‎ friendly to everybody. So when I have the problem 79. _______‎ I will turn to her for help. My friends say I am clever. 80. _______‎ When the teacher asks us very difficulty questions, 81. _______‎ I’ll think quickly and stand to answer. At home my 82. _______‎ Father often thinks I’m silly. He said if I decide 83. _______‎ To do something, it takes him much times to stop me. 84. _______‎ This is how I need to improve in the future. 85. _______‎ 第二节 书面表达（满分25分）‎ 假定你是李华，自制一些中国结（Chinese knot）。给开网店的美国朋友Tom写封信，请他代卖，要点包括：‎ ‎1.外观（尺寸、颜色、材料）‎ ‎2.象征意义 ‎3.价格 注意：1.词数100左右；‎ ‎2.可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯；‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 四、2013 年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语 (北京卷)‎ 第一部分：听力理解（共三节，满分30 分） ‎ 第一节（共 5 小题；每小题 1.5 分，共 7.5 分）‎ 听下面 5 段对话，每段对话有一道小题，从每题所给的 A、B、C 三个选项中选出最佳选项，听完每段对话后， 你将有 10 秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话你将听一遍。‎ ‎01. What room does the man want?‎ A. Simple B. Double C. Twin ‎02. What will the man buy?‎ A. Vegetable B. Meat C. Bread ‎03. What does the man plan to do?‎ A. Go fishing B. Go jogging C. Go camping ‎04. How much is the change?‎ A. $8 B. $ 42 C. $50‎ ‎05. What’s the weather like this afternoon?‎ 第二节（共 10 小题；每小题 1.5 分，共 15 分）‎ 听下面 4 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几道小题，从每题所给的 A、B、C 三个选项中选出最佳选项。 听每段对话或独白前。每段对话或独白你将听两遍。‎ 听第 6 段材料，回答第 6 至 7 题。‎ ‎06. When will the woman go to see the movie? ‎ A. Friday. B. Saturday C. Sunday ‎07. Where will the woman sit for the movie?‎ A. In the front. B. In the middle C. At the back 听第7段材料，回答第 8 至 9 题。‎ ‎08. When will the two speakers meet?‎ A. On the 13th B. On the 14th C. On the 15th ‎09. What is the man doing?‎ A. Persuading the woman to accept his suggestion.‎ B. Making an apology to the woman. ‎ C. Inviting the woman to lunch.‎ 听第 8 段材料，回答第 10 至 12 题。‎ ‎10. Where are the two speakers?‎ A. In the library. B. In the café. C. In the classroom ‎11. What does the woman like about the summer school? ‎ A. The size of the class. B. The math book. C. The teachers.‎ ‎12. Where is the man planning to do?‎ A. Boston B. Washington D.C. C. New York 听第 9 段材料，回答第 13 至 15 题。‎ ‎13. Where does the speaker get information for the trip? ‎ A. The internet. B. Travel agents. C. Guidebooks.‎ ‎14. What public transportation does the speaker seldom take? ‎ A. Planes. B. Buses. C. Trains.‎ ‎15. What kind of hotels does the speaker usually stay in? ‎ A. Hotels with low prices. ‎ B. Hotels providing meals. ‎ C. Hotels near sightseeing places.‎ 第三节（共 5 小题；每小题 1.5 分，共 7.5 分）‎ 听下面一段对话，完成第 16 至 20 五道小题，每小题仅填写一个词，听对话前，你将有 20 秒钟的时间阅读试 题，听完后你将有 60 秒钟的作答时间。这段对话你将听两遍。‎ Customer Pick-up/Delivery Form Pick-up △ Delivery▲‎ Name ‎ 16 Smith Address Apartment No. 23, No.2 Front 17 ‎ Telephone No.‎ ‎ 18 ‎ Type& Amount One 19_ pizza with mushrooms and extra cheese Price& Payment ‎￡12.50, paid in _20 ‎ 第二部分：知识运用（共两节，满分45 分）‎ 第一节 单项填空（共 15 小题；每小题 1 分，共 15 分）‎ 从每题所给的 ABCD 四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。 ‎ ‎21. Volunteering gives you a chance ______ lives, including your own.‎ A. change B. changing C. changed D. to change ‎22. Don’t turn off the computer before closing all programs _______ you could have problems A. or B. and C. but D. so ‎23. Shakespeare’s play Hamlet _______ into at least ten different films over the past years. ‎ A. had been made B. was made C. has been made D. would be made ‎24. _______ the course very difficult, she decided to move to a lower level.‎ A. Find B. Finding C. To find D. Found ‎25. --- Do you think Mom and Dad _______ late?‎ ‎--- No, Swiss Air is usually on time.‎ A. were B. will be C. would be D. have been ‎26. I have an appointment _______ Dr. Smith, but I need to change it.‎ A. to B. off C. with D. from ‎27. Many countries are now setting up national parks _______ animals and plants can be protected. ‎ A. when B. which C. whose D. where ‎28. Hurry up! Mark and Carl _______ us.‎ A. expect B. are expecting C. have expected D. will expect ‎29. When we saw the road _______ with snow, we decided to spend the holiday at home. ‎ A. block B. to block C. blocking D. blocked ‎30. I took my driving license with me on holiday, _______ I wanted to hire a car.‎ A. in case B. even if C. ever since D. if only ‎31. _______ makes the book so extraordinary is the creative imagination of the writer. ‎ A. That B. What C. Who D. Which ‎32. --- So what is the procedure?‎ ‎--- All the applicants _______ before a final decision is made by the authority. ‎ A. interview B. are interviewing ‎ C. are interviewed D. are being interviewed ‎33. Experts believe _______ people can waste less food by shopping only when it is necessary. ‎ A. why B. where C. that D. what ‎34. If we _______ a table earlier, we couldn’t be standing here in a queue.‎ A. have booked B. booked C. book D. had booked ‎35. --- You needn’t take an umbrella. It isn’t going to rain.‎ ‎--- Well, I don’t know. It _______ do.‎ A. might B. need C. would D. should 第二节 完形填空（共 20 小题；每小题 1.5 分，共 30 分）‎ 阅读下面短文， 掌握其大意，从每题所给的 A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上讲该项 涂黑。‎ A Leap（跳跃）to Honor Leaping on a narrow balance beam（平衡木） is not easy. But Lola Walter, a 13-year-old gymnast, is an expert at it.‎ To perfect her skills, Lola 36 for four hours a day, five days a week. At the state championships in March, she finished seventh out of 16 girls.‎ That’s especially impressive. 37 she is legally blind, born with a rare condition that causes her eyes to shift constantly. She often sees double and can’t 38 how far away things are.‎ When she was little, her mom 39 that even though she couldn’t see 40 , she was fearless. So her mom signed her up for gymnastics when she was three. She loved the 41 right away and gymnastics became her favorite.‎ Though learning gymnastics has been more 42 for her than for some of her tournaments, she has never quit. She doesn’t let her ___43 stop her from doing anything that she wants to.‎ She likes the determination it takes to do the sport. Her biggest 44 is the balance beam. Because she has double vision, she often sees to beams. She must use her sense of touch to help her during her routine. Sometimes she even closes her eyes. “You have to 45 your mind that it’ll take you where you want to go.” says Lola.‎ To be a top-level gymnast, one must be brave. The beam is probably the most 46 for anyone because it’s four inches wide. At the state competition, Lola didn’t fall 47 the beam. In fact, she got an 8.1 out of 10---- her highest score yet.‎ Lola doesn’t want to be 48 differently from the other girls on her team. At the competitions, the judges don’t know about her vision 49 . She doesn’t tell them, because she doesn’t think they need to know. Her mom is amazed by her 50 attitude.‎ Lola never thinks about 51 _. She is presently at level 7 while the highest is level 10 in gymnastics. Her ‎ 52 is to reach level 9. She says she wants to be a gymnastics coach to pass down what she’s learned to other kids 53 she grew up.‎ Lola is 54 of all her hard work and success. She says it’s helped her overcome problems in her life outside gymnastics, too. Her 55 or others is “just believe yourself”.‎ ‎36. A. runs B. teaches C. trains D. dances ‎37. A. since B. unless C. after D. though ‎38. A. tell B. guess C. assume D. predict ‎39. A. suspected B remembered C. imagined D. noticed ‎40. A. deeply B. well C. ahead D. closely ‎41. A. task B. sport C. event D. show ‎42. A. boring B. enjoyable C. different D. unsatisfactory ‎43. A. talent B. quality C. nature D. condition ‎44. A. doubt B. advantage C. challenge D. program ‎45. A. examine B. express C. open D. trust ‎46. A. fearful B. harmful C. unfair D. inconvenient ‎47. A. to B. on C. off D. against ‎48. A. greeted B. treated C. served D. paid ‎49. A. pains B. stresses C. injuries D. problems ‎50. A. positive B. friendly C. flexible D. caution ‎51. A. defending B. quitting C. winning D. bargaining ‎52. A. standard B. range C. view D. goal ‎53. A. until B. as C. when D. before ‎54. A. proud B. tired C. ashamed D. confident ‎55. A. plan B. advice C. reward D. responsibility 第三部分：阅读理解（共两节，满分20 分）‎ 第一节（共 15 小题；每小题 2 分，共 30 分）‎ 阅读下列短文：从每题所给的 A、B、C、D 四个选项中，选出最佳选项，将正确的选项涂在答题卡上。‎ A EP Portable Heater We all know that the cost of heating our homes will continue to be a significant burden on the family budget. Now millions of people are saving on their heating bills with the EP Portable Heater. With over one million satisfied customers around the world, the new EP heats better and faster, saves more on heating bills, and runs almost silent.‎ The EP has no exposed heating parts that can cause a fire. The outside of EP only gets warm to the touch so that it will not burn children or pets.‎ The EP will not reduce oxygen in the room. With other heaters, you’ll notice that you get sleepy when the heat comes on because they are burning up oxygen.‎ The advanced EP also heats the room evenly, wall to wall and floor to ceiling. it comfortably covers an area up to 350 square feet. Other heaters heat rooms unevenly with most of the heat concentrated to the center of the room. And they only heat an area a few feet around the heater. With the EP, the temperature will not vary in any part of the room.‎ The EP comes with a 3-year warranty(保修) and a 60-day. no questions asked. Satisfaction guarantee. If you are not totally satisfied, return it to our expertise and your money will be given back to you.‎ Now, we have a special offer for 10 days, during which you can enjoy a half price discount and a free delivery. if you order that, we reserve the right to either accept or reject ‎ order requests at the discounted price.‎ Take action right now!‎ ‎56. What is mainly discussed in paragraph 2?‎ A. the heat of the EP B. the safety of the EP C. the appearance of the EP D. the material of the EP ‎57. From the passage, we can learn that the EP___________.‎ A. doesn’t burn up oxygen B. runs without any noise C. makes people get sleepy D. is unsuitable for children and pets ‎58. The underlined word “evenly” in paragraph 4 probably means . ‎ A. continuously B. separately C. quickly D. equally ‎59. The main purpose of the passage is to______________. ‎ A. persuade people to buy the product ‎ B. advise people to save on heating bills C. report the new development of portable heaters ‎ D. compare the difference of different heart brands B Tail Spin Two dolphins race around in a big pool in the Ocean Park. The smaller dolphin Grace, shown off a few of her tricks, turning around and waving hello to the crowd. The most amazing thing about her, however, is that she’s even swimming at all. She doesn’t have a tail.‎ Grace lost her tail as a baby when she got caught up in a fish trap. When the dolphin arrived at the Ocean Park in December 2005, she was fighting for her life. “Is she going to make it?” Her trainer, Abbey Stone, feared the worst. Grace did make it --- but her tail didn’t. She ended up losing her flukes and the lower part of her peduncle.‎ Over the past six years, she has learned to swim without her tail. Dolphins swim by moving their flukes and peduncle up and down. Grace taught herself to move another way---like a fish! She pushed herself forward through the water by moving her peduncles from side to side.‎ The movement put harmful pressure on Grace’s backbone. So a company offered to create a man-made tail for her. The tail had to be strong enough to stay on Grace as she swam but soft enough that it wouldn’t hurt her.‎ The first time Grace wore the artificial tail. She soon shook it off and let it sink in the bottom of the pool. Now, she is still learning to use the tail. Some days she wears it for an hour at a time, others not at all. “The tail isn’t necessary for her to feel comfortable,” says Stone, “but it helps to keep that range of motion(动作) and build muscles(肌肉).”‎ Now, the dolphin is about to get an even happier ending. This month, Grace will star in Dolphin Tale, a film that focuses on her rescue and recovery. Her progress has inspired more than just a new movie. Many people travel from near and far to meet her. Seeing Grace swim with her man-made tail gives people so much courage.‎ ‎60. When Grace first arrived at the Ocean Park, her trainer worried about her___________.‎ A. physical build B. potential ability C. chance of survival D. adaptation to the surroundings.‎ ‎61. A man-made tail is created for Grace to ___________.‎ A. let her recover faster B. make her comfortable C. adjust her way of swimming D. help her perform better tricks ‎62. The story of Grace inspires people to___________.‎ A. stick to their dreams B. treat animals friendly C. treasure what they have D. face difficulties bravely C Does Fame Drive You Crazy?‎ Although being famous might sound like a dream come true, today’s star, feeling like zoo animals, face pressures that few of us can imagine. They are at the center of much of the world’s attention. Paparazzi (狗仔队) camp outside their homes, cameras ready. Tabloids (小报) publish thrilling stories about their personal lives. Just imagine not being able to do anything without being photographed or interrupted for a signature.‎ According to psychologist Christina Villareal, celebrities — famous people — worry constantly about their public appearance. Eventually, they start to lose track of who they really are, seeing themselves the way their fans imagine them, not as the people they were before everyone knew their names. “Over time,” Villareal says, “they feel separated and alone.”‎ The phenomenon of tracking celebrities has been around for ages. In the 4th century B.C., painters followed Alexander the Great into battle, hoping to picture his victories for his admirers. When Charles Dickens visited America in the 19th century, his sold-out readings attracted thousands of fans, leading him to complain (抱怨) about his lack of privacy. Tabloids of the 1920s and 1930s ran articles about film-stars in much the same way that modern tabloids and websites do.‎ Being a public figure today, however, is a lot more difficult than it used to be. Superstars cannot move about without worrying about photographers with modern cameras. When they say something silly or do something ridiculous, there is always the Internet to spread the news in minutes and keep their “story” alive forever.‎ If fame is so troublesome, why aren’t all celebrities running away from it? The answer is ‎ there are still ways to deal with it. Some stars stay calm by surrounding themselves with trusted friends and family or by escaping to remote places away from big cities. They focus not on how famous they are but on what they love to do or whatever made them famous in the first place.‎ Sometimes a few celebrities can get a little justice. Still, even stars who enjoy full justice often complain about how hard their lives are. They are tired of being famous already.‎ ‎63. It can be learned from the passage that stars today___________.‎ A. are often misunderstood by the public ‎ B. can no longer have their privacy protected C. spend too much on their public appearance ‎ D. care little about how they have come into fame ‎64. What is the main idea of Paragraph 3?‎ A. Great heroes of the past were generally admired. ‎ B. The problem faced by celebrities has a long history. ‎ C. Well-known actors are usually targets of tabloids. ‎ D. Works of popular writers often have a lot of readers.‎ ‎65. What makes it much harder to be a celebrity today?‎ A. Availability of modern media. B. Inadequate social recognition. ‎ C. Lack of favorable chances. D. Huge population of fans.‎ ‎66. What is the author’s attitude toward modern celebrity?‎ A. Sincere. B. Sceptical. C. Disapproving. D. Sympathetic.‎ D Multitasking People who multitask all the time may be the worst at doing two things at once, a new research suggests. The findings, based on performances and self-evaluation by about 275 college students, indicate that many people multitask not out of a desire to increase productivity, but because they are easily distracted (分心) and can’t focus on one activity. And “those people turn out to be the worst at handling different things,” said David Sanbonmatsu, a psychologist at the University of Utah.‎ Sanbonmatsu and his colleagues gave the students a set of tests and asked them to report how often they multitasked, how good they thought they were at it, and how sensation-seeking (寻求刺激) or imperative (冲动)‎ they were. They then evaluated the participants’ multitasking ability with a tricky mental task that required the students to do simple mathematical calculations while remembering a set of letters.‎ Not surprisingly, the scientists said, most people thought they were better than average at multitasking, and those who thought they were better at it were more likely to report using a cellphone while driving or viewing multiple kinds of media at once. But those who frequently ‎ deal with many things at the same time were found to perform the worst at the actual multitasking test. They also were more likely to admit to sensation-seeking and impulsive behavior, which connects with how easily people get bored and distracted.‎ ‎“People multitask not because it’s going to lead to greater productivity, but because they’re distractible, and they get sucked into things that are not as important.” Sanbonmatsu said.‎ Adam Gazzaley, a researcher at the University of California, San Francisco, who was not a member of the research group, said one limitation of the study was that it couldn’t find out whether people who start out less focused toward multitasking or whether people’s recognizing and understanding abilities change as a result of multitasking.‎ The findings do suggest, however, why the sensation-seeker who multitask the most may enjoy risky distracted driving. “People who are multitasking are generally less sensitive to risky situations.” said Paul Atchley, another researcher not in the group. “This may partly explain why people go in for these situations even though they’re dangerous.”‎ ‎67. The research led by Sanbonmatsu indicates that people who multitask___________.‎ A. seek high productivity constantly ‎ B. prefer handling different things when getting bored C. are more focused when doing many things at a time D. have the poorest results in doing various things at the same time ‎68. When Sanbonmatsu and his colleagues conducted their research, they___________.‎ A. assessed the multitasking ability of the students B. evaluated the academic achievements of the students C. analyzed the effects of the participants’ tricky mental tasks D. measured the changes of the students’ understanding ability ‎69. According to Sanbonmatsu, people multitask because of their___________.‎ A. limited power in calculation B. interests in doing things differently ‎ C. inability to concentrate on one task ‎ D. impulsive desire to try new things ‎70. From the last paragraph, we can learn that multitaskers usually___________.‎ A. drive very skillfully ‎ B. go in for different tasks C. fail to react quickly to potential dangers ‎ D. refuse to explain the reasons for their behavior 第二节（共 5 小题；每小题 2 分。共 10 分） ‎ 根据短文内容，从短文后的七个选项中选出正确的填入空白处。选项中有两项为多余选项。‎ Urbanization Until relatively recently, the vast majority of human beings lived and died without ever seeing a city. The first city was probably founded no more than 5,500 years ago. _71 . In fact, nearly everyone lived on farms or in tiny rural (乡村的) villages. It was not until the 20th century that Great Britain became the first urban society in history--- a society in which the majority of people live in cities and do not farm for a living.‎ Britain was only the beginning. 72_ .The process of urbanization--- the migration (迁移) of people from the countryside to the city--- was the result of modernization, which has rapidly transformed how people live and where they live.‎ In 1990, fewer than 40% of Americans lived in urban areas. Today, over 82% of Americans live in cities. Only about 2% live on farms. 73 .‎ Large cities were impossible until agriculture became industrialized. Even in advanced agricultural societies. It took about ninety-five people on farms to feed five people in cities. _ 74__ . Until modern times, those living in cities were mainly the ruling elite(精英) and the servants, laborers and professionals who served them. Cities survived by taxing farmers and were limited in size by the amount of surplus food that the rural population produced and by the ability to move this surplus from farm to city.‎ Over the past two centuries, the Industrial Revolution has broken this balance between the city and the country. _75_ . Today, instead of needing ninety-five farmers to feed five city people, one American farmer is able to feed more than a hundred non-farmers.‎ A. That kept cities very small. ‎ B. The rest live in small towns.‎ C. The effects of urban living on people should be considered. ‎ D. Soon many other industrial nations become urban societies.‎ E. But even 200 years ago, only a few people could live in cities.‎ F. Modernization drew people to the cities and made farmers more productive.‎ G. Modern cities have destroyed social relations and the health of human beings.‎ 第四部分：书面表达（共两节，满分15 分） ‎ 第一节 情景作文（20 分）‎ 假设你是红星中学高三（1）班的学生李华，请按照以下四幅图的先后顺序，用英文写一篇周记。记述爸爸出 差期间，妈妈生病，你照顾她的过程。‎ 注意： 1. 周记的开头已经为你写好。‎ ‎2. 词数不少于 60.‎ Last Monday,‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 第二节 开放作文（15 分） ‎ 请根据下面提示。写一篇作文。词数不少于 50.‎ You are discussing the following picture with your English friend Jim. Now you are telling him how you understand the picture and what makes you think so. ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 五、2013年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（天津卷）‎ 第一部分：知识运用（共两节，满分45分）‎ 第一节：单项填空（共15小题，每小题1分，满分15分）‎ ‎1.—I’m going to Venice next week. ‎ ‎— .Carnival will be held then. Have fun！‎ A. You’re crazy B. You’re lucky C. You’d better not D. You never know ‎2.If you are in trouble, Mike is always willing to a band.‎ A. lend B. shake C. wave D. want ‎3.I think watching TV every evening is a waste of time—-there are meaningful things to do.‎ A. less B. more C. the least D. the most ‎4.—Mary’s been offered a job in a university, but she doesn’t want to take it. ‎ ‎— ? It’s a very good chance.‎ A. Guess what B. So what C. Who cares D. How why ‎5. small, the company has about 1,000 buyers in over 30 countries.‎ A. As B. If C. Although D. Once ‎6. We have launched another man-made satellite, is announced in today’s newspaper.‎ A. that B. which C. who D. what ‎7.While she was in Paris, she developed a for fine art.‎ A. way B. relation C. taste D. habit ‎8. I had hoped to take a holiday this year but I wasn’t able to ‎ A. get away B. drop in C. check out D. hold on ‎9. No one be more generous, he has a heart of gold.‎ A. could B. must C. dare D. need ‎10. In some languages,100 words make up half of all words in daily conversations.‎ A. using B. to use C. having used D. used ‎11. It was not until near the end of the letter she mentioned her own plan.‎ A. that B. where C. why D. when ‎12. At our factory there are a few machines similar to described in this magazine.‎ A. them B. these C. those D. ones ‎13. The water supply has been cut off temporarily because the workers one of the main pipes.‎ A. had repaired B. have repaired C. repaired D. are repairing ‎14. If he had spent more time practising speaking English before, he able to speak it much better now.‎ A. will be B. would be C. has been D. would have been ‎15. I want to tell you is the deep love and respect I have for my parents.‎ A. That B. Which C. Whether D. What 第二节：完形填空（共20小题：每小题1.5分，满分30分）‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从16～35各题所给出的A、B、C、D四个选项中选出最佳选项。‎ ‎ As I held my father’s hands one night, I couldn’t help but notice their calluses(老茧）and roughness. His hands tell the story of his life as a 16 ,including all his struggles.‎ ‎ One summer, I remember, a drought (旱灾）hit Ontario, turning it into a 17 desert. On one of those hot mornings I was picking sweet corn with my dad to fill the last 18 from the grocery store. Fifty dozen was all we needed, which 19 took twenty minutes. That morning, however, the process didn’t 20 quickly. After forty minutes of aimlessly walking in the field, we 21 needed twenty dozen. I was completely frustrated and 22 .Dropping the basket heavily, I declared, “If the store wants its last twenty dozen, they can pick it themselves‎1”‎Dad 23 .“Just think, my little girl, only ten dozen left for each of us and then we’re ‎ 24 .” Such is Dad—-whatever problem he 25 ,he never gives up. 26 , the disastrous effects of the drought were felt all over our county. It was a challenging time for everyone, 27 Dad remained optimistic. He 28 to be grateful for other things like good health and food on our plated. Only then did I truly begin to 29 Dad and his faith that guided us through the hard times.‎ ‎ Dad is also a living example of real 30 .From dawn to dusk, he walks countless hours to 31 our family. He always puts our happiness 32 his own, and never fails to cheer me on at my sports games 33 his exhaustion after long days. His loving and selfless nature has inspired me to become more sympathetic and ‎ 34 putting others first.‎ ‎ Dad, the life 35 I have learned from you will stay with me forever. You are my father, teacher, friend and, most importantly, my hero.‎ ‎16.A. teacher B. gardener C. farmer D. grocer ‎17.A. stormy B. lively C. disappearing D. burning ‎18.A. order B. form C. gap D. position ‎19.A. repeatedly B. normally C. finally D. really ‎20.A. go B. begin C. occur D. change ‎21.A. yet B. still C. even D. nearly ‎22.A. surprised B. nervous C. angry D. frightened ‎23.A. apologized B. cried C. complained D. laughed ‎24.A. lost B. done C. gone D. touched ‎25.A. meets with B. brings up C. works out D. thinks about ‎26.A. Thankfully B. Hopefully C. Unfortunately D. Strangely ‎27.A. or B. for C. so D. but ‎28.A. happened B. seemed C. continued D. aimed ‎29.A. face B. appreciate C. examine D. question ‎30.A. love B. pride C. friendship D. honesty ‎31.A. support B. settle C. start D. impress ‎32.A. after B. before C. beside D. under ‎33.A. in spite of B. in terms of C. in control of D. in place of ‎34.A. careful B. regretful C. considerate D. humorous ‎35.A. history B. motto C. patterns D. lessons 第二部分：阅读理解（共一节，满分50分）‎ 阅读下列短文，从每题所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出最佳选项。‎ A Guide to Stockholm University Library Our library offers different types of studying places and provides a good studying environment. ‎ Zones The library is divided into different zones. The upper floor is a quiet zone with over a thousand places for silent reading,and places where you can sit and work with your own computer. The reading places consist mostly of tables and chairs. The ground floor is the zone where you can talk. Here you can find sofas and armchairs for group work. ‎ Computers ‎ You can use your own computer to connect to the wi-fi specially prepared for notebook computers,your can also use library computers,which contain the most commonly used applications,such as Microsoft Office. They are situated in the area known as the Experimental Field on the ground floor. ‎ Group-study places If you want to discuss freely without disturbing others,you can book a study room or sit at a table on the ground floor. Some study rooms are for 2-3 people and others can hold up to 6-8 people. All rooms are marked on the library maps. ‎ There are 40 group-study rooms that must be booked via the website. To book,you need an active University account and a valid University card. You can use a room three hours per day,nine hours at most per week. ‎ Storage of Study Material The library has lockers for students to store course literature,When you have obtained at least 40 credits(学分),you may rent a locker and pay 400 SEK for a year’s rental period. ‎ Rules to be Followed Mobile phone conversations are not permitted anywhere in the librar. Keep your phone on silent as if you were in a lecture and exit the library if you need to receive calls. ‎ Please note that food and fruit are forbidden in the library, but you are allowed to have ‎ drinks and sweets with you. ‎ ‎36. The library’s upper floor is mainly for students to ‎ A. read in a quiet place B. have group discussions ‎ C. take comfortable seats D. get their computers fixed ‎37. Library computers on the ground floor A. help students with their field experiments ‎ B. contain software essential for schoolwork ‎ C . are for those who wan to access the wi-fi ‎ D. are mostly used for filling out application forms ‎38. What condition should be met to book a group-study room?‎ A. group must consist of 8 people ‎ B. Three-hour use per day is the minimum ‎ C. One should first register at the university ‎ D. Applicants must mark the room on the map ‎39. A student can rent a locker in the library if he ‎ A. can afford the rental fee B. attends certain coursed ‎ C. has nowhere to put his books D. has earned the required credits ‎40. What should NOT be brought into the library?‎ A. Mobile phones B. Orange juice. C. Candy D. Sandwiches B Last night’s meteor(流星) shower left many people in the community dissatisfied and demanding answers. According to Gabe Rothsclild, Emerald Valley’s mayor,people gathered in the suburbs of the city, carrying heavy telescopes,expecting to watch the brightly burning meteors passing through the sky. What they found instead was a sky so brightened by the city’s lights that it darkened the light of the meteors passing overhead. ‎ ‎ “My family was so frustrated,” admitted town resident Duane Cosby, “We wanted to make this an unforgettable family outing,but it turned out to be a huge disappointments. ”‎ ‎ Astronomers—scientists who study stars and planets—-have been complaining about this problem for decades. They say that light pollution prevents them from seeing objects in the sky that they could see quite easily in the past. They call on people and the government to take measures to fight against it. ‎ ‎ There is yet a population besides professional and amateur star observers that suffers even more from light pollution. This population consists of birds,bats frogs,snakes,etc. For example,outdoor lighting severely affects migrating(迁徙的)birds. According to the International Dark-Sky Association. “100 million birds a year throughout North America die in crashes with lighted buildings and towers. ”‎ ‎ Countless more animals casualties(伤亡）result from the use of artificial lighting. Clearly,people enjoy the benefits of lighting their evenings,but some scientists think it can be ‎ harmful for humans,too. They worry that exposure to light while sleeping can increase person’s chances of getting cancer. ‎ ‎ Emerald Valley is only one community that is becoming aware of the negative effects of hight pollution. For years,Flagstaff,Arizona,has enforced lighting regulations in its city in order to assist astronomers at the Lowell Observatory. Similar efforts have been made worldwide,and a movement is underway to remind us to turn off lights when we are not using them,so that other creatures can share the night. ‎ 41. It happened last night that ‎ A.the city’s lights affected the meteor watching ‎ B. the meteors flew past before being noticed ‎ C. the city light show attracted many people ‎ D. the meteor watching ended up a social outing ‎42. What do the astronomers complain about?‎ A. Meteor showers occur less often than before ‎ B. Their observation equipment is in poor repair ‎ C. Light pollution has remained unsolved for years ‎ D. Their eyesight is failing due to artificial lighting ‎43. What the author concerned about according to Paragraph 4? ‎ A. Birds may take other migration paths ‎ B. Animal’living habits may change suddenly ‎ C. Varieties of animals will become sharply reduced ‎ D. Animals’survival is threatened by outdoor lighting ‎44. Lighting regulations in Flagstaff,Arizona are put into effect to A. Lessen the chance of getting cancer B. create an ideal observation condition ‎ C. ensure citizens a good sleep at night D. enable all creatures to live in harmony ‎45. What message does the author most want to give us?‎ A. Saving wildlife is saving ourselves ‎ B. Great efforts should be made to save energy ‎ C. Human activities should be environmentally friendly ‎ D. New equipment should be introduced for space study C ‎ Poet William Stafford once said that we are defined more by the detours(绕行路)in life that by the narrow road toward goals. I like this image. But I as quite by accident that I discovered the deep meaning of his words. ‎ ‎ For years we made the long drive from our home in Seattle to my parents’ home in Boise in nine hours. We traveled the way most people do:the fastest,shortest easiest road,especially when ai was alone with four noisy,restless kids who hates confinement(限制)and have strong opinions about everything. ‎ ‎ Road trips felt risky,so I would drive fast,stopping only when I had to. We would stick to the freeways and arrive tired. ‎ ‎ But then Banner,our lamb was born. He was rejected by his mama days before our planned trip to Boise. I had two choices:leave Banner with my husband,or take him with me. My husband made the decision for me. ‎ ‎ That is how I found my self on the road with four kids,a baby lamb and nothing but my everlasting optimism to see me through. We took the country roads out of necessity. We had to stop every hour, let Banner shke out his legs and feed him. The kids chased him and one another. They’d get back in the car breathless and energized, smelling fresh from the cold air. ‎ ‎ We explored side roads, catching grasshoppers in waist-high grass. Even if we simply looked out of the car windows at baby pigs following their mother, or fish leaping out of the water, it was better than the best ride down the freeway. Here was life. And new horizons(见识). ‎ ‎ We eventually arrived at my parents’ doorstep astonishingly fresh and full of stories ‎ I grew brave with the trip back home and creative with my disciplining technique. On an empty section of road, everyone started quarreling. I stopped the car, ordered all kids out and told them to meet me up ahead. I parked my car half a mile away and read my book in sweet silence. ‎ ‎ Some road trips are by necessity fast and straight. But that trip with Banner opened our eyes to a world available to anyon adventurous enough to wander around and made me realize that a detour may uncover the best part of a journey—-and the best part of yourself. ‎ ‎46. Why did the author use to take freeways to her parents’ home?‎ A. It was less time B. It would be faster and safer ‎ C. Her kids would feel less confined D. She felt better with other drivers nearby ‎47. The author stopped regularly on the country roads to ‎ A. relax in the fresh air B. take a dep breath ‎ C. take care of the lamb D. let the kids play with Banner ‎48. What does the author discover from the trip according to Paragraph 6?‎ A. Freeways are where beauty hides. ‎ B. Getting close to nature adds to the joy of life ‎ C. Enjoying the beauty of nature benefits one’s health ‎ D. One should follow side roads to watch wild animals ‎49. Why did the author ask the kids to get out of the car on their way back home?‎ A. To give herself some time to read B. To order some food for them ‎ C. To play a game with them. D. To let them cool down ‎50. What could be the best title for the passage?‎ A. Charm of the Detour B. The Road to Bravery ‎ C. Creativity out of Necessity D. Road trip and Country Life ‎ D ‎ When asked about happiness, we usually think of something extraordinary, an absolute delight, which seems to get rarer the older we get. ‎ ‎ For kids, happiness has a magical quality. Their delight at winning a race or getting a new bike is unreserved(毫不掩饰的). ‎ ‎ In the teenage years the concept of happiness changes. Suddenly it’s conditional on such things as excitement, love and popularity. I can still recall the excitement of being invited to dance with the most attractive boy at the school party. ‎ ‎ In adulthood the things that bring deep joy—-love, marriage, birth—-also bring responsibility and the risk of loss. For adults, happiness is complicated(复杂的)‎ ‎ My definition for happiness is “the capacity for enjoyment”. The more we can enjoy what we have, the happier we are. It’s easy to overlook the pleasure we get from the company of friends, the freedom to live where we please, and even goo health. ‎ ‎ I experienced my little moments of pleasure yesterday. First I was overjoyed when I shut the last lunch-box and had the house to myself. Then I spent an uninterrupted morning writing, which I love. When the kids and my husband came home, I enjoyed their noise after the quiet of the day. ‎ ‎ Psychologists tell us that to be happy we need a mix of enjoyable leisure time and satisfying work. I don’t think that my grandmother, who raised 14 children, had much of either. She did have a network of close friends and family, and maybe this is what satisfied her. ‎ ‎ We, however, with so many choices and such pressure to succeed in every area, have turned happiness into one more thing we’ve got to have. We’ve so self-conscious about our “right” to it that it’s making us miserable. So we chase it and equal it with wealth and success, without noticing that the people who have those things aren’t necessarily happier ‎ Happiness isn’t about what happens to us—-it’s about how we see what happens to us. It’s the skillful way of finding a positive for every negative. It’s not wishing for what we don’t have,but enjoying what we do possess. ‎ ‎51. As people grow older, they .‎ A. feel it harder to experience happiness ‎ B. associate their happiness less with others ‎ C. will take fewer risks in pursuing happiness ‎ D. tend to believe responsibility means happiness ‎52. What can we learn about the author from Paragraph 5 and 6?‎ A. She cares little about her own health ‎ B. She enjoys the freedom of traveling ‎ C. She is easily pleased by things in daily life ‎ D. She prefers getting pleasure from housework ‎53. What can b informed from Paragraph 7?‎ A. Psychologists think satisfying work is key to happiness ‎ B. Psychologists’ opinion is well proved by Grandma’ s case ‎ C. Grandma often found time for social gatherings ‎ D. Grandma’s happiness came from modest expectations of life ‎54. People who equal happiness with wealth and success A. consider pressure something blocking their way ‎ B. stress then right to happiness too much ‎ C. are at a loss to make correct choices ‎ D. are more likely to be happy ‎55. What can be concluded from the passage?‎ A. Happiness lies between the positive and the negative ‎ B. Each man is the master of his own fate ‎ C. Success leads to happiness ‎ D. Happy is he who is content 第Ⅱ卷 第三部分：书面表达（共两节，满分35分）‎ 第一节：阅读表达（共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分）‎ 阅读短文，并按照题目要求用英语回答问题。‎ ‎ My name is Clara. I still remember that chilly December day, sitting in science class. I’d finished a worksheet early and picked up a TIME for Kids magazine. A piece of news caught my eye: NASA was holding an essay contest to name its Mars rover(火星探测器).Before I even knew anything else about it, a single word flooded my 11-year-old mind, Curiosity.‎ ‎ I couldn’t want for the bell to ring so I could get started on my essay. That afternoon, I raced home, sat down at the computer, and typed until my fingers ached. “Curiosity is an everlasting flame that burns in everyone’s mind...”‎ ‎ Five months later, my mom received a phone call, and immediately, a wide smile spread across her face.‎ ‎ On August 5,2012,at 10:31 p.m, the rover named Curiosity touched down safely on the surface of Mars, and I was honored to have a front-row seat in NASA.‎ ‎ Curiosity is such an important part of who I am. I have always been fascinated by the stars, the planets, the sky and the universe. I remember as a little girl, my grandmother and I would sit together in the backyard for hours. She’d tell me stories and point out the stars, Grandma lived in China, thousands of miles away from my home in Kansas, but the stars kept us together even when we were apart. They were always there, yet there was so much I didn’t know about them. That’s what I love so much about space.‎ ‎ People often ask me why we go to faraway places like Mares. My answer is simple because we’re curious. We human beings do not just hole up in one place. We are constantly ‎ wondering and trying to find out what’s over the hill and beyond the horizon.‎ 56. How did Clara get the new about the essay contest?( no more than 10 words)‎ ‎ ‎ 57. Why did Clara have a front-row seat in NASA?( no more than 10 words)‎ ‎ ‎ 58. What does Clara remember about the time spent with Grandma?( no more than 15 words)‎ ‎ ‎ 59. What does the underlined phrase “hole up” mean?(1 word)‎ ‎ ‎ 60. In your opinion, why is curiosity important?( no more than 20 words)‎ ‎ ‎ 第二节：书面表达 61. 假设你是某大学的学生李津，你校英语俱乐部将选举新一届副主席，负责规划、组织俱乐部的相关活动，你欲参选，请按以下提示，写一篇竞选演讲稿。‎ ² 个人的优势介绍（如性格、特长等）‎ ² 组织校内的活动的设想（如举办讲座、英语晚会等）‎ ² 组织校际交流活动的设想（如举办辩论赛、演讲比赛等）‎ ² 表达竞选的愿望。‎ 注意：‎ 1. 词数不少于100；‎ 2. 请勿提及真实学校姓名 3. 可适当的加入细节，以使内容充实，行文连贯；‎ 4. 开头、结尾已给出，不计入总词数。‎ 参考词汇：‎ 副主席：vice president 竞选： run for ‎ Good afternoon, my dear friends,‎ ‎ My name is Li Jin,‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 六、2013年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（上海卷）‎ 第Ⅰ卷（共105分）‎ I. Listening Comprehension Section A Directions: In section A, you will hear ten short conversations between two speakers. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. The conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After you hear a conversation and the question about it, read the four possible answers on your paper, and decide which one is the best answer to the question you have heard. ‎ ‎1. A. A basketball player. B. A laundry worker.‎ C. A window washer. D. A rock climber ‎2. A. She is not hungry. B. She wants to cook.‎ C. She is not tired. D. She wants to dine out.‎ ‎3. A. Promising. B. Isolated C. Crowded. D. Modern ‎4. A. To a stationery shop. B. To a gymnasium.‎ C. To a paint store. D. To a news stand.‎ ‎5. A. The man can see a different view. B. The food is not tasty enough.‎ C. The man cannot afford the food. D. The food is worth the price.‎ ‎6. A. She reads different kinds of books. B. She also finds the book difficult to read.‎ C. She is impressed by the characters. D. She knows well how to remember names.‎ ‎7. A. The man will go to the post office. B. The post office is closed for the day.‎ C. The woman is expecting the newspaper. D. The delivery boy has been dismissed.‎ ‎8. A. She is not sure if she can join them. B. She will skip the class to see the film.‎ C. She will ask the professor for leave. D. She does not want to see a film.‎ ‎9. A. Fashion designing is a booming business. ‎ B. School learning is a must for fashion designers.‎ C. He hopes to attend a good fashion school. ‎ D. The woman should become a fashion designer.‎ ‎10. A. Few people drive within the speed limit. B. Drivers usually obey traffic rules.‎ C. The speed limit is really reasonable. D. The police stop most drivers for speeding Section B Directions: In section B, you will hear two short passages, and you will be asked three questions on each of the passages. The passages will be read twice, but the questions will be spoken only once. When you hear a question, read the four possible answers on your paper, and decide which one would be the best answer to the question you have heard. ‎ Questions 11 through 13 are based on the following passage.‎ ‎11. A. A book publisher. B. A company manager.‎ C. A magazine editor. D.A school principal.‎ ‎12. A. Some training experience. B. A happy family.‎ C. Russian assistants' help. D. A good memory.‎ ‎13. A. Lynn’s devotion to the family. B. Lynn’s busy and successful life.‎ C. Lynn’s great performance at work. D.Lynn’s efficiency in conducting programs.‎ Questions 14 through 16 are based on the following passage.‎ ‎14. A. Economic questions. B. Routine questions.‎ C. Academic questions. D. Challenging questions.‎ ‎15. A. Work experience. B. Educational qualifications.‎ C. Problem-solving abilities. D. Information-gathering abilities.‎ ‎16. A. Features of different types of interview. B. Skills in asking interview questions.‎ C. Changes in three interview models. D. Suggestions for different job interviews.‎ Section C Directions: In section C, you will hear two longer conversations. The conversations will be read twice. After you hear each conversation, you are required to fill in the numbered blanks with the information you have heard. Write your answers on your answer sheet. ‎ Blanks 17 through 20 are based on the following conversation.‎ Complete the form. Write ONE WORD for each answer.‎ Latest Conference Information Date: 8th 17 ‎ Place: Palace 18 , ‎Shanghai Registration fee: $ 19 ‎ Speaker: Carla Marisco from ‎Milan‎ ‎University Speech topic: Opportunities and Risks in the 20 Market Blanks 21 through 24 are based on the following conversation.‎ Complete the form. Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each answer.‎ An Interview with David, a Skateboarding (滑板运动) Lover What was David's schoolwork like?‎ He was able to get his schoolwork done 21 .‎ What was his only problem at school?‎ He was unable to ‎22 in class.‎ Why did he say the new headmaster was wonderful?‎ He let students 23 of their own.‎ How was his new style different from other skaters?‎ It was robot-like, with 24 .‎ II. Grammar and Vocabulary Section A Directions: Beneath each of the following sentences there are four choices marked A, B, C and D. Choose the one answer that best completes the sentence.‎ ‎25. — I’m looking for a nearby place for my holiday. Any good ideas?‎ ‎ — How about the Moon Lake? It is ________ easy reach of the city.‎ ‎ A. by B. beyond C. within D. from ‎26. Those who smoke heavily should remind ________ of health, the bad smell and the feelings of other ‎ people.‎ ‎ A. theirs B. them C. themselves D. oneself ‎27. Bob called to tell his mother that he couldn’t enter the house, for he ________ his key at school.‎ ‎ A. had left B. would leave C. was leaving D. has left ‎28. It’s a ________ clock, made of brass and dating from the nineteenth century.‎ ‎ A. charming French small B. French small charming ‎ C. small French charming D. charming small French ‎29. The school board is made up of parents who ________ to make decisions about school affairs.‎ ‎ A. had been elected B. had elected C. have been elected D. have elected ‎30. They promised to develop a software package by the end of this year, ________ they might have.‎ ‎ A. however difficult B. how difficult C. whatever difficulty D. what difficulty ‎31. The judges gave no hint of what they thought, so I left the room really ________.‎ ‎ A. to be worried B. to worry C. having worried D. worried ‎32. The students are looking forward to having an opportunity ________ society for real-life experience.‎ ‎ A. explore B. to explore C. exploring D. explored ‎33. I have no idea ________ the cell phone isn’t working, so could you fix it for me?‎ ‎ A. what B. why C. if D. which ‎34. Young people may risk ________ deaf if they are exposed to very loud music every day.‎ ‎ A. to go B. to have gone C. going D. having gone ‎35. Sophia got an e-mail ________ her credit card account number.‎ ‎ A. asking for B. ask for C. asked for D. having asked for ‎36. I cannot hear the professor clearly as there is too much noise ________ I am sitting.‎ ‎ A. before B. until C. unless D. where ‎37. ________ at the photos, illustrations, title and headings and you can guess what the reading is about.‎ ‎ A. To look B. Looking C. Having looked D. Look ‎38. An ecosystem consists of the living and nonliving things in an area ________ interact ‎ with one another.‎ ‎ A. that B. where C. who D. what ‎39. Among the crises that face humans ________ the lack of natural resources.‎ ‎ A. is B. are C. is there D. are there ‎40. Some people care much about their appearance and always ask if they look fine in ________ they are wearing.‎ ‎ A. that B. what C. how D. which Section B Directions: Complete the following passage by using the words in the box. Each word can only be used once. Note that there is one word more than you need.‎ A. restore B. recall C. processing D. previously E. necessary F. locating G. instead H. fascinating I.‎ elsewhere J. composition ‎ ‎ As infants, we can recognize our mothers within hours of birth. In fact, we can recognize the 41 of our mother’s face well before we can recognize her body shape. It’s 42 how the brain can carry out such a function at such a young age, especially since we don’t learn to walk and talk until we are over a year old. By the time we are adults, we have the ability to distinguish around 100,000 faces. How can we remember so many faces when many of us find it difficult to 43 such a simple thing as a phone number? The exact process is not yet fully understood, but research around the world has begun to define the specific areas of the brain and processes 44 for facial recognition.‎ ‎ Researchers at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology believe that they have succeeded in 45 a specific area of the brain called the fusiform face area (FFA), which is used only for facial recognition. This means that recognition of familiar objects such as our clothes or cars, is from 46 in the brain. Researchers also have found that the brain needs to see the whole face for recognition to take place. It had been 47 thought that we only needed to see certain facial features. Meanwhile, research at University College London has found that facial recognition is not a single process, but 48 involves three steps. The first step appears to be an analysis of the physical features of a person’s face, which is similar to how we scan the bar codes of our groceries. In the next step, the brain decides whether the face we are looking at is already known or unknown to us. And finally, the brain furnishes the information we have collected about the person whose face we are looking at. This complex 49 is done in a split second so that we can behave quickly when reacting to certain situations. ‎ III. Reading Comprehension Section A Directions: For each blank in the following passage there are four words or phrases marked A, B, C and D. Fill in each blank with the word or phrase that best fits the context.‎ ‎ Over the past few decades, more and more countries have opened up the markets, increasingly transforming the world economy into one free-flowing global market. The question is：Is economic globalization 50 for all?‎ According to the World Bank, one of its chief supporters, economic globalization has helped reduce 51 in a large number of developing countries. It quotes one study that shows increased wealth 52 to improved education and longer life in twenty-four developing countries as a result of integration (融合) of local economies into the world economy. Home to some three billion people, these twenty-four countries have seen incomes 53 at an average rate of five percent—compared to two percent in developed countries.‎ Those who 54 globalization claim that economies in developing countries will benefit from new opportunities for small and home-based businesses. 55 , small farmers in Brazil who produce nuts that would originally have sold only in 56 open-air markets can now promote their goods worldwide by the Internet.‎ Critics take a different view, believing that economic globalization is actually 57 the gap between the rich and poor. A study carried out by the U.N.-sponsored World Commission on the Social Dimension of Globalization shows that only a few developing countries have actually 58 from integration into the world economy and that the poor, the uneducated, unskilled workers, and native peoples have been left behind. 59 , they maintain that globalization may eventually threaten emerging businesses. For example, Indian craftsmen who currently seem to benefit from globalization because they are able to 60 their products may soon face fierce competition that could pot them out of 61 . When large-scale manufacturers start to produce the same goods, or when superstores like Wal-Mart move in, these small businesses will not be able to 62 and will be crowded out.‎ One thing is certain about globalization—there is no 63 . Advances in technology combined with more open policies have already created an interconnected world. The 64 now is finding a way to create a kind of globalization that works for the benefit of all. ‎ ‎50. A. possible B. smooth C. good D. easy ‎51. A. crime B. poverty C. conflict D. population ‎52. A. contributing B. responding C. turning D. owing ‎53. A. remain B. drop C. shift D. increase ‎54. A. doubt B. define C. advocate D. ignore ‎55. A. In addition B. For instance C. In other words D. All in all ‎56. A. mature B. new C. local D. foreign ‎57. A. finding B. exploring C. bridging D. widening ‎58. A. suffered B. profited C. learned D. withdrawn ‎59. A. Furthermore B. Therefore C. However D. Otherwise ‎60. A. consume B. deliver C. export D. advertise ‎61. A. trouble B. business C. power D. mind ‎62. A. keep up B. come in C. go around D. help out ‎63. A. taking off B. getting along C. holding out D. turning back ‎64. A. agreement B. prediction C. outcome D. challenge Section B Directions: Read the following three passages. Each passage is followed by several questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A, B, C and D. Choose the one that fits best according to the information given in the passage you have just read.‎ A For some people, music is no fun at all. About four percent of the population is what scientists call “amusic.” People who are amusic are born without the ability to recognize or reproduce musical notes (音调). Amusic people often cannot tell the difference between two songs. Amusics can only hear the difference between two notes if they are very far apart on the musical scale.‎ ‎ As a result, songs sound like noise to an amusic. Many amusics compare the sound of music to pieces of metal hitting each other. Life can be hard for amusics. Their inability to enjoy music set them apart from others. It can be difficult for other people to identify with their condition. In fact, most people cannot begin to grasp what it feels like to be amusic. Just going to a restaurant or a shopping mall can be uncomfortable or even painful. That is why many amusics intentionally stay away from places where there is music. However, this can result in withdrawal and social isolation. “I used to hate parties,” says Margaret, a seventy-year-old woman who only recently discovered that she was amusic. By studying people like Margaret, scientists are finally learning how to identify this unusual condition.‎ ‎ Scientists say that the brains of amusics are different from the brains of people who can appreciate music. The difference is complex, and it doesn’t involve defective hearing. Amusics can understand other nonmusical sounds well. They also have no problems understanding ordinary speech. Scientists compare amusics to people who just can’t see certain colors.‎ ‎ Many amusics are happy when their condition is finally diagnosed (诊断). For years, Margaret felt embarrassed about her problem with music. Now she knows that she is not alone. There is a name for her condition. That makes it easier for her to explain. “When people invite me to a concert, I just say, ‘No thanks, I’m amusic,’” says Margaret. “I just wish I had learned to say that when I was seventeen and not seventy.” ‎ ‎65. Which of the following is true of amusics?‎ ‎ A. Listening to music is far from enjoyable for them.‎ ‎ B. They love places where they are likely to hear music.‎ ‎ C. They can easily tell two different songs apart.‎ ‎ D. Their situation is well understood by musicians.‎ ‎66. According to paragraph 3, a person with “defective hearing” is probably one who __________.‎ ‎ A. dislikes listening to speeches B. can hear anything nonmusical ‎ C. has a hearing problem D. lacks a complex hearing system ‎67. In the last paragraph, Margaret expressed her wish that __________.‎ ‎ A. her problem with music had been diagnosed earlier ‎ B. she were seventeen years old rather than seventy ‎ C. her problem could be easily explained ‎ D. she were able to meet other amusics ‎68. What is the passage mainly concerned with?‎ ‎ A. Amusics’ strange behaviours. B. Some people’s inability to enjoy music.‎ ‎ C. Musical talent and brain structure. D. Identification and treatment of amusics.‎ B Home Laundry Automatic Dryer Product Full Two Year Warranty (保修)‎ Limited Five Year Warranty on Cabinet (机箱)‎ Warranty Provides for：‎ FIRST TWO YEARS Amana will repair or replace any faulty part free of charge.‎ THIRD THRU FIFTH YEARS Amana will provide a free replacement part for any cabinet which proves faulty due to rust (生锈)。‎ Warranty Limitations： Owner’s Responsibilities：‎ Ÿ Warranty begins at date of original purchase. Ÿ Provide sales receipt.‎ Ÿ Applies only to product used within the United Ÿ Normal care and maintenance.‎ States or in Canada if product is approved by Ÿ Having the product reasonably ‎ Canadian Standards Association when shipped accessible for service.‎ ‎ from factory. Ÿ Pay for service calls related to product Ÿ Products used on a commercial or rental basis installation or usage instructions.‎ not covered by this warranty. Ÿ Pay for extra service costs, over normal Ÿ Service must be performed by an Amana service charges, if servicer is requested servicer. to perform service outside servicer’s Ÿ Adjustments covered during first year only. normal business hours.‎ Warranty Does Not Cover It If： In no event shall Amana be responsible Ÿ Product has damage due to product alteration, for consequential damages.﹡‎ ‎ connection to an improper electrical supply, *This warranty gives you specific legal ‎ shipping and handling, accident, fire, floods, rights, and you may have others which ‎ lightning or other conditions beyond the controlvary from state to state. For example,‎ ‎ of Amana. some states do not allow the exclusion or Ÿ Product is improperly installed or applied. limitation of consequential damages so ‎ this exclusion may not apply to you.‎ ‎, so ‎ this exclusion may not apply to you.‎ ‎69. According to Warranty Limitations, a product can be under warranty if __________.‎ ‎ A. shipped from a Canadian factory B. rented for home use ‎ C. repaired by the user himself D. used in the U.S.A.‎ ‎70. According to Owner’s Responsibilities, an owner has to pay for __________.‎ ‎ A. the loss of the sales receipt B. a servicer’s overtime work ‎ C. the product installation D. a mechanic’s transportation ‎71. Which of the following is true according to the warranty?‎ ‎ A. Consequential damages are excluded across America.‎ ‎ B. A product damaged in a natural disaster is covered by the warranty.‎ ‎ C. A faulty cabinet due to rust can be replaced free in the second year.‎ ‎ D. Free repair is available for a product used improperly in the first year.‎ C ‎ A team of engineers at Harvard University has been inspired by Nature to create the ‎ ‎69. According to Warranty Limitations, a product can be under warranty if __________.‎ ‎ A. shipped from a Canadian factory B. rented for home use ‎ C. repaired by the user himself D. used in the U.S.A.‎ ‎70. According to Owner’s Responsibilities, an owner has to pay for __________.‎ ‎ A. the loss of the sales receipt B. a servicer’s overtime work ‎ C. the product installation D. a mechanic’s transportation ‎71. Which of the following is true according to the warranty?‎ ‎ A. Consequential damages are excluded across America.‎ ‎ B. A product damaged in a natural disaster is covered by the warranty.‎ ‎ C. A faulty cabinet due to rust can be replaced free in the second year.‎ ‎ D. Free repair is available for a product used improperly in the first year.‎ C ‎ A team of engineers at Harvard University has been inspired by Nature to create the first robotic fly. The mechanical fly has become a platform for a series of new high-tech integrated systems. Designed to do what a fly does naturally, the tiny machine is the size of a fat housefly. Its mini wings allow it to stay in the air and perform controlled flight tasks.‎ ‎“It’s extremely important for us to think about this as a whole system and not just the sum of a bunch of individual components (元件),” said Robert Wood, the Harvard engineering professor who has been working on the robotic fly project for over a decade. A few years ago, his team got the go-ahead to start piecing together the components. “The added difficulty with a project like this is that actually none of those components are off the shelf and so we have to develop them all on our own,” he said.‎ They engineered a series of systems to start and drive the robotic fly. “The seemingly simple system which just moves the wings has a number of interdependencies on the individual components, each of which individually has to perform well, but then has to be matched well to everything it’s connected to,” said Wood. The flight device was built into a set of power, computation, sensing and control systems. Wood says the success of the project proves that the flying robot with these tiny components can be built and manufactured.‎ While this first robotic flyer is linked to a small, off-board power source, the goal is eventually to equip it with a built-in power source, so that it might someday perform data-gathering work at rescue sites, in farmers’ fields or on the battlefield. “Basically it should be able to take off, land and fly around,” he said.‎ Wood says the design offers a new way to study flight mechanics and control at insect-scale. Yet, the power, sensing and computation technologies on board could have much broader applications. “You can start thinking about using them to answer open scientific ‎ questions, you know, to study biology in ways that would be difficult with the animals, but using these robots instead,” he said. “So there are a lot of technologies and open interesting scientific questions that are really what drives us on a day to day basis.”‎ ‎72. The difficulty the team of engineers met with while making the robotic fly was that __________.‎ ‎ A. they had no model in their mind B. they did not have sufficient time ‎ C. they had no ready-made components D. they could not assemble the components ‎73. It can be inferred from paragraphs 3 and 4 that the robotic fly __________.‎ ‎ A. consists of a flight device and a control system ‎ B. can just fly in limited areas at the present time ‎ C. can collect information from many sources ‎ D. has been put into wide application ‎74. Which of the following can be learned from the passage?‎ ‎ A. The robotic flyer is designed to learn about insects.‎ ‎ B. Animals are not allowed in biological experiments.‎ ‎ C. There used to be few ways to study how insects fly.‎ ‎ D. Wood’s design can replace animals in some experiments.‎ ‎75. Which of the following might be the best title of the passage?‎ ‎ A. Father of Robotic Fly B. Inspiration from Engineering Science ‎ C. Robotic Fly Imitates Real Life Insect D. Harvard Breaks Through in Insect Study Section C Directions: Read the following text and choose the most suitable heading from A—F for each paragraph. There is one extra heading which you do not need.‎ A. Healthy way of life giving way to overuse of medicine B. Different findings as to taking additional vitamin C. EU’s response to overuse of health products D. Worrying increase in multivitamin advertising E. EU directive for the benefit of individuals F. EU directive against prediction in novels ‎76. ‎ ‎ The use of health supplements such as multivitamin tablets has increased greatly in the western world. People take these supplements because advertising suggests that they prevent a range of medical conditions from developing. However, there is concern that people are consuming worryingly high doses of these supplements and the European Union (EU) has issued a directive that will ban the sale of a wide range of them. This EU directive should be supported.‎ ‎77. ‎ ‎ Research suggests that people who take Vitamin C supplements of over 5000 milligrams a day are more likely to develop cancer. This shows how much damage these health supplements do to people’s health. A spokesman for the health supplement industry has argued that other research shows that Vitamin C supplements help prevent heart disease, but we can dismiss this evidence as it is from a biased source.‎ ‎78. ‎ ‎ Science fiction of the 1960s and 1970s predicted that pills would replace meals as the way in which people would get the fuel they needed. This, it was argued, would mean a more efficient use of time as people wouldn’t have to waste it preparing or eating meals. The EU directive would help prevent this nightmare of pills replacing food becoming a reality.‎ ‎79. ‎ ‎ Peop0le already take too many pills instead of adopting a healthier lifestyle. For example, the consumption of painkillers in Britain in 1998 was 21 tablets per year for every man, woman and child in the country. People do not need all these pills.‎ ‎80.‎ ‎ Some might argue that the EU directive denies people’s right to freedom of choice. However, there are many legal examples for such intervention when it is in the individual’s best interests. We now make people wear seatbelts rather than allowing them to choose to do so. Opposing the EU directive would mean beneficial measures like this would be threatened.‎ Section D Directions: Read the passage carefully. Then answer the questions or complete the statements in the fewest possible words.‎ ‎ A study of more than five million books, both fiction and non-fiction, has found a marked decline in the use of emotional words over time. The researchers form the University of Bristol used Google Ngram Viewer, a facility for finding the frequency of terms in scanned books, to search for more than 600 particular words identified as representing anger, dislike, fear, joy, sadness and surprise.‎ ‎ They found that almost all of the categories (类别) showed a drop in these “mood words” over time. Only in the category of fear was there an increase in usage.‎ ‎ “It is a steady and continuous decrease,” said Dr Alberto Acerbi. He assumed that the result might be explained by a change in the position occupied by literature, in a crowded media landscape. “One thing could be that in parallel to books the 20th century saw the start of other media. Maybe these media—movies, radio, drama—had more emotional content than books.”‎ ‎ Although both joy and sadness followed the general downwards trend, the research, published in the journal PLOS One, found that they also exhibited another interesting behaviour：the ratio (比率) between the two varied greatly, apparently mirroring historical events.‎ ‎ During the Roaring Twenties the joy-to-sadness ratio reached a peak that would not occur again until before the recent financial crash. But the ratio plunged at the height of the Second World War. Nevertheless, the researchers held a reserved opinion about their claim that their result reflected wider social trends. In the paper, they even argue that the reverse could be true.‎ ‎ “It has been suggested, for example, that it was the suppression (压抑) of desire in ordinary Elizabethan English life that increased demand for writing ‘filled with romance and sex’… perhaps,” they conclude, “songs and books may not reflect the real population any more than catwalk models reflect the average body.”‎ ‎(Note：Answer the questions or complete the statements in NO MORE THAN TEN WORDS.)‎ ‎81. A study of more than five million books indicated a decline in “mood words” over time except ‎ _______________.‎ ‎82. According to Dr Alberto Acerbi, one reason for the drop of “mood words” in books may be that ‎ _______________.‎ ‎83. What were the two periods when the joy-to-sadness ratio was at its highest?‎ ‎ _______________.‎ ‎84. While the researchers found some changes in the use of “mood words” in books, they were ‎ not sure that _______________.‎ 第Ⅱ卷 I. Translation Directions: Translate the following sentences into English, using the words given in the brackets. ‎ ‎1. 今年元旦我们玩得很开心。(enjoy)‎ ‎ ‎ ‎2. 舅舅昨天寄给我一张卡片，祝贺我18岁生日。(congratulate)‎ ‎ ‎ ‎3. 经过多年的建设，这个小镇现在和地震前一样充满了活力。(as...as)‎ ‎ ‎ ‎4. 演出以一段五十多岁的人耳熟能详的经典音乐开始。(familiar)‎ ‎ ‎ 1. 她一看完那个关于已灭绝物种的电视节目，就立志加入野生动物保护组织。(No sooner)‎ ‎ ‎ II. Guided Writing Directions: Write an English composition in 120-150 words according to the instructions given below in Chinese. ‎ ‎ 上海博物馆拟举办一次名画展，现就展出场所（博物馆还是社区图书馆）征集公众意见，假设你是王敏，给上海博物馆写一封信表达你的想法。你的信必须满足以下要求：‎ ‎1. 简述你写信的目的及你对场所的选择； ‎ ‎2. 说明你的理由（从便利性，专业性等方面对这两个场所进行对比）。‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ Wang Min 七、2013年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（重庆卷）‎ 第一部分：听力理解（共三节，满分30分）‎ 做题时.请先将答案划在试题卷上。录音内容结束后，你将有两分钟的时间将试题卷上的答案转涂或转填到答题卡上。‎ 第一节(共5小题;每小越1.5分，满分7.5分)‎ 请听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题.从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。‎ ‎1.How many sisters does the woman have?‎ A. One. B .Two. C. Three.‎ ‎2. What is woman going to do tonight?‎ A. Meet the man. B. Go out for dinner. C. Prepare for a meeting.‎ ‎3. Who has a dictionary?‎ A. The man. B. Lucy. C. Tina.‎ ‎4. What are the two speakers most probably?‎ A. Students. B..Workers. C.Teachers.‎ ‎5. What are the two speakers talking about?‎ A.A language. B. An interest. C.A class.‎ 第二节(共12小题;每小题1.5分，满分18分)‎ 请听下面4段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A,B,C三个选项中选出最佳选项。听每段对话或独白前.你将有时间阅读各小题，每小题5秒钟;听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间.每段对话或独白读两遍。‎ 请听第6段材料，回答第6至8题。‎ ‎6. Which city is the woman going to?‎ A. Chicago. B. Boston. C. New York.‎ ‎7. How much will the woman pay for her ticket?‎ A. $30. B. $50. C. $60.‎ ‎8. Where does the conversation most probably take place?‎ A. At an airport. B. At a bus stop. C. At a railway station.‎ 请听第7段材料，回答第9至11题。‎ ‎9. When did the woman begin to collect stamps?‎ A. At the age of 9. B. At the age of 12. C. At the age of 20.‎ ‎10. What does the woman advise the man to do?‎ A. Join a reading club. ‎ B. Travel to other countries.‎ C.Collect stamps.‎ ‎11. What are the two speakers mainly talking about?‎ A.Stamps. B. Hobbies. C. Books.‎ 请听第8段材料，回答第12至14题。.‎ ‎12. What is the woman going to do on Friday?‎ A.Attend a meeting. B. Go on vacation. C. Make a phone call.‎ ‎13. Who is most probably going to meet the man at the airport?‎ A.Th e woman. B. The man's brother. C.The woman's sister.‎ ‎14. What is the possible relationship between the two speakers?‎ A. Parent and teacher. B. Brother and sister. C. Husband and wife.‎ 请听第9段材料，回答第15至17题 I5. At what time are they leaving (or the Natural Museum?‎ A.7:‎30 a. m. B.8:‎30 a. m. C. 3:30 p. m.‎ ‎16. What will they possibly do right before supper?‎ A. Swim at the beach. B. Do some shopping. C. See an exhibition.‎ ‎17. What is the speaker mainly talking about?‎ A.An arrangement for a day. ‎ B.An introduction to a place. ‎ C. An experience of culture.‎ 第三节(共3小题;每小题1.5分.满分4.5分)‎ 请听下面一段独白，用所听到的独白中的词或数填空.每空限填一个词或-个数。填人的内容要写在答题卡相应的位置上。本段独白读两遍.‎ 请听第10段材料，回答第18至20题 Introduction to Competitors Name Age Occupation Strengths Peter SMITH ‎18‎ Enginner Art and literature TomAnderson ‎28‎ Salesman ‎ 19 and history Jack Brown ‎36‎ ‎ 20 ‎ Language and culture 第二部分：知识运用（共两节，满分30分）‎ 一、单项填空{共15小题，满分15分)‎ 请从A,B,C,D四个选顶中.选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该选项的标号涂黑。‎ ‎21. I felt very tired when I got home, and I straight to bed.‎ A. go B. went C. had gone D. have gone ‎22. — Would you like a glass of wine?‎ ‎— . I don't drink.‎ A. No, thanks B. Yes, please C. I don't like it D. It's my favorite ‎23. It's not easy to change habits, with awareness and self—control, it is possible.‎ A. for B. or C. but D. so ‎24. John invited about 40 people to his wedding, most of are family members.‎ A them B. that C. which D. whom ‎25. we have enough evidence, we can't win the case.‎ A. Once B. As long as C. Unless D. Since ‎26. — What are you doing this Saturday?‎ ‎— I’m not sure, but I go to the Rolling Stones concert.‎ A. must B. would C. should D. might ‎27. It was with the help of the local guide the mountain climber was rescued.‎ A. who B. that C. when D. how ‎28. struck me most in the movie was the father’s deep love for his son.‎ A. That B. It C. What D. Which ‎29. — It rained cats and dogs this morning. I’m glad we took an umbrella.‎ ‎— Yeah, we would have got wet all over if we .‎ A. hadn’t B. haven't C. didn't D. don't ‎30. When I was little, my mother used to sit by my bed, me stories till I fell asleep.‎ A. having told B. telling C. told D. to tell ‎31. Recycling is one way to protect the environment; reusing is .‎ A. another B. the other C. one another D. one ‎32. The parents were shocked by news that their son needed operation on his knee.‎ A. a;/ B. the; / C. the; an D. a; an ‎33. A Midsummer Night's Dream at the Theatre Royal on 19th June, and then tours throughout Scotland.‎ A. opens B. is opened C. will open D. will be opened ‎34. The engine just won't start. Something seems wrong with it.‎ A. to go B. to have gone C. going D. having gone ‎35.— Forgotten something? I can keep an eye on your kids if you want to go and get it.‎ ‎— Thank you all the same.‎ A. It's very kind of you. B. Oh, how careless of me!‎ C.I might as well go and get it. D. Well, I can do without it.‎ 二、完形填空（共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分）‎ ‎ 请阅读下面两篇短文，掌握大意，然后从36-55各题所给的四个选项（A、B、C、D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该选项的标号涂黑。‎ When Joe was about to start school. all signs pointed to success. Yet things turned out to be quite 36 .The fourth grade even found him at the 37 of the class. Joe struggled day and night, but it did not 38 -until one stormy aftermoon .‎ On that aftermoon , 39 the math teacher started to introduce difficult concepts, dadk Clouds covered the sky, and the stone ad in. Hard thou she tried to make the kids， ‎ ‎ 40 ,the thunder won the battle for their attention .No one 41 the concepts. Except Joe. He undemtood them and answered all the questions correctly. The teacher patted him on the back. and told him to go around to the others and explain how he had managed it. 42 by his newfound success. Joe moved quickly throughout the room. Soon math time was followed by the time for 43 .All children naturally drew 44 pictures on such a day. Except for Joe.‎ Since then, Joe started 45 . Though he never made it to the top, his math teacher was always 46 and curious about the change: Why had that stomry day changed Joe?‎ On the day Joe graduared, he presented the teacher with his moat 47 possession—the picture of.bright yellow sun .On the picture Joe had written: This is the day I 48 my brightness.‎ ‎36.A.unfair B. boring C.disapporinting D.dangerous ‎37.A.center B.top C.beginning D.bottom ‎38.A．happen B. work C. finish D. last ‎ ‎39.A .until B. since C. because D. as ‎ ‎40.A .concentrte B. change C. hide D. sit ‎41.A.challenged B. grasped C. doubted D. admitted ‎42.A.Relieved B. surprised C. Encouraged D.Puzzled ‎ ‎43.A. class B. sports C. art D. tea ‎ ‎44.A .great B. dark C. different D. strange ‎ ‎45.A .improving B. painting C. recovering D. studying ‎46.A. worried B. amazed C. friendly D. cautious ‎ ‎47.A .familiar B. expensice C. admirable D. precious ‎48.A.woke up to B. put up with C. got on with D. loked down upon B It is easy to overlook the rolethat your body plays in influencing your mood（情绪）.when you are 49 ,you may find yourself blaming work pressures or an unknown future.However,it could just be that you’ve been sitting behind you desk too long.‎ One way to improve your mood is 50 .Psychologically,it provides you with a break from the stresses in your life .Also,in the process,you may aim for 51 goals,like a mew personal running record or a better body shape.The achievement of a particular goal makes you feel good and contributes to your 52 .That is why exercise has been shown to 53 your self-respect.‎ You do not have to train yourself 54 to feel the psychological benefits of exercise.What really matters is 55 ,not intensity（强度）of your exercise.You can try walking for 30 minutes five times per week or simply gardening on weekends.‎ ‎49.A.ill B.poor C.unhappy D.unsuccessful ‎50.A.play B.communication C.sleep D.exercise ‎51.A.clear B.present C.common D.early ‎52.A.ability B.relationship C.confidence D.business ‎53.A.tear down B.build up C.set aside D.give out ‎54.A.hard B.everywhere C.carefully D.late ‎55.A.time B.length C.form D.frequency 第三部分：阅读理解（共一节，满分40分）‎ 请阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该选项的标号涂黑。‎ A The morning had been a disaster.My tooth was aching,and I’d been in an argument with a friend.Her words still hurt：“The trouble with you is that you won’t put yourself in my place.Can’t you see things from my point of view?”Ishook my head stubbomly—and felt the ache in my tooth.I’d thought I could hold out till my dentist came back from holiday,but the pain was really unbearable.I started calling the dentists in the phone book,but no one coule see me immediatcly.Finally,at about lunchtime,I got lucky.‎ ‎“If you come by right now,”the receptionist said,“the dentist will fit you in .”‎ I look my purse and keys and rushed to my car.But suddenly I began to doubt about the dentist.What kind of dentist would be so eager to treat someone at such short notice?Why wasn’t he as busy as the others?‎ In the dentist’s office,I sat down and looked around.I saw nothing but the bare walls and I became even more worried.The assistant noticed my nervousness and placed her warm hand over my ice-cold one.‎ When I tole her my fears,she laughed and said ,“Don’t worry.The dentist is very good.”‎ ‎“How long do I have to wait for him?”I asked impatiently.‎ ‎“Come on ,he is coming.Just lie down and relax.And enjoy the artwork,”the assistant said.‎ ‎“The artwork?”Iwas puzzled.‎ The chair went back,suddenly I smiled.There was a beautiful picture,right where I could enjoy it ：on the ceiling.How considerate the dentist was ！At that moment,I began to understand what my friend meant by her words.‎ What a relief！‎ ‎56.Which of the following best describes the author’s feeling that morning?‎ A.Cheerful. B.Nervous C.Satisfied. D.Upset.‎ ‎57.What made the author begin to doubt about the dentist?‎ A.The dentist’s agreeing to treat her at very short notice.‎ B.The dentist’s being as busy as the other dentists.‎ C.The surroundings of the dentist’s office.‎ D.The laughing assistant of the dentist.‎ ‎58.Why did the author suddenly smile?‎ A.Because the dentist came at last. ‎ B.Because she saw a picture on the ceiling.‎ C.Because she could relax in the chair. ‎ D.Because the assistant kept comforting her.‎ ‎59.What did the author learn from her experience most probably?‎ A.Strike while the iron is hot. B.Have a good word for one’s friend C.Put oneself in other’s shoes D.A friend in need is a friend indeed.‎ ‎60. Why did Andrew Zuckerman choose the fifty elders for his project?‎ ‎ A.Because their wisdom deserves to be passed on. ‎ B. Because they are physically impressive.‎ ‎ C. Because their accomplishments inspired him. ‎ D. Because they have similar experiences.‎ ‎61.According to the web page, Federico Mayor Zaragoza .‎ ‎ A. has won many awards for his work in politics ‎ B. has served as the president of a university ‎ C. has devoted all his life to the field of science ‎ D. has made achievements in different areas ‎62. Who most probably said“My education has been the library and books" in the interview reflecting on his/her experience?‎ ‎ A.Andrew Zuckennan. B. Federico Mayor 7,aragoza.‎ C. Nadine Gordimer. D. Dave Brubeck.‎ ‎63. What is the main purpose of this web page?‎ ‎ A. To show Zuckennans awards. ‎ B. To publicize Zuckenman's project. ‎ C. To spread the wisdom of the three people ‎ D. To celebrate the achievements of the three people.‎ C ‎ Almost every machine with moving parts has wheels, yet no one knows exactly when the first wheel was invented or what it was used for. We do know，however，that they existed over 5,500years ago in ancient Asia.‎ ‎ The oldest known transport wheel was discovered in ‎2002 in Slovenia. It is over 5，100 years old. Evidence suggests that wheels for transport didn't become popular for .while, though . This could be because animals did a perfectly good job of carrying farming tools and humans around.‎ But it could also be because of a difficult situation. While wheels need to roll on smooth surfaces, roads with smooth surfaces weren't going to be constructed until there was plenty of demand for them. Eventually,road surfaces did become smoother, but this difficult situation ‎ appeared again a few centuries later. There had been no important changes in wheel and vehicle design before the arrival of modern road design.‎ In the mid-1700s,a Frenchman came up with a new design of road--a base layer (层)of large stones covered with a thin layer of smaller atones. A Scotsman improved on this design in the 1820s and a strong,lasting road surface became a reality.At around the same time,metal hubs(the central part of awheel)came into being,followed by the ‎ B One of the greatest gifts one generation can give to other generations is the wisdom it has gained from experience.This idea has inspired the award-winning photographer Andrew Zuckerman.He interviewed and took photos of fifty over-sixty-five-year-olds all over the world.Hisproject explores various aspects of their lives.The photos and interviews are now available on our website.‎ Click on the introductions to read the complete interviews.‎ Let us now have a culture of peace.‎ ‎—Federico Mayor Zaragoza,Spain Federico Mayor Zaragoza obtained a doctorate in pharmacy（药学）from the Complutense University of Madrid in 1958 .After many years spent in politics,he became Director-Ceneral of UNESCO in 1987.In 1999,he for a Culture of Peace,of which he is now the president.In addition to many he has published four collections of poems and several books of eaasys.‎ Writing is a discovery.‎ ‎—Nadine Cordimer,South Africa Due to a weak heart,Nadine ordimer attended school and university briefly.She read widely and began writing at an early age .She published her first short story at the age of fifteen,and has completed alarge number been translated into forty languages.In 1991,Cordimer won the Nobel Prize Jzaa is about the only form of an today.‎ ‎—Dave Brubeck,USA Dave Brubeck studied music at the University of the Pacific and graduated in 1942.After World War Two he was encouraged to ‎ play jazz.In 1951,he recorded his first album（专辑）.Brubeck’s 1959 album has become a jazz a Grammy lifetime Achievement Award in 1996.‎ For more figures CLICK HERE.‎ ‎60.Why did Andrew Zuckerman chose the fifty elders for his project?‎ ‎ A. Because their wisdom deserves to be passed on. ‎ B. Because they are physically impressive.‎ ‎ C. Because their accomplishments inspired him. ‎ D. Because they have similar experiences.‎ ‎61.According to the web page,Federico Mayor Zaragoza .‎ ‎ A. has won many awards for his work in politics ‎ B. has served as the president of a university ‎ C. has devoted all his life to the field of science ‎ D. has made achievements in different areas ‎62.Who most probably said “My education has been the library and books” in the interview when reflecting on his/her experience?‎ ‎ A. Andrew Zuckerman. B. Federico Mayor Zaragoza.‎ ‎ C. Nadine Gordimer. D. Dave Brubeck.‎ ‎63.What is the main purpose of this web page?‎ ‎ A. To show Zuckerman’s awards. ‎ B. To publicize Zuckerman’s project.‎ ‎ C. To spread the wisdom of the three people. ‎ D. To celebrate the achievements of the three people.‎ C ‎ Almost every machine with moving parts has wheels,yet no one knows exactiy when the first wheel was invented or what it was used for.we do know,however,that they existed over 5,500 years ago in ancient Asia.‎ ‎ The oldest known. Transport wheel was discovered in ‎2002 in slovenia. It is over 5.100 years old.Evidence suggests that wheels for transport didn’t become popular for a while,though.this couid be because animals did a perfectly good job of carrying farming tools and humans around.‎ ‎ But it could also be because of a difficult situation.while wheels need to roll on smooth surfaces,roads with smooth surfaces weren’t going to be constructed until there was plenty of demand for them.Eventually,road surfaces did become smoother,butthis difficult situation appeared againa few centuries later.There had been no important changes in wheel and ‎ vehicle design before the arrival of modem road design.‎ ‎ In the mid-1700s,a Frenchman came up with a new design of road—a base layer(层)of large stones covered with a thin layer of smaller stones.A Scotsman improved on this design in the 1820s and a strong,lasting road surface became a reality. At amund the same time,metal hubs(the centrnl part of wheel)came into being,followed by theWheels were invented in 1967, sixty years after the appearance of tarmacked roads(泊油路). As wheel design took off, vehicles got faster and faster.‎ ‎64.What might explain why transport wheels didn’t become popular for some time?‎ A.Few knew how to use transport wheels. ‎ B.Humans carried farming tools just as well.‎ C. Animals were a good means of transport. ‎ D. The existence of transport wheels was not known.‎ ‎65. What do we know about road design from the passage?‎ A. It was easier than wheel design. ‎ B. It improved after big changes in vehicle design.‎ C. It was promoted by fast-moving vehicles. ‎ D. It provided conditions for wheel design to develop.‎ ‎66. How is the last paragraph mainly developed?‎ A. By giving examples. B. By making comparisons.‎ C. By following time order. D. By making classifications.‎ ‎67.What is the passage mainly about?‎ A.The beginning of road deaign. B.The development of transport wheels.‎ C.The history of public transport. D.The invention of fast-moving vehicles.‎ D ‎ Not all bodies of wather are so evidently alive as the Atlantic Ocean, an S-shaped body of water covering 33 million square miles. The Atlantic has, in a sense, replaced the Mediterranean as the inland sea of Weatern civilization. Unlike real inland seas, which seem strangely still, the Atlantic is rich in oceanic liveliness. It is perhaps not surprising that its vitality has been much written about by ancient poets.‎ ‎ “Strm at Sea”, a short poem written around 700, is generally regarded as one of mankind’s earliest artistic representations of the Atlantic.‎ ‎ When the wind is from the west ‎ All the waves that cannot test ‎ ‎ To the east must thunder on ‎ ‎ Where the bright tree of the sun ‎ Is rooted in the osean’s breast.‎ As the poem suggests, the Atlantic is never dead and dull. It is an ocean that moves, impressively and endlessly. It makes all kinds of noise-it is forever thundering,boiling,‎ ‎ crashing,and whistling.‎ ‎ It is easy to imagine the Atlantic trying to draw breath-perhaps not so noticeably out in mid –ocean,but where it meets land, its waters bathing up and down a sandy beach. It mimics(模仿)nearly perfectly the steady breathing of a living creature. It is filled with symbiotic existences,too; unimaginable quantities of creatures,little and large alike,mix within its depths in a kind of oceanic harmony, giving to the waters a feeling of heartbeat, a kind of sub-ocean vitality. And it has a psychology. It has personalities: sometimes peaceful and pleasant, on rare occasions rough and wild; always it is strong and striking.‎ ‎68.Unlike real inland seas, the Atlantic Ocean is __________.‎ A.always energetic B.lacking in liveliness C.shaped like a square D.favored by ancient poets ‎69.What is the purpose of using the poem”Storm at Sea” in the passage?‎ A.To describe the movement of the waves. B.To show the strength of the storm.‎ C.To represent the power of the ocean. D.To prove the vastness of the sea.‎ ‎70.What does the underlined word”symbiotic” mean?‎ A.Living together. B.Growing fast.‎ C.Moving harmoniously. D.Breathing peacefully.‎ ‎71.In the last paragraph, the Atlantic is compared to __________.‎ A. a beautiful and poetic place B.a flesh and blood person C.a wonderful world D.a lovely animal E ‎ It is widely known that any English conversation begins with The Weather. Such a fixation with the weather finds expression in Dr.Johnson’s famous comment that “When two English meet, their first talk is of weather.” Though Johnson’s observation is as accurate now as it was over two hundred years ago, most commentators fail to come up with a convincing explanation for this English weather-speak.‎ Bill Bryson, for ezample, concludes that,as the English weather is not at all exciting,the obsession with it can hardly be understood. He argues that”To an outsider,the most striking thing about the English weather is that there is not very much of it.” Simply, the reason is that the unusual and unpredictable weather is almost unknown in the British Isles.‎ ‎ Jeremy Paxman, however, disagrees with Bryson, arguing that the English weather is by nature attractive. Bryson is wrong, he says,because the English preference for the weather has nothing to do with the natural phenomena.”The interest is less in the phenomena themselves, but in uncertainty.” According to him, the weather in England is very changeable and uncertain and it attracts the English as well as the outsider.‎ ‎ Bryson and Paxman stand for common misconceptions about the weather-speak among the English. Both commentators, somehow, are missing the point. The English weather conversation is not really about the weather at all. English weather-speak is a system of ‎ signs ,which is developed to help the speakers overcome the natural reserve and actually talk to each other. Everyone knows conversations starting with weather-speak are not requests for weather data. Rather, they are routine greetings,conversation starters or the blank”fillers”, In other words, English weather-speak is a means of social bonding.‎ ‎72.The author mentions Dr.Johnson’s comment to show that________.‎ A.most commentators agree with Dr.Johnson B.Dr.Johnson is famous for his weather observation C.the comment was accurate two hundred years ago D.English conversations usually start with the weather ‎73.What does the underlined word”obsession” most probably refer to?‎ A.A social trend. B.An emotional state. ‎ C.A historical concept. D.An unknown phenomenon.‎ ‎74.According to the passage,Jeremy Paxman believes that________.‎ A.Bill Bryson has little knowledge of the weather B.there is nothing special about the English weather]‎ C.the English weather attracts people to the British Isles D.English people talk about the weather for its unccrtainty ‎75.What is the author’s main purpose of writing the passage?‎ A.To explain what English weather-speak is about.‎ B.To analyse misconceptions about the English weather.‎ C.To find fault with both Bill Bryson and Jeremy Paxman.‎ D.To convince people that the English weather is changeable.‎ 第四部分：书面表达（共两节，满分35分）‎ 写作一(满分15分)‎ ‎ 请结合材料，按要求用英文写作。‎ ‎ A mother said,”My son is always on the phone,sleeping, out with his friends.or in his room.He never has time to talk to me.”‎ 要求：(1)就此材料发表你的看法; (2)紧扣材料，有明确的观点; (3)词数不少于60; (4)在答题卡上作答。‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 写作二(满分20分)‎ 调查显示，中国长江江豚(finless porpoise)受人类活动影响而频临灭绝，目前总数不足1000只。暇设你是李华，现请用英文给WWF(世界自然保护基金组织)写一封信，请他们关注这一状况并提供帝助。内容应包括:·说明写信目的 ‎·简述江豚现状 ‎·希望WWF如何帮助（比如：资助江豚保护项目等）‎ ‎·表示感谢并期待回复 注意：（1）词数不少于80；‎ ‎ （2）在答题卡上作答 ‎ （3）书信格式及开头均已给出（不计入总词数）。‎ Dear Sir or Madam,‎ ‎ I’m a student from Chongqing,China ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎.‎ ‎ ‎ Yours sincerely,‎ ‎ Li Hua 八、2013年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（安徽卷）‎ 第I卷 第一部分：听力理解（共两节，满分30分）‎ 做题时，先将答案标在试卷上，录音内容结束后，你将有两分钟的时间将试卷上的答案转涂到答题卡上。‎ 第一节 ‎（共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分）‎ 听下面5段对话，每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。每段对话仅读一遍。‎ ‎1. What does the man want to do?‎ A. Take photos B. Boy a camera C. Help the woman ‎2. What are the speakers talking about?‎ A. A noisy night B .Their life in town C. A place of living ‎3. Where is the man now?‎ A. On his way B. In a restaurant C. At home ‎4. What will Celia do?‎ A. Find a player B. Watch a game C. Play basketball ‎5. What day is it when the conversation takes place?‎ A. Saturday B. Sunday C .Monday 第二节 （共15小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分）‎ 听下面5段对话或独白，每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你每段对话或独白读两遍。‎ 听第6段材料，回答第6、7题。‎ ‎6. What is Sara going to do?‎ A. Buy John a gift B. Give John a surprise C. Invite John to France ‎7. What does the man think of Sara,s plan?‎ A Funny B Exciting C Strange 听第7段材料，回答第8,9题。‎ ‎8. Why does Diana say sorry to Peter?‎ A .She has to give up her travel plan B She wants to visit another city C She needs to put off her test ‎9. What does Diana want Peter to do?‎ A Help her with her study ‎ B. Take a book to her friend C. Teach a geography lesson 听第8段材料，回答第10至12题 ‎10. Why does the man call the woman?‎ A To tell her about her new job B To ask about her job program C To plan a meeting with her ‎11. Who needs a new flat?‎ A. Alex B. Andrea C. Miranda ‎12. Where is the woman now?‎ A .In Baltimore B In New York C In Avon 听第9段材料，回答第13至16题 ‎13. What does Jan consider most important when he judges a restaurant?‎ A Where the restaurant is ‎ B. Whether the prices are low C How well the food is prepared ‎14. When did Jan begin to write for a magazine?‎ A. After he came back to Sweden B .Before he went to the United States C. As soon as he got his first job in 1982‎ ‎15. What may Jan do to find a good restaurant?‎ A. Talk to people in the street B. Speak to taxi drivers C. Ask hotel clerks ‎16. What do we know about Jan?‎ A. He cooks for a restaurant B. He travels a lot for his work C. He prefers American food 听第10段材料，回答第17至20题 ‎17. What do we know about the Plaza Leon?‎ A. It’s a new building B. It’s a small town C. It’s a public place ‎18. When do parents and children like going to the Plaza Leon?‎ A. Saturday nights B. Sunday afternoons C. Fridays and Saturdays ‎19. Which street is known for its food shops and markets?‎ A. Via del Mar Street B. Femando Street C. Hemandes Street ‎20.Why does the speaker like Horatio Street best?‎ A. It has an old stone surface B. It is named after a writer C. It has a famous university 第二部分：知识运用（共两节，满分45分）‎ 第一节 单项填空（共15小题，每小题1分，满分15分）‎ ‎21．From space, the earth looks blue. This is about seventy-one percent of its surface is covered by water.‎ ‎ A. why B. how C. because D. whether ‎22 Before you pay a visit to a place of interest, look in your local library a book about it.‎ A. on B. at C. for D. to ‎23. It’s much easier to make friends you have similar interests.‎ A. unless B. when C. even though D. so that ‎24. I’m calling about the apartment you the other day. Could you tell me more about it?‎ A. advertised B. had advertised C. are advertising D. will advertise ‎25.----This is your order, a hamburger and an apple pie ?‎ A. Anything else B. Is that OK ‎ C. For here or to go D. Something to drink ‎26. Traditionally, college students hold a graduation ceremony to encourage themselves before they on their life journey.‎ ‎ A. give up B. settle down C. get through D. set off ‎27. This project requires close teamwork. Will be achieved unless we work well together.‎ A. Nothing B. Anything C. Something D. Everything ‎28. I to my cousin’s birthday party last night, but I was not available ‎ A. went B. had gone C. would go D. would have gone ‎29. Mo Yan was awarded the Nobel Prize for Literature in 2012, made one of the Chinese people’s long-held dreams come true.‎ A. it B. that C. what D. which ‎30. David is animal fur, so he won’t visit anyone who has cats or dogs in the house.‎ ‎ A. curious about B. allergic to C. satisfied with D. food of ‎31. If parents have children help with housework, the children will feel needed. ,they will learn to take care of themselves.‎ ‎ A. On the contrary B. In a word ‎ C. That is to say D. What’s more ‎32. in the early 20th century, the school keeps on inspiring children’s love of art.‎ ‎ A. To found B. Founding ‎ C. Founded D. Having founded ‎33. It's said that the power plant is now large as what it was.‎ ‎ A. twice as B. as twice C. twice much D. much twice ‎34. It be the vocabulary that caused you the problem in the exercise because you know a lot of words.‎ A. may B. couldn’t C. should D. needn’t ‎35, ----How did your interview with the manager go?‎ ‎ ---- He seemed interested in my experience, but he didn’t ask for references.‎ ‎ A. Perfect! B. I’m not sure. ‎ C. That’s right. D. Couldn’t be better.‎ 第二节 完形填空（共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分）‎ 阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ If you want to learn a new language, the very first thing to think about is why. Do you need it for a 36 reason, such as your job or your studies? 37 perhaps you’re interested in the 38 , films or music of a different country and you know how much it will help to have a 39 of the language.‎ Most people learn best using a variety of 40 , but traditional classes are an ideal（理想的）start for many people. They 41 an environment where you can practice under the 42 of someone who’s good at the language. We all lead 43 lives and learning a language takes 44 . You will have more success if you study regularly, so try to develop a 45 . It doesn’t matter if you haven’t got long. Becoming fluent in a language will take years, but learning to get by takes 46 .‎ Many people start learning a language and soon give up. “I’m too 47 ,” they say. Yes, children do learn languages more 48 than adults, but research has shown that you can learn a language at any 49 . And learning is good for the health of your brain, too. I’ve also heard people 50 about the mistakes they make when 51 . Well, relax and laugh about your mistakes 52 you’re much less likely to make them again.‎ Learning a new language is never 53 . But with some work and devotion, you’ll make progress. And you’ll be 54 by the positive reaction of some people when you say just a few words in 55 own language. Good luck!‎ ‎36. A. technical B. political C. practical D. physical ‎37. A. After B. So C. Though D. Or ‎38. A literature B. transport C. agriculture D. medicine ‎39. A view B. knowledge C. form D. database ‎40. A paintings B. regulations C. methods D. computers ‎41. A. protect B. change C. respect D. provide ‎42. A. control B. command C. guidance D. pressure ‎43. A. busy B. happy C. simple D. normal ‎44. A. courage B. time C. energy D. place ‎45. A. theory B. business C. routine D. project ‎46. A. some risks B. a lot less C. some notes D. a lot more ‎47. A. old B. nervous C. weak D. tired ‎48. A. closely B. quickly C. privately D. quietly ‎49. A. age B. speed C. distance D. school ‎50. A. worry B. hesitate C. think D. quarrel ‎51. A. singing B. working C. bargaining D. learning ‎52. A. if B. and C. but D. before ‎53. A. tiresome B. hard C. interesting D. easy ‎54. A. blamed B. amazed C. interrupted D. informed ‎55. A. their B. his C. our D, your 第三部分：阅读理解（共一节，满分40分）‎ 阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ A The Healthy Habits Survey（调查）shows that only about one third of American seniors have correct habits. Here are some findings and expert advice.‎ ‎1.How many times did you brush your teeth yesterday?‎ ‎·Finding：A full 33% of seniors brush their teeth only once a day.‎ ‎·Step：Remove the 300 types of bacteria in your mouth each morning with a battery-operated toothbrush. Brush gently for 2 minutes, at least twice a day.‎ ‎2.How many times did you wash your hands or bathe yesterday?‎ ‎·Finding：Seniors, on average, bathe fewer than 3 days a week. And nearly 30%wash their hands only 4 times a day-half of the number doctors recommend.‎ ‎·Step：We touch our faces around 3,000 times a day-often inviting germs（病菌）to enter our mouth, nose, and eyes.Use toilet paper to avoid touching the door handle. And, most important, wash your hands often with hot running water and soap for 20 seconds.‎ ‎3. How often do you thind about fighting germs?‎ ‎·Finding：Seniors are not fighting germs as well as they should.‎ ‎·Step：Be aware of germs. Do you know it is not your toilet but your kitchen sponge（海绵）that can carry more germs than anything else? To kill these germs, keep your sponge in the microwave for 10 seconds.‎ ‎56. What is found out American seniors?‎ A. Most of then have good habits.‎ B. Nearly 30%of then bathe three days a week .‎ C. All of then are fighting germs better than expected .‎ D. About one third of them brush their teeth only once a day ‎57. Doctors suggest that people should wash their hands .‎ A. twice a day B. three times a day ‎ C. four times a day D. eight times a day ‎ ‎58. Which of the following is true according to the text ?‎ A. We should keep from touching our faces .‎ B. There are less than 300 types of bacteria in the mouth .‎ C．A kitchen sponge can carry more germs than a toilet .‎ D. We should wash our hands before touching a door handle .‎ ‎59. The text probably comes from .‎ A. a guide book B. a popular magazine ‎ C. a book review D .an official document B Using too much water or throwing rubbish into our rivers are clear ways that humans can Put our water supply in danger ,but we also affect our water supply in less obvious ways .‎ You may wonder how paving(铺砌) a road can lead to less useable fresh water . A major Part of the water we use every day is groundwater . Groundwater does not come from lakes or rivers .It come from underground . The more roads and parking lots we pave ,the less water can Flow into the ground to become groundwater .‎ ‎ Human activity is not responsible for all water shortages(短缺). Driver climates are of course more likely to have droughts(干旱) than areas with more rainfall ,but in any case, good management can help to make sure there is enough water to meet our basic needs .‎ ‎ Thinking about the way we use water every day can make a big difference ,too In the United States ,a family of four can use 1.5tons of water a day ! This shows how much we depend on water to live ,but there’s a lot we can do to lower the number .‎ You can take steps to save water in your home .To start with ,use the same glass for your drinking water all day .Wash it only once a day .Run your dishwasher (洗碗机)only when it is full 。Help your parents fix any leaks in your home . You can even help to keep our water supply clean by recycling batteries instead of throwing them away .‎ ‎60. Which of the following is most likely to lead to less groundwater ?‎ A. Using river water. B .Throwing batteries away .‎ ‎ C. paving parking lots. D. Throwing rubbish into lakes .‎ ‎61. What can be inferred from the text ?‎ A. All water shortages are due to human behavior .‎ B. It takes a lot of effort to meet our water needs .‎ C. There is much we can do to reduce family size .‎ D. The average family in America makes proper use of water .‎ ‎62. The last paragraph is intended to .‎ A. show us how to fix leaks at home ‎ B. tell us how to run a dishwasher ‎ C. prove what drinking glass is best for us ‎ D. suggest what we do to save water at home ‎ ‎63. The text is mainly about .‎ A. Why paving roads reduces our water ‎ B. how much we depend on water to live ‎ C. why droughts occur more in dry climates D. how human activity affects our water supply C ‎ When 19-year-old Sophia Giorgi said she was thinking of volunteering to help the Make-A-Wish Foundation (基金会)，nobody understood what she was talking about .But Sophia knew just how important Make – A –Wish could be because this special organization had helped to make a dream come true for one her best friends .We were interested in finding out more ,so we went along to meet Sophia listen to what she had to say .‎ Sophia told us that Make – A –Wish is a worldwide organization that started in the United States in 1980.”It’s a charity(慈善机构)that helps children who have got very serious illnesses. Make – A –Wish help children feel happy even though they are sick, by making their wishes and dreams come true ,” Sophia explained .‎ ‎ We asked Sophia how Make – A –Wish had first started .She said it had all begun with a very sick young boy called Chris ,who had been dreaming for a long time of becoming a policeman .Sophia said lots of people had wanted to find a way to make Chris’s dream come true ----so, with everybody’s help , Chris, only seven years old at the time ,had been a “policeman” for a day .” when people saw how delighted Chris was when his dream came true, they decided to try and help other sick children too ,and that was the beginning of Make – A –Wish,” explained Sophia Sophia also told us the Foundation tries to give children and their families a special, happy time. A Make-A-Wish volunteer visits the families and asks the children what they would wish for if they could have anything in the world. Sophia said the volunteers were important because they were the ones who helped to make the wishes come true. They do this either by providing things that are necessary, or by raising money or helping out in whatever way they can. 64. Sophia found out about Make-A-Wish because her best friend had   . A. benefited from it      B. volunteered to help it  C. dreamed about it      D. told the author about it 65. According to Sophia,  Make-A-Wish        .     A. is an international charity ‎ ‎ B. was understood by nobody at first C. raises money for very poor families D. started by drawing the interest of the public ‎66. What is said about Chris in Paragraph3?‎ A. He has been a policeman since he was seven.‎ B. He gave people the idea of starting Make-A-Wish C. He wanted people to help make his dream come true.‎ D. He was the first child Make-A-Wish helped after it had been set up.‎ ‎67. Which of the following is true about Make-A-Wish volunteers?‎ A. They are important for making wishes come true.‎ B. They try to help children get over their illnesses.‎ C. They visit sick children to make them feel special.‎ D. They provide what is necessary to make Make-A-Wish popular.‎ D ‎ “People are ruder today because they are rushed and more ‘time poor’ than ever before,” says Patsy Rowe, “ Manners have fallen off the radar(雷达).” Due to our strong attraction to electronic equipment it is a wonder more people don’t wake up each morning and greet the singing birds with a complaint（抱怨）about the noise. Here are some examples of rudeness.‎ ‎ Some people prefer to do almost everything over the internet. To them, dealing with an actual human is like an evolutionary step backward. It feels very slow because humans don,t work at ‎4G speeds. When you have dinner with friends, you will often notice someone paying more attention to his mobile phone. We have programmed ourselves to think that every new message brings life-changing news, so taking calls and checking our texts are more important than talking to the people we are with. What is worse, some people even tend to send anonymous（匿名的） rude messages by email.‎ ‎ However, rudeness is never acceptable, Don’t assume it is OK to be rude if the person you’re in touch with won’t recognize you. If you have something awful to say, have the courage to face the person and say it, write a letter or email and sign it, or forget it. Upsetting people with unsigned messages is cruel and disgusting.‎ We shouldn′t blame technology for our shortcomings. Technology is here to help us, but we should not allow it to take over our lives. An important step is acknowledging our shortcomings. People spend a lot of time pointing out bad manners but it would be even more help if we′d publicly acknowledge good manners when we see them.‎ ‎68. What can be inferred from the underlined sentence in Paragraph I?‎ ‎ A. People can tell good from bad behavior. ‎ B. Radar is able to observe human behavior.‎ C. People care little about their behavior.‎ D. Radar can be used to predict human behabior.‎ ‎69. Some people are less willing to deal with humans because ‎ A. they are becoming less patient B. they are growing too independent C. they have to handle many important messages D. they have to follow an evolutionary step backward.‎ ‎70. The author thinks sending unsigned awful messages is ‎ A. Ridiculous B. disgusting C. acceptable D. reasonable ‎71. What can we learn from the last paragraph?‎ A. We should applaud good behavior.‎ B. Technology can never be blamed C. We should keep pointing out mistakes.‎ D. Technology will take over lives one day.‎ E Argentina in the late nineteenth century was an exciting place. Around 1870,it was experiencing an economic(经济的)boom, and the capital, Buenos Aires, attracted many people. Farmers, as well as a flood of foreigners from Spain and Italy, came to Buenos Aires seeking jobs. These jobs didn′t pay well, and the people felt lonely and disappointed with their new life in the city. As the unhappy newcomers mixed together in the poor parts of the city, the dance known as the tango(探戈舞)came into being ‎ At the beginning the tango was a dance of the lower classes. It was danced in the bars and streets. At that time there many fewer women the men, so if a man didn′t want to be left out, his only choice was to dance with another man so that he could attract the attention of the few available women. Gradually, the dance spread into the upper classes of Argentinean society and became more respectable.‎ ‎ In Europe at this time, strong interest in dance from around the world was beginning The interest in international dance was especially excellent in Paris. Every kind of dance from ballet(芭蕾舞)to belly dancing could be found on the stages of the Paris theaters of the Paris theaters. After tango dances from Argentina arrive in Europe, they began to draw the interest of the public as they performed their exiting dance in cafes, though not everyone approved of the new dance, saying it was a little too shocking, the dance did find enough supporters to make it popular.‎ The popularity（流行）Of the tango continued to grow in many other parts of the world. A soldiers who returned to the United States from World War I brought the tango to North America, It reached Japan in 1926,and in 2003 the Argentinean embassy in Seoul hired a local lango dancer to act as a kind of dance ambassador, and promote tango dancing throughout South Korea.‎ ‎72. The origin of the tango is associated with ‎ A . Belly dancers B. American soldiers ‎ C. Spanish city D. the capital of Argentina ‎73. Which of the following is true about the tango?‎ A. It was created by foreigners from Spain and Italy.‎ B. People of the upper classes loved the tango most C. It was often danced by two male in the beginning D.A dancer in Seoul became the Argentinean ambassador.‎ ‎74. Before World War I, the tango spread to ‎ A. America B. Japan C. France D. South Korea ‎75. What can be the best title for the text?‎ A. How to Dance the Tango B. The History of the Tango C. How to Promote the Tango D. The Modern Tango Boom 第四部分：书面表达（共两节，满分35分）‎ 第一节 任务型读写（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）‎ 阅读下面短文，根据所读内容在表格中的空白处填入恰当的单词。注意：每个空格只填一个单词。‎ Aristotle once wrote that “happiness is a state of activity”. In other words, whether you‘re ‎ Seeking life-long satisfaction or a few moments of good cheer, you‘ve got to move forward. We’ve interviewed the experts and found five steps to take toward a sunny mood（心情）：‎ Over a 30-year period, University of Illinois researchers asked nearly 120,000 people how income, education, political participation, volunteer activities and close relationships affected their happiness. Reported Newsweek‘s Sharon Begley on the findings, “The highest levels of happiness are found with the most stable and satisfying relationships.”‎ Singing aloud, talking to a stranger, raising your hand: all may increase a feeling of happiness, according to a study from Wake Forest University. Participants（参与者）followed the development of their moods for two weeks and reported feeling happier when they were more outgoing and less happy when reserved or withdrawn.‎ The editors of forbes. Com gave $5 or $20 to 46 strangers by chance. Half the group was told to spend the money on themselves, while the other half was told to spend it on others. Those who’d shared the wealth felt much happier at the end of the day than those who’d spent it on themselves. There was no difference in happiness between those who spent $5 or $20, suggesting that it’s not how much money you spend, but how you spend it, that inspires the spirit.‎ Studies from the Positive Psychology Center showed that discouraged people who wrote down three good things that happened to them each day for six months reported an improved attitude.‎ Drinking water really can help keep you cheerful. A small 2012 study from the University of Connecticut suggested that even slight dehydration（脱水） affected the moods of its female participants.‎ 第二节 书面表达（满分25分）‎ 假设你校英语社团举办以“讲求文明，从我做起”为主题的征文活动，请你以“On the Way to School”为题，写一篇英语短文。‎ 内容主要包括：‎ ‎1.遵守交通法规；‎ ‎2.注意举止文明。‎ 注意：1.词数120左右；‎ ‎2.可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯；‎ ‎3.短文中不能出现与本人相关的信息；‎ ‎4.短文的题目已为你拟好，不计入总词数 ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 九、2013年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（福建卷）‎ 第I卷（选择题共115分） ‎ 第一部分：听力理解（共两节，满分30分）‎ 第一节 ‎1.What does the man want to do?‎ A. Take photos. B. Buy a camera. C. Help the woman.‎ ‎2.What are the speakers talking about?‎ A. A noisy night. B. Their life in town. C. A place of living.‎ ‎3.Where is the man now?‎ A. On his way. B. In a restaurant. C. At home.‎ ‎4.What will Celia do?‎ A. Find a player. B. Watch a game. C. Play basketball.‎ ‎5.What day is it when the conversation takes place?‎ A. Saturday. B. Sunday. C. Monday.‎ 笫二节（共15小题;每小题1.5分,满分22.5分）‎ 听第6段材料,回答第6、7题。‎ ‎6.What is Sara going to do?‎ A. Buy John a gift. B. Give John a surprise. C. Invite John to France.‎ ‎7.What does the man think of Sara's plan?‎ A. Funny. B. Exciting. C. Strange.‎ 听第7段材料,回答第8、9题。‎ ‎8.Why does Diana say sorry to Peter?‎ A.She has to give up her travel plan.‎ B.She wants to visit another city.‎ C.She needs to put off her test.‎ ‎9.What does Diana want Peter to do?‎ A. Help her with her study. ‎ B. Take a book to her friend. ‎ C. Teach a geography lesson.‎ 听第8段材料,回答第10至12题。‎ ‎10.Why does the man call the woman?‎ A. To tell her about her new job. ‎ B. To ask about her job program. ‎ C. To plan a meeting with her.‎ ‎11.Who needs a new flat?‎ A. Alex. B. Andrea. C. Miranda.‎ ‎12. Where is the woman now?‎ A. In Baltimore. B. In New York. C. In Avon.‎ 听第9段材料,回答第13至16题。‎ ‎13.What does Jan consider most important when he judges a restaurant?‎ A. Where the restaurant is. ‎ B. Whether the prices are low. ‎ C. How well the food is prepared.‎ ‎14.When did Jan begin to write for a magazine?‎ A. After he came back to Sweden.‎ B. Before he went to the United States.‎ C. As soon as he got his first job in 1982.‎ ‎15.What may Jan do to find a good restaurant?‎ A. Talk to people in the street. B. Speak to taxi drivers. C. Ask hotel clerks.‎ ‎16.What do we know about Jan?‎ A. He cooks for a restaurant. ‎ B. He travels a lot for his work. ‎ C. He prefers American food.‎ 听第10段材料,回答第17至20题。‎ ‎17.What do we know about the Plaza Leon?‎ A. It's a new building. B. It's a small town. C. It's a public place.‎ ‎18.When do parents and children like going to the Plaza Leon?‎ A. Saturday nights. B. Sunday afternoons. C. Fridays and Saturdays.‎ ‎19.Which street is known for its food shops and markets?‎ A. Via del Mar Street. B. Fernando Street. C. Hernandes Street.‎ ‎20.Why does the speaker like Horatio Street best?‎ A. It has an old stone surface. B. It is named after a writer. C. It has a famous university.‎ 第二部分：知识运用（共两节，满分45分）‎ 第一节 单项填空 ‎21.The “Chinese Dream” is ______ dream to improve people’s well—being and ______ dream of harmony, peace and development.‎ A. the; a B. a; a C. a; the D. the; the ‎22.______ basic first—aid techniques will help you respond quickly to emergencies.‎ A. Known B. Having known C. Knowing D. Being known ‎23.The famous musician, as well as his students, _______ to perform at the opening ceremony of the 2012 Taipei Flower Expo.‎ A. were invited B. was invited C. have been invited D. has been invited ‎24.Michelle found a job as a high school teacher which ________ spending quite a lot of time with students.‎ A. enjoys B. involves C. practices D. suggests ‎25.The Forbidden City attracts a _______ stream of visitors every day, especially during national holidays.‎ A. constant B. main C. powerful D. shallow ‎26.The girl has a great interest in sport and ______ badminton classes twice a week over the last three years.‎ A. took B. is taking C. takes D. has been taking ‎ ‎27.The book tells stories of the earthquake through the eyes of those _______ lives were affected.‎ A. whose B. that C. who D. which ‎28.Old—fashioned phones matter when wireless networks ________ in disasters.‎ A. turn down B. turn out C. break down D. break out ‎ ‎29.Mrs. Smith finds it hard to clear up the mess, as her children are always ______ whenever she tries to.‎ A. in the way B. on watch C. in sight D. on the line ‎ ‎30.—Do you think George has passed the driving test?‎ ‎—No. If so, he ______ his car to our college yesterday.‎ A. would drive B. drove C. would have driven D. had driven ‎31.Those poor and needy teenagers were excited to find a shop at the corner where they could buy _______ priced bike.‎ A. competitively B. recently C. reasonably D. affordably ‎32.Anyone, once _______ positive for H7N9 flu virus, will receive free medical treatment from our government.‎ A. to be tested B. being tested C. tested D. to test ‎33.—Would you mind answering some questions on shopping habits?‎ ‎—________.‎ A. Yes, with great pleasure. B. No, I am afraid I can’t make it C. Yes, it is worth the time D. No, as long as it doesn’t take long ‎34.Not until he went through real hardship _____ the love we have for our families is important.‎ A. had he realized B. did he realize C. he realized D. he had realized ‎35.A society cannot be successful if it throws tradition away, but it cannot be successful ______ if we do something to stop progress.‎ A. either B. neither C. too D. also 第二节 完形填空 We have been driving in fog all morning, but the fog is lifting now. The little seaside villages are 36 , one by one. "There is my grandmother's house," I say, 37 across the bay to a shabby old house.‎ I am in Nova Scotia on a pilgrimage (朝圣) with Lise, my granddaughter, seeking roots for her, retracing (追溯) 38 memory for me. Lise was one of the mobile children, 39 from house to house in childhood. She longs for a sense of 40 , and so we have come to Nova Scotia where my husband and I were born and where our ancestors 41 for 200 years.‎ We soon 42 by the house and I tell her what it was like here, the memories 43 back, swift as the tide (潮水).‎ Suddenly, I long to walk again in the 44 where I was once so gloriously a child. It still 45 a member of the family, but has not been lived in for a while. We cannot go into the house, but I can still walk 46 the rooms in memory. ‎ ‎ Here, my mother 47 in her bedroom window and wrote in her diary. I can still see the enthusiastic family 48 into and out of the house. I could never have enough of being 49 them. However, that was long after those childhood days. Lise 50 attentively as I talk and then says, " So this is where I 51 ; where I belong. "‎ She has 52 her roots. To know where I come from is one of the great longings of the human 53 To be rooted is "to have an origin". We need 54 origin. Looking backward, we discover what is unique in us; learn the 55 of "I". We must all go home again—in reality or memory.‎ ‎36.A. appearing B. moving C. exposing D. expanding ‎37.A. referring B. travelling C. pointing D. coming ‎38.A. shared B. short C. fresh D. treasured ‎39.A. passed B. raised C. moved D. sent ‎40.A. home B. duty C. reality D. relief ‎41.A. built B. lived C. remained D. explored ‎42.A. catch up B. pull up C. step down D. come down ‎43.A. falling B. turning C. rushing D. bringing ‎44.A. yard B. village C. room D. house ‎45.A. adapts to B. appeals to C. belongs to D. occurs to ‎46.A. across B. through C. along D. past ‎47.A. lay B. played C. stood D. sat ‎48.A. marching B. looking C. breaking D. pouring ‎49.A. between B. with C. near D. behind ‎50.A. wonders B. listens C. reacts D. agrees ‎51.A. began B. grew C. studied D. stayed ‎52.A. deepened B. recognized C. accepted D. found ‎53.A. heart B. rights C. interest D. behaviors ‎54.A. one B. its C. that D. every ‎55.A. meaning B. expression C. connection D. background 第三部分：阅读理解（共一节，满分40分）‎ A When I was 12, all I wanted was a signet (图章) ring. They were the "in" thing and it seemed every girl except me had one. On my 13th birthday, my Mum gave me a signet ring with my initials(姓名首字母) carved into it. I was in heaven.‎ What made it even more special was that it was about the only thing that wasn't being "replaced". We'd been burnt out in fires that swept through our area earlier that year and had lost everything—so most of the " new" stuff (东西) we got was really just to replace what we'd lost. But not my ring. My ring was new.‎ Then, only one month later, I lost it. I took it off before bed and it was missing in the morning. I was sad and searched everywhere for it. But it seemed to have disappeared. Eventually, I gave up and stopped looking for it. And two years later, we sold the house and moved away.‎ Years passed, and a couple of moves later, I was visiting my parents' when Mum told me that she had something for me. It wasn't my birthday, nor was it Easter or Christmas or any other gift-giving occasion. Mum noticed my questioning look. " You'll recognize this one," she said, smiling.‎ Then she handed me a small ring box. I took it from her and opened it to find my beautiful signet ring inside. The family who had bought our house 13 years earlier had recently decided to do some redecorations, which included replacing the carpets. When they pulled the carpet up in my old bedroom, they found the ring. As it had my initials carved into it, they realized who owned the ring. They'd had it professionally cleaned up by a jeweler before sending it to my mother. And it still fits me.‎ ‎56.The underlined word "in" in the first paragraph probably means "_____".‎ A. fashionable B. available C. practical D. renewable ‎57.When she got the ring back, the writer was about _____.‎ A. 13 years old B. 15 years old C. 26 years old D. 28 years old ‎58.Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?‎ A. The writer's family moved several times. ‎ B. The writer never stopped looking for her ring.‎ C. The writer's ring was cleaned up by the new house owner.‎ D. The writer lost her ring in the morning when she took it off.‎ ‎59.What would be the best title for the passage?‎ A. My New Ring B. Lost and Found ‎ C. Lost and Replaced D. An Expensive Ring B Your glasses may someday replace your smartphone, and some New Yorkers are ready for the switch. Some in the city can't wait to try them on and use the maps and GPS that the ‎ futuristic eyewear is likely to include.‎ ‎" I'd use it if I were hanging out with friends at ‎3 a. m. and going to the bar and wanted to see what was open," said Walter Choo, 40, of Fort Greene.‎ The smartphone-like glasses will likely come out this year and cost between $250 and $600, the Times said, possibly including a variation of augmented(增强的) reality, a technology already available on smartphones and tablets (平板电脑) that overlays information onto the screen about one's surroundings. So, for example, if you were walking down a street, indicators would pop up showing you the nearest coffee shop or directions could be plotted out and come into view right on the sidewalk in front of you.‎ ‎" As far as a mainstream consumer product, this just isn't something anybody needs," said Sam Biddle, who writes for Gizmodo.com. " We're accustomed to having one thing in our pocket to do all these things," he added, "and the average consumer isn't gonna be able to afford another device (装置) that's hundreds and hundreds of dollars. "‎ ‎9 to5 Google publisher Seth Weintraub, who has been reporting on the smartphone-like glasses since late last year, said he is confident that this type of wearable device will eventually be as common as smartphones.‎ ‎"It's just like smartphones 10 years ago," Weintraub said. "A few people started getting emails on their phones, and people thought that was crazy. Same kind of thing. We see people bending their heads to look at their smartphones, and it's unnatural," he said. " There's gonna be improvements to that, and this a step there. " ‎ ‎60.One of the possible functions of the smartphone-like glasses is to ____.‎ A. program the opening hours of a bar ‎ B. supply you with a picture of the future C. provide information about your surroundings ‎ D. update the maps and GPS in your smartphones ‎61.The underlined phrase "pop up" in the third paragraph probably means " ____".‎ A. develop rapidly B. get round quickly C. appear immediately D. go over automatically ‎62.According to Sam Biddle, the smartphone-like glasses are ____.‎ A. necessary for teenagers B. attractive to New Yorkers C. available to people worldwide D. expensive for average consumers ‎63.We can learn from the last two paragraphs that the smartphone-like glasses ____.‎ A. may have a potential market B. are as common as smartphones C. are popular among young adults D. will be improved by a new technology C This is What a REAL Silver Dollar Looks Like ‎ If you trust in the yen, the euro, and the dollar... stop reading. ‎ Because this is a story about the silver coin EVERYBODY wants.‎ You read the headlines. You know that troubled economic times have put global currency on a rollercoaster ( ride. But millions have found a smarter way to build long-term value with high-grade collectable silver. And right now, those people are lining up to secure some of the last 2012 U. S. Mint Silver Eagles, America's Newest Silver Eagle Dollars. Today, you can graduate to the front of that line. Buy now and you can own these brilliant uncirculated Silver Dollars for only $38.95!‎ You Can't Afford to Lose Why are we releasing (发行) this silver dollar for such a remarkable price? Because we want to introduce you to what hundreds of thousands of smart collectors and satisfied customers have known since 1984—New York Mint is the place to find the world's finest high-grade coins. That's why we're offering you this Brilliant Uncirculated 2012 U. S. Silver Eagle for as little as $37.45 (plus s/h).‎ Timing is Everything Our advice? Keep this to yourself. Because the more people who know about this offer, the worse it is for you. Demand for Silver Eagles in 2011 broke records. Experts predict that 2012 Silver Eagles may break them all over again. Due to rapid changes in the price of silver, prices may be higher or lower and are subject to(受...影响) change without notice. Supplies are limited. Call immediately to add these Silver Eagles to your holdings before it's too late.‎ Offer Limited to 40 per household ‎ ‎2012 American Silver Eagle Coin Your cost 1-4 Coins $38.95 each + s/h ‎ ‎5-9 Coins $38.45 each + s/h ‎ ‎ 10-19 Coins $37. 95 each + s/h ‎ ‎ 20-40 Coins $37.45 each + s/h ‎ Note: $10 s/h (shipping and handling) for each purchase For fastest service, call toll-free 24 hours a day ‎ 1-888-201-7143‎ Offer Code (代码) ASE177-04 ‎ Please mention this code when you call.‎ New York Mint 14101 ‎ Southcross Drive W.,Dept. ASE177-04 ‎ Burnsville, Minnesota 55337 ‎ www. NewYorkMint. com ‎64. What is stressed in the ad?‎ A. The coin is of high quality and worth collecting.‎ B. The coin can be circulated as a currency.‎ C. Limited supplies guarantee a stable price of the coin.‎ D. Demand for the coin is bound to break records.‎ ‎65. If you buy six 2012 U. S. Mint Silver Eagles by post, you should pay at least ____.‎ A. $230.7 B. $‎233.7 ‎ C. $240.7 D. $243.7‎ ‎66. The ad strongly encourages people to purchase the silver coins by ____.‎ A. shopping online B. making a phone call C. lining up in front of the stores D. writing to the company D Pride and Prejudice for the Modern Woman ‎ Let us imagine how Pride and Prejudice, Jane Austen's most famous work, might be updated, 200 years ‎ on. Austen's popularity is rooted in her intelligence. But today she would certainly have had a very different life, as would her characters. Here's my own suggestion. . .‎ It is a truth finally and universally acknowledged that a single woman with brains deserves to have equal opportunities to men, however disadvantaged she may feel by sexism.‎ ‎" My dear husband," said his hopeful wife one day, " have you heard that the local store, standing empty for so long, is taken over by a bright young businesswoman?"‎ Her dull and indifferent (漠不关心的) husband replied that he had not. "But it is, it is," she replied excitedly. Mr Dull-Husband made no reply.‎ ‎"Don't you want to know her plans?" she cried with some impatience.‎ ‎"Well, clearly you think it matters to your silly little head. .. so I'd better listen. "‎ ‎"Well, my dear, the rumour (传言) is that she has already set up a string of successful businesses in northern England, though how a woman can know anything about that is beyond me. She will move in herself next month. " "What is her name?" "Bingley. "‎ ‎"Is she married or single?"‎ ‎"What a question! And none of your business. But her coming will be a fine thing for our five boys. " "How so? How can it possibly affect them? "‎ ‎"My dear love; those lazy boys need something to wake them up. There are bound to be jobs going. "‎ ‎" Is that her point in settling here? Surely as a woman she has simply taken a fancy to the place. "‎ ‎" Nonsense, my love, how little you've noticed the world has changed. She's got a first-rate degree and some sort of business qualification, I'm told. She surely needs one of our boys! Perhaps you might give her a call. "‎ ‎" Me? No. Perhaps you can take an interest. You still have your looks, after all. She may even offer you a job. " "Oh, that's not likely. These new chances belong to the younger generation.‎ ‎ But now you mention it, I think I'll go along all the same. "‎ And Mrs Bennet went along. That was 10 years ago. She is now managing director of a FTSE-listed company. ‎ ‎... It would remain the case, of course, that Mrs Bennet would be one of very few women on the company board, that her salary would be lower than her male colleagues, her bonus of a more "female" dimension and her lifespan (年限) among the city's business leaders shorter than theirs. Still, she'd no doubt have enjoyed Davos—and might even have hobnobbed (攀谈) with influential figures.‎ ‎67.Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage?‎ A. Austen was born 200 years ago. B. Austen rewrote Pride and Prejudice.‎ C. Austen's success lies in her wisdom. D. Austen's updated work gains popularity.‎ ‎68.The underlined part in the passage suggests that Mrs Bennet ____.‎ A. had mixed feelings of admiration and surprise about Bingley B. felt kind of worried and doubtful about Bingley C. was extremely anxious to meet Bingley D. had a great curiosity about Bingley ‎69.In the eyes of Mrs Bennet, Bingley surely needed one of their boys to ____.‎ A. get married to B. work for her ‎ C. help her move in D. take over her store ‎70.What does the writer intend to tell us?‎ A. Women with brains can also be as successful as men.‎ B. Women have to pay a high price for success.‎ C. A judgment must be made free from prejudice.‎ D. Sex discrimination still exists nowadays.‎ E A MENTORING (导师制) program is giving life changing opportunities to Banbury youth. ‎ Young Inspirations was founded two years ago to provide mentoring sessions for students and unemployed young adults aged 11 to 21.‎ Alex Goldberg, the program's founder, said; "We set up Young Inspirations because we wanted to give young people experiences which will potentially be life changing and broaden their outlook.‎ ‎"We try to create work experience opportunities that will really make a difference to our youth. For example, we've secured internships (实习) with world-famous firms such as Honda.‎ ‎"At a time of funding cutbacks where schools are finding it more and more difficult to offer this kind of mentoring, it is extremely important that these opportunities are available both to help youth with their school work and grades and to give them opportunities which ‎ may help shape their futures. " Kieran Hepburn, 14, is one of a group of Banbury youth who has benefited from the program so far. In October the Banbury School pupil was accompanied by Young Inspirations staff to Paris where he was an observer at the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization's (UNESCO) International Youth Forum (论坛).‎ The event was held for young people from around the world, to seek their views on how the future of youth and education should look. Kieran joined several hundred observers mostly in their 20s and was the only UK school pupil to attend the event. Kieran thinks the trip was a life changing experience. " Before we left I didn't quite know what to make of it but when we got there we didn't stop, it was amazing," he said, " We went to three or four hours of debates each day and then did something cultural each afternoon. "‎ The main theme of the forum was how youth can drive change in political and public life. It dealt with issues (问题) such as drug abuse, violence and unemployment.‎ Kieran said: " It has really helped me to improve my confidence and social skills as well as my school grades and I was voted most improved pupil at school in August. "‎ The Young Inspirations mentoring sessions take place each Friday in Banbury. For details visit www.younginspirations.com.‎ ‎71.The Young Inspirations mentoring program aims to _____.‎ A. train staff for world-famous firms ‎ B. offer job opportunities to young adults C. provide youth with unique experiences ‎ D. equip the unemployed with different skills ‎72.According to Alex Goldberg, it is difficult for schools to offer the mentoring due to _____.‎ A. the lack of support from firms B. the cultural differences C. the effect of unemployment D. the shortage of money ‎73.According to the passage, the forum focused on how youth can ____.‎ A. build up their confidence at school B. find work experience opportunities C. improve their social skills for the future D. play an active role in the change of society ‎74.We can learn from the passage that _____.‎ A.the visit to the United Kingdom was amazing B. Kieran has made great progress in many aspects C. the youth have found a way to solve their problems D. the mentoring sessions are held every day except Friday ‎75.What would be the best tide for the passage?‎ A. Alex Goldberg, Founder of Young Inspirations ‎ B.Young People Find a World of Opportunity C.Kieran, Banbury School Pupil to Paris ‎ D. Debates Help Youth with Their Grades 第II卷（非选择题共35分） I 第四部分：书面表达（共两节，满分35分） ‎ 第一节短文填词（共10小题;每小题1分,满分10分）‎ Every individual is a member of a group called the community, and it is the duty of every citizen _____ ask what he can do for his community. ‎ ‎76. _____‎ A good citizen _____(相信) that he should serve the community ‎ ‎77. _____‎ and not the community serve h_____. As students, there are many ways ‎ ‎78. _____‎ in _____ you can serve the community. Above all, however, you have to ‎ ‎79. _____‎ acquire a certain amount of skill and experience b_____ you can be of ‎ ‎80. _____‎ service to others. Your school has lots of_____(活动) which prepare ‎ ‎81. _____‎ you ____ good citizenship. Many school societies train students to ‎ ‎82. _____‎ become good citizens who later p____ in volunteer work and serve the ‎ ‎83. _____‎ public in t____ of need. If you serve your community, you will grow ‎ ‎84. _____‎ ‎____ to be a good citizen with a strong sense of responsibility. ‎ ‎85. _____‎ 第二节 书面表达 第二节书面表达(满分25分）‎ 孩子的成长和教育是社会热议的话题，现今父母包揽一切、孩子过度依赖等现象十分严重。请阅读下面 的漫画，按要求用英文写一篇短文。 ‎ ‎ ‎ 内容要求： 1.描述漫画内容；‎ ‎2. 分析漫画所揭示的问题； 3. 提出你的看法。‎ 注意：‎ ‎1.短文开头已给出，不计入总词数； ‎ ‎2.考生可适当发挥，使文章内容充实、连贯； ‎ ‎3.词数120左右;‎ ‎4. 文中不能出现考生的具体信息。‎ 参考词汇:pave the way From the picture, we can see a family of three walking on a long red carpet. ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 十、2013年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（广东卷）‎ 第一部分：知识应用（共两节，满分45分）‎ 第一节 完形填空（共15小题；每小题2分，满分30分）‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从1~15各题所给的A、B、C和D项中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ Number sense is not the ability to count. It is the ability to recognize a ‎1 in number. Human beings are born with this ability. 2 , experiments show that many animals are, too. For example, many birds have good number sense. If a nest has four eggs and you remove one, the bird will not 3 . However, if you remove two, the bird 4 leaves. This means that the bird knows the 5 between two and three.‎ Another interesting experiment showed a bird’s 6 number sense. A man was trying to take a photo of a crow (乌鸦) that had a nest in a tower, but the crow always left when she saw him coming. The bird did not 7 until the man left the tower. The man had an 8 . He took another man with him to the tower. One man left and the other stayed, but they did not 9 the bird. The crow stayed away until the second man left, too. The experiment was 10 with three men and then with four men. But the crow did not return to the nest until all the men were 11 . It was not until five men went into the tower and only four left that they were 12 able to fool the crow.‎ How good is a human’s number sense? It’s not very good. For example, babies about fourteen months old almost always notice if something is taken away from a 13 group. But when the number goes beyond three or four, the children are 14 fooled.‎ It seems that number sense is something we have in common with many animals in this world, and that our human 15 is not much better than a crow’s.‎ ‎1. A. rise B. pattern C. change D. trend ‎2. A. Importantly B. Surprisingly C. Disappointedly D. Fortunately ‎3. A. survive B. care C. hatch D. notice ‎4. A. generally B. sincerely C. casually D. deliberately ‎5. A. distance B. range C. difference D. interval ‎6. A. amazing B. annoying C. satisfying D. disturbing ‎7. A. relax B. recover C. react D. return ‎8. A. appointment B. excuse C. idea D. explanation ‎9. A. fool B. hurt C. catch D. kill ‎10. A. reported B. repeated C. designed D. approved ‎11. A. confused B. gone C. tired D. drunk ‎12. A. gradually B. luckily C. strangely D. finally ‎13. A. single B. small C. local D. new ‎14. A. seldom B. temporarily C. merely D. often ‎15. A. sight B. nature C. ability D. belief 第二节 语法填空（共10小题；每小题1.5分，满分15分）‎ 阅读下面短文，按照句子结构的语法性和上下文连贯的要求，在空格处填入一个适当的词或使用括号中词语的正确形式填空，并将答案填写在答题卡标号为16~25的相应位置上。‎ One day, Nick invited his friends to supper. He was cooking some delicious food in the kitchen. Suddenly, he 16 (find) that he had run out of salt. So Nick called to his son, “Go to the village and buy some salt, but pay a fair price for it: neither too much 17 too little.”‎ His son looked surprised. “I can understand why I shouldn’t pay too much, Father, but if I can pay less,‎ ‎ 18 not save a bit of money?”‎ ‎“That would be a very 19 (reason) thing to do in a big city, but it could destroy a small village like ours,” Nick said.‎ Nick’s guests, 20 had heard their conversation, asked why they should not buy salt more cheaply if they could. Nick replied, “The only reason a man would sell salt ‎21 a lower price would be because he was desperate for money. And anyone who took advantage of that situation would be showing a lack of respect 22 ‎ the sweat and struggle of the man who worked very hard to produce it.”‎ ‎“But such a small thing couldn’t 23 (possible) destroy a village.”‎ ‎“In the beginning, there was only 24 very small amount of unfairness in the world, but everyone added a little, always 25 (think) that it was only small and not very important, and look where we have ended up today.”‎ 第二部分：阅读理解（共两节，满分50分）‎ 第一节 阅读理解（共20小题；每小题2分，满分40分）‎ 阅读下列短文，从每题所给的A、B、C和D项中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ A Imagination and fantasy can play an important role in achieving the things we fear. Children know this very well. Fred Epstein, in his book If I Make It to Five, tells a story he heard from one of friends about Tom, a four-year-old boy with a cancer in his back bone. He came through several operations and a lot of pain by mastering his imagination.‎ Tom loved to pretend, and he particularly loved to play superheroes. Dr. Epstein explained that it was actually a brilliant way for his young mind to handle the terrifying and painful life he led.‎ The day before his third trip to the operating room, Tom was terribly afraid. “Maybe I could go as Superman,” he whispered to his mom. Hearing this, the mother hesitated for a while. She had avoided buying the expensive costume (戏装), but finally she agreed.‎ The next day Tom appeared as the powerful Superman, showing off through the hospital halls and coolly waving his hand to the people greeting him along the way. And Tom, with the strength of his fantasy, successfully made it through the operation.‎ The power of imagination need not be reserved for children only. we all have the power to use our fantasies to attempt things we never thought possible, to go through those things that seem impossible, and to achieve what we never believed we could. Just as Dr. Epstein puts it, “If you can dream it, you can do it.”‎ It doesn’t mean that you should dress as a superhero for your next job interview. But, next time you are tested in a way that seems impossible, imagine what it would take to overcome it. Become the person you need to become to win over your challenge and do it in your mind first. So, let your imagination run wild, and dare to dream.‎ ‎26. What do we know about Tom?‎ A. He was seriously ill B. He was a dishonest boy.‎ C. He was crazy about magic. D. He was Dr. Epstein’s patient.‎ ‎27. What can be inferred about Tom’s mother?‎ A. She was a rich lady. ‎ B. She refused Tom’s request.‎ C. She wanted Tom to be a superhero. ‎ D. She wanted to get Tom through the pain.‎ ‎28. When Tom went for the third operation, he ______. ‎ A. pretended to be painful B. acted like a superhero C. appeared in poor spirits D. argued with his mother ‎29. In the last paragraph, you are advised ______. ‎ A. to go through some difficult tests ‎ B. to wake up from your wild dreams C. to become a powerful person in your mind ‎ D. to wear expensive clothes for job interviews ‎30. What is the purpose of the passage?‎ A. To tell us an interesting story. B. To help us make right decisions.‎ C. To advise us to care about children. D. To encourage us to use our imagination.‎ B Some people think that success is only for those with talent or those who grow up in the right family, and others believe that success mostly comes down to luck. I’m not going to say luck, talent, and circumstances don’t come into play because they do. Some people are born into the right family while others are born with great intelligence, and that’s just the reality of how life is.‎ However, to succeed in life, one first needs to set a goal and then gradually make it more practical. And, in addition to that, in order to get really good at something, one needs to spend ‎ at least 10,000 hours studying and practicing. To become great at certain things, it’ll require even more time, time that most people won’t put in.‎ This is a big reason why many successful people advise you to do something you love. If you don’t enjoy what you do, it is going to feel like unbearable pain and will likely make you quit well before you ever become good at it.‎ When you see people exhibiting some great skills or having achieved great success, you know that they have put in a huge part of their life to get there at a huge cost. It’s sometimes easy to think they got lucky or they were born with some rare talent, but thinking that way does you no good, and there’s a huge chance that you’re wrong anyway.‎ Whatever you do, if you want to become great at it, you need to work day in and day out, almost to the point of addiction, and over a long period of time. If you’re not willing to put in the time and work, don’t expect to receive any rewards. Consistent, hard work won’t guarantee you the level of success you may want, but it will guarantee that you will become really good at whatever it is you put all that work into.‎ ‎31. Paragraph 1 mainly talks about ______.‎ A. the reasons for success B. the meaning of success C. the standards of success D. the importance of success ‎32. In Paragraph 2, the underlined word that refers to ______.‎ A. being good at something B. setting a practical goal C. putting in more time D. succeeding in life ‎33. Successful people suggest doing what one loves because ______.‎ A. work makes one feel pain B. one tends to enjoy his work C. one gives up his work easily D. it takes a lot of time to succeed ‎34. What can we infer from Paragraph 4?‎ A. Successful people like to show their great skills. ‎ B. People sometimes succeed without luck or talent.‎ C. People need to achieve success at the cost of life. ‎ D. It helps to think that luck or talent leads to success.‎ ‎35. What is the main theme of the passage?‎ A. Having a goal is vital to success. ‎ B. Being good is different from being great.‎ C. One cannot succeed without time and practice. ‎ D. Luck, talent and family help to achieve success.‎ C One day, when I was working as a psychologist in England, an adolescent boy showed up in my office. It was David. He kept walking up and down restlessly, his face pale, and his hands shaking slightly. His head teacher had referred him to me. “This boy has lost his family,” he wrote. “He is understandably very sad and refuses to talk to others, and I’m very ‎ worried about him. Can you help?”‎ I looked at David and showed him to a chair. How could I help him? There are problems psychology doesn’t have the answer to, and which no words can describe. Sometimes the best thing one can do is to listen openly and sympathetically.‎ The first two times we met, David didn’t say a word. He sat there, only looking up to look at the children’s drawings on the wall behind me. I suggested we play a game of chess. He nodded. After that he played chess with me every Wednesday afternoon — in complete silence and without looking at me. It’s not easy to cheat in chess, but I admit I made sure David won once or twice.‎ Usually, he arrived earlier than agreed, took the chess board and pieces from the shelf and began setting them up before I even got a chance to sit down. It seemed as if he enjoyed my company. But why did he never look at me?‎ ‎“Perhaps he simply needs someone to share his pain with,” I thought. “Perhaps he senses that I respect his suffering.” Some months later, when we were playing chess, he looked up at me suddenly.‎ ‎“It’s your turn,” he said.‎ After that day, David started talking. He got friends in school and joined a bicycle club. He wrote to me a few times, about his biking with some friends, and about his plan to get into university. Now he had really started to live his own life.‎ Maybe I gave David something. But I also learned that one — without any words — can reach out to another person. All it takes is a hug, a shoulder to cry on, a friendly touch, and an ear that listens.‎ ‎36. When he first met the author, David ______.‎ ‎ A. felt a little excited B. walked energetically ‎ C. looked a little nervous D. showed up with his teacher ‎37. As a psychologist, the author ______.‎ A. was ready to listen to David B. was skeptical about psychology C. was able to describe David’s problem D. was sure of handling David’s problem ‎38. David enjoyed being with the author because he ______.‎ A. wanted to ask the author for advice ‎ B. need to share sorrow with the author ‎ C. liked the children’s drawings in the office ‎ D. bear the author many times in the chess game ‎39. What can be inferred about David?‎ A. He recovered after months of treatment. ‎ B. He liked biking before he lost his family.‎ C. He went into university soon after starting to talk. ‎ D. He got friends in school before he met the author. ‎ ‎40. What made David change?‎ A. His teacher’s help. ‎ B. The author’s friendship.‎ C. His exchange of letters with the author. ‎ D. The author’s silent communication with him.‎ D While Jennifer was at home taking an online exam for her business law class, a monitor (监控器) a few hundred miles away was watching her every move.‎ Using a web camera equipped in Jennifer’s Los Angeles apartment, the monitor in Phoenix tracked how frequently her eyes moved from the computer screen and listened for the secret sounds of a possible helper in the room. Her Internet access was locked — remotely — to prevent Internet searches, and her typing style was analyzed to make sure she was who she said she was: Did she enter her student number at the same speed as she had in the past? Or was she slowing down?‎ In the battle against cheating, this is the cutting edge and a key to encourage honesty in the booming field of online education. The technology gives trust to the entire system, to the institution and to online education in general. Only with solid measures against cheating, experts say, can Internet universities show that their exams and diplomas are valid — that students haven’t just searched the Internet to get the right answers.‎ Although online classes have existed for more than a decade, the concern over cheating has become sharper in the last year with the growth of “open online courses.” Private colleges, public universities and corporations are jumping into the online education field, spending millions of dollars to attract potential students, while also taking steps to help guarantee honesty at a distance.‎ Aside from the web cameras, a number of other high-tech methods are becoming increasingly popular. Among them are programs that check students’ identities using personal information, such as the telephone numbers they once used.‎ Other programs can produce unique exams by drawing on a large list of questions and can recognize possible cheaters by analyzing whether difficult test questions are answered at the same speed as easy ones. As in many university classes, term papers are scanned against some large Internet data banks for cheating.‎ ‎41. Why was Jennifer watched in an online exam ?‎ A. To correct her typing mistakes. B. To find her secrets in the room.‎ C. To prevent her from slowing down. D. To keep her from dishonest behaviors.‎ ‎42. The underlined expression cutting edge in Paragraph 3 is closest in meaning to ______.‎ A. advanced technique B. sharpening tool ‎ C. effective rule D. dividing line ‎ ‎43. For Internet universities, exams and diplomas will be valid if _____.‎ A. they can attract potential students B. they can defeat academic cheating C. they offer students online help D. they offer many online courses ‎44. Some programs can find out possible cheaters by _____.‎ A. checking the question answering speed B. producing a large number of questions ‎ C. scanning the Internet test questions D. giving difficult test questions ‎45. Which of the following is the best title of this passage?‎ A. The Advantages of Online Exams ‎ B. The High-tech Methods in Online Courses C. The Fight against Cheating in Online Education ‎ D. The War against the Booming of Online Education 第二节 信息匹配（共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分）‎ 阅读下列应用文及相关信息，并按照要求匹配信息。请在答题卡上将对应题号的相应选项字母涂黑。‎ 首先请阅读下列杂志上的广告内容：‎ 以下是读者为了获取相关广告详细信息的电子邮件，请匹配广告内容与邮件。‎ ‎46. ‎ Send To CustomerService@gmail.com Subject:‎ Information Booklet Request Dear Sir or Madam, ‎ I am a journalist working for a local news agency. Since I need to travel a lot, I do care about durability when choosing power supply for my digital cameras. Could you kindly email the information booklet of your products to me? Your timely reply will be highly appreciated. ‎ Best regards, ‎ Tom Brown ‎47. ‎ Send To CustomerService@gmail.com Subject:‎ Information Booklet Request Dear Sir or Madam, ‎ My family is new in the town. After settling down, we started looking for a family car. Your new model Beetle Convertible looks so cool. I think your detailed information booklet may help us know more about this model. Please kindly send it to my email address: jacks@gdnmet2013.com. Many thanks for your help. ‎ Best regards, ‎ Jack Smith ‎48.‎ Send To CustomerService@gmail.com Subject:‎ Information Booklet Request Dear Sir or Madam, ‎ My Beetle Convertible is insured with ING insurance company. The insurance will expire next month. The offer introduced in your advertisement sounds attractive to me. I want to know more about your service. Please kindly email me a relevant information booklet. Your timely reply will be highly appreciated. ‎ Best regards, ‎ Mary Smith ‎49. ‎ Send To CustomerService@gmail.com Subject:‎ Information Booklet Request Dear Sir or Madam, ‎ I don’t enjoy my new job as a department manager since I find it hard to communicate with and motivate my team members. Hopefully, your diploma course can provide me with professional training on administrative and communicative skills. I look forward to receiving your information booklet and application forms as soon as possible. Please send them to me at jimmys@gdnmet2013.com. ‎ Best regards, ‎ Jimmy Smith ‎50. ‎ Send To CustomerService@gmail.com Subject:‎ Information Booklet Request Dear Sir or Madam, ‎ My family is new in the town. Worrying about community safety, I prefer to secure my house with new technology. Your product sounds like the right choice for me. Could you kindly send your information booklet to my email address: peterw@gdnmet2013.com? Your timely reply will be highly appreciated. ‎ Best regards, ‎ Peter White ‎ 第三部分：书面表达（共两节，满分40分）‎ 第一节 基础写作（共1小题；满分15分）‎ 你接受了一项写作任务，要为英语校报写一篇时事快讯。‎ ‎[写作内容]‎ ‎ 请根据以下信息，写一篇关于移民火星的快讯。‎ 志愿者的选拔:‎ 到2015年，在全球选出约30名去火星*的志愿者。‎ 志愿者的条件:‎ 至少18岁；‎ 做好不回地球的准备；‎ 愿与他人保持良好的关系。‎ 专家观点:‎ 火星生活条件太艰苦；‎ 面临严寒气候、孤独和恐惧。‎ 志愿者观点:‎ 厌倦地球生活，想体验火星生活；‎ 如果成功，就是人类英雄。‎ ‎*火星：the Mars ‎[写作要求]‎ 只能用5个句子表达全部内容。‎ ‎[评分标准]‎ 句子结构准确，信息内容完整，篇章连贯。‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 第二节 读写任务（共1小题；满分25分）‎ ‎ 阅读下面短文，然后按要求写一篇150词左右的英语短文。‎ To many people even the word “work” sounds unpleasant, not necessarily because they are lazy. The same man, who dislikes his job in the factory or even in the office, may work hard at the weekend, painting the house or digging the garden.‎ What is the reason, then? In most cases, it is because these people simply do not enjoy the job they are doing. It does not give them any real satisfaction. It may be quite easy, like making up wooden boxes, but it is very boring. Very often they are doing a job which is just a small part of a much larger one, such as attaching a door handle to a car. But the part they play in actually making the car is so small that they can never say: I have made something!‎ Yet in modern society somebody has to do ordinary jobs such as cleaning streets because this is the way society is organized. No matter how ordinary a job is, it plays a part in society and therefore deserves our due respect. Society cannot function a single day without the “dull and boring” jobs.‎ ‎[写作内容]‎ ‎1. 以约30个词概括上文的主要内容。‎ ‎2. 以约120个词谈谈你对平凡工作的想法，内容包括：‎ ‎（1）描述清洁工工作的艰辛；‎ ‎（2）假如没有清洁工，环境会变得如何？‎ ‎（3）你对平凡工作者的看法。‎ ‎[写作要求]‎ ‎1. 作文中可以使用亲身经历或虚构的故事，也可以参照阅读材料的内容，但不得直接引用原文中的句子。‎ ‎2. 作文中不能出现真实姓名和学校名称。‎ ‎[评分标准]‎ 概括准确，语言规范，内容合适，语篇连贯。 ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 十一、2013年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（湖北卷）‎ 第一部分：听力（共两节，满分30分）‎ 第一节（共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分)‎ ‎　　听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。每段对话仅读一遍。‎ ‎1.Why doesn’t John go to school today?‎ A. It’s the weekend.　　 B. He’s too tired for school. C. His school is closed down.‎ ‎2.What will the man do tomorrow morning?‎ A. Give Frank a bath. B. Cook Frank a meal. C. Take Frank to a vet.‎ ‎3.What is the male speaker?‎ A. A student.　　 B. A president.　　 C. A professor.‎ ‎4.What does the man mean?‎ A. The door is unlocked. ‎ B. He is not the one to blame.　 ‎ C. Somebody has just left the lab.‎ ‎5.On which floor is the woman’s apartment?‎ A. The second.　　 B. The fourth.　　 C. The sixth.‎ 第二节（共15小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分)‎ ‎　　听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。‎ ‎　听第6段材料，回答第6、7题。‎ ‎6.What is the man’s problem?‎ A. He is too busy to wait.　 B. He cannot find his pills. C. He has a pain in his back.‎ ‎7.Why does Doctor Green break the rule for the man?‎ A. He is very polite. B. He is going on a vacation.C. He is unable to afford a full checkup.‎ ‎　听第7段材料，回答第8、9题。‎ ‎8.Why does the woman call?‎ A. To offer a job.　　 B. To raise money.　　 C. To make an appointment.‎ ‎9.Where is the man expected to go tomorrow?‎ A. The agency.　　 B. Grand Hotel.　　 C. The City Hall.‎ 听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。‎ ‎10.How does the woman feel when asked about the offer price of her flat?‎ A. Stressed.　　 B. Uncertain.　　 C. Embarrassed.‎ ‎11.What is the greatest advantage of the woman’s flat?‎ A. Its size.　　 B. Its condition.　　 C. Its location.‎ ‎12.Who will the woman consult later?‎ ‎　A. Her agent.　　 B. Her husband.　　 C. Her neighbour.‎ ‎　听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。‎ ‎13.Who is Alexander?‎ ‎　A. The woman’s boss.　　 B. The woman’s host.　　 C. The woman’s cook.‎ ‎14.What extra dish is to be prepared?‎ ‎　A. Fish.　　 B. Steak.　　 C. Shrimps.‎ ‎15.What happened in the woman’s department last year?‎ ‎　A. It faced a risk of being shut down.‎ ‎　B. It introduced a new system.‎ ‎　C. It fired a sales manager.‎ ‎16.What is the man’s attitude towards the preparation for the dinner?‎ ‎　A. He is critical.　　 B. He is practical.　　 C. He is enthusiastic.‎ ‎　听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。‎ ‎17.What does the speaker say about David Mellor’s eyes?‎ ‎　A. They are red.　　 B. They are small.　　 C. They are round.‎ ‎18.What is special about David Mellor’s mouth?‎ ‎　A. Very big.　　 B. Rather flat.　　 C. A bit raised.‎ ‎19.What does David Mellor always do before he begins a speech?‎ ‎　A. Smooths his moustache B. Clears his throat.　　 C. Bites his lips.‎ ‎20.What kind of person is David Mellor according to the speaker?‎ ‎　A. Gentle and ugly.　 ‎ B. Humorous and aggressive. ‎ C. Well-known and funny-looking.‎ 第二部分：知识运用（共两节，满分30分）‎ 第一节：多项选择（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分)‎ ‎　从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ ‎21.Poetry written from the ______ of the urban youth tends to reveal their anxiety over a lack of sense of belonging.‎ ‎　A. perspective    B. priority   C. participation    D. privilege ‎22.Carbon dioxide, which makes a ______ between us and the sun, prevents heat from getting out of the atmosphere easily, so the earth is becoming warmer.‎ A. difference      B. comparison  C. connection      D. barrier ‎23.While intelligent people can often ______ the complex, a fool is more likely to complicate the simple.‎ ‎　A. sacrifice         B. substitute   C. simplify       D. survive ‎24.According to the law, all foreigners have to ______ with the local police within two weeks of arrival.‎ ‎　A. associate  B. dispute   C. negotiate       D. register ‎25.Butterflies ______ a sweet liquid produced by flowers, which bees and other insects collect.‎ ‎　A. carry on  B. feed on  C. put on   D. focus on ‎26.In much of the animal world, night is the time ______ for sleep—pure and simple.‎ ‎　A. set aside        B. set down         C. set off            D. set up ‎27.People complain that decisions to approve or deny a permit are often ______ rather than based on fixed criteria.‎ ‎　A. appropriate       B. conscious        C. arbitrary      D. controversial ‎28.He didn’t selfishly keep for himself the money inherited from his uncle. Instead, he made a ______ contribution to help the community.‎ ‎　A. commercial     B. generous         C. comparable       D. profitable ‎29.Don’t defend him any more. It’s obvious that he ______ destroyed the fence of the garden even without apology.‎ ‎　A. accidentally    B. carelessly        C. deliberately      D. clumsily ‎30.An artist who was recently traveling on a ferry to the southern island discovered ______ a long lost antique Greek vase.‎ ‎　A. at random  B. by chance  C. in turn      D. on occasion 第二节：完形填空（共20小题；每小题1分，满分20分）‎ ‎　　阅读下面短文，从短文后所给各题的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ ‎　　Zigfried, a little mouse, blew his breath on the frosty window of the farmhouse and rubbed it to see the outside. Still nobody came. Maybe today, he thought   31  . It was only a few days before Christmas and he was watching for a miracle (奇迹).‎ ‎　　This farmhouse had been   32    too long. It needed a family. Zigfried’s 　33   made a noise. He realized that he hadn’t eaten anything since yesterday. He jumped from the windowsill (窗沿), grabbed a   34    from his home, and went next door to Farmer Mike’s.‎ ‎　　Farmer Mike’s house had been a great place for the little mouse   35    the farmer married a wife who had a cat. Zigfried    36    when he thought of it. He looked around cautiously as he   37   into the room where grain was stored and was quite   38    as he filled his bag with wheat. He was turning to leave when suddenly he   39    a hot breath about his ear. His heart beat   40  , and without thinking he started to run and luckily   41    the cat’s paws (爪子).‎ ‎　　The next afternoon Zigfried heard some good news: a   42    family would be moving into the farmhouse soon. Zigfried’s granny would arrive on Christmas Eve to ‎　　 43    with him. He hoped that the family would come before his granny came. Before long, a car came   44    the road leading to the house, with butter sandwiches, cheese and chocolate.‎ ‎　　Zigfried’s Christmas miracle did arrive!‎ ‎　　The house came   45   the next few days. Zigfried    46   every single hour of them.   47  , the day before Christmas when he was drinking hot chocolate with a   48   smile at the door of his home, he heard the   49   of the children of the family ‎ about what they might get for Christmas. What? A cat? The   50   froze on his face; his mouth fell wide open. After a long while, he at last found his voice: “Hey! Whose Christmas miracle is this?”‎ ‎31. A. carefully  B. excitedly    C. hopefully    D. proudly ‎32. A. shabby    B. noisy    C. messy    D. empty ‎33. A. mouth    B. nose    C. stomach    D. throat ‎34. A. bag    B. stick     C. bowl    D. coat ‎35. A. although  B. until  C. whereas    D. unless ‎36. A. leapt   B. sniffed C. trembled   D. withdrew ‎37. A. broke   B. marched  C. paced  D. stole ‎38. A. curious   B. nervous   C. pitiful   D. sensible ‎39. A. took     B. released    C. felt    D. drew ‎40. A. strongly  B. irregularly  C. slowly  D. wildly ‎41. A. escaped  B. seized  C. rubbed   D. scratched ‎42. A. close   B. happy   C. new   D. young ‎43. A. celebrate  B. communicate  C. compete  D. compromise ‎44. A. across   B. from   C. off   D. up ‎45. A. alive  B. loose   C. open  D. still ‎46. A. counted   B. enjoyed   C. missed   D. wasted ‎47. A. However  B. Instead   C. Moreover   D. Therefore ‎48. A. bitter  B. forced  C. polite  D. satisfied ‎49. A. introduction  B. discussion   C. comment  D. debate ‎50. A. blood   B. smile   C. tear   D. sweat 第三部分：阅读理解（共一节，满分40分）‎ ‎　　阅读下列短文，从每篇短文后所给各题的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ A ‎　　Some years ago, writing in my diary used to be a usual activity. I would return from school and spend the expected half hour recording the day’s events, feelings, and impressions in my little blue diary. I did not really need to express my emotions by way of words, but I gained a certain satisfaction from seeing my experiences forever recorded on paper. After all, isn’t accumulating memories a way of preserving the past?‎ ‎　　When I was thirteen years old, I went on a long journey on foot in a great valley, well-equipped with pens, a diary, and a camera. During the trip, I was busy recording every incident, name and place I came across. I felt proud to be spending my time productively, dutifully preserving for future generations a detailed description of my travels. On my last night there, I wandered out of my tent, diary in hand. The sky was clear and lit by the glare of the moon, and the walls of the valley looked threatening behind their screen of shadows. I ‎ automatically took out my pen….‎ ‎　　At that point, I understood that nothing I wrote could ever match or replace the few seconds I allowed myself to experience the dramatic beauty of the valley. All I remembered of the previous few days were the dull characterizations I had set down in my diary.‎ ‎　　Now, I only write in my diary when I need to write down a special thought or feeling. I still love to record ideas and quotations that strike me in books, or observations that are particularly meaningful. I take pictures, but not very often—only of objects I find really beautiful. I’m no longer blindly satisfied with having something to remember when I grow old. I realize that life will simply pass me by if I stay behind the camera, busy preserving the present so as to live it in the future.‎ ‎　　I don’t want to wake up one day and have nothing but a pile of pictures and notes. Maybe I won’t have as many exact representations of people and places; maybe I’ll forget certain facts, but at least the experiences will always remain inside me. I don’t live to make memories—I just live, and the memories form themselves.‎ ‎51.Before the age of thirteen, the author regarded keeping a diary as a way of ______.‎ ‎　A. observing her school routine　　 B. expressing her satisfaction ‎　C. impressing her classmates　　 D. preserving her history ‎52.What caused a change in the author’s understanding of keeping a diary?‎ ‎　A. A dull night on the journey.　　 B. The beauty of the great valley.‎ ‎　C. A striking quotation from a book.　　 D. Her concerns for future generations.‎ ‎53.What does the author put in her diary now?‎ ‎　A. Notes and beautiful pictures.　　 B. Special thoughts and feelings.‎ ‎　C. Detailed accounts of daily activities.　 D. Descriptions of unforgettable events.‎ ‎54.The author comes to realize that to live a meaningful life is ______.‎ ‎　A. to experience it　　 B. to live the present in the future ‎　C. to make memories　　 D. to give accurate representations of it B ‎　　Mothers and daughters go through so much—yet when was the last time a mother and daughter sat down to write a book together about it all? Perri Klass and her mother, Sheila Solomon Klass, both gifted professional writers, prove to be ideal co-writers as they examine their decades of motherhood, daughterhood, and the wonderful ways their lives have overlapped (重叠).‎ ‎　　Perri notes with amazement how closely her own life has mirrored her mother’s: both have full-time careers; both have published books, articles, and stories; each has three children; they both love to read. They also love to travel—in fact, they often take trips together. But in truth, the harder they look at their lives, the more they acknowledge their big differences in circumstance and basic nature.‎ ‎　　A child of the Depression (大萧条), Sheila was raised in Brooklyn by parents who ‎ considered education a luxury for girls. Starting with her college education, she has fought for everything she’s ever accomplished. Perri, on the other hand, grew up privileged in the New Jersey suburbs of the 1960s and 1970s. For Sheila, wasting time or money is a crime, and luxury is unthinkable while Perri enjoys the occasional small luxury, but has not been successful at trying to persuade her mother into enjoying even the tiniest thing she likes.‎ ‎　　Each writing in her own unmistakable voice, Perri and Sheila take turns exploring the joys and pains, the love and bitterness, the minor troubles and lasting respect that have always bonded them together. Sheila describes the adventure of giving birth to Perri in a tiny town in Trinidad where her husband was doing research fieldwork. Perri admits that she can’t sort out all the mess in the households, even though she knows it drives her mother crazy. Together they compare thoughts on bringing up children and working, admit long-hidden sorrows, and enjoy precious memories.‎ ‎　　Looking deep into the lives they have lived separately and together, Perri and Sheila tell their mother-daughter story with honesty, humor, enthusiasm, and admiration for each other. A written account in two voices, Every Mother Is a Daughter is a duet(二重奏) that produces a deep, strong sound with the experiences that all mothers and daughters will recognize.‎ ‎55.Why does Perri think that her own life has mirrored her mother’s?‎ ‎　A. They both have gone through difficult times.‎ ‎　B. They have strong emotional ties with each other.‎ ‎ C. They have the same joys and pains, and love and bitterness.‎ ‎ D. They both have experiences as daughter, mother and writer.‎ ‎56.The word “luxury” in Paragraph 3 means ______.‎ ‎　A. something rare but not pleasant　 ‎ B. something that cannot be imagined ‎　C. something expensive but not necessary ‎ D. something that can only be enjoyed by boys ‎57.What is Paragraph 4 mainly about?‎ ‎　A. The content of the book. B. The purpose of the book.‎ ‎　C. The influence of the book.　　 D. The writing style of the book.‎ ‎58.How are women’s lives explored in this book?‎ ‎　A. In a musical form.　　 B. Through field research.‎ ‎　C. With unique writing skills. D. From different points of view.‎ C We’ve reached a strange—some would say unusual—point. While fighting world hunger continues to be the matter of vital importance according to a recent report from the World Health Organization (WHO), more people now die from being overweight, or say, from being extremely fat, than from being underweight. It’s the good life that’s more likely to kill us these days.‎ ‎　　Worse, nearly l8 million children under the age of five around the world are estimated to be overweight. What’s going on?‎ ‎　　We really don’t have many excuses for our weight problems. The dangers of the problem have been drilled into us by public-health campaigns since 2001 and the message is getting through—up to a point.‎ ‎　　In the 1970s, Finland, for example, had the highest rate of heart disease in the world and being overweight was its main cause. Not any more. A public-health campaign has greatly reduced the number of heart disease deaths by 80 per cent over the past three decades.‎ ‎　　Maybe that explains why the percentage of people in Finland taking diet pills doubled between 2001 and 2005, and doctors even offer surgery of removing fat inside and change the shape of the body. That has become a sort of fashion. No wonder it ranks as the world’s most body-conscious country.‎ ‎　　We know what we should be doing to lose weight—but actually doing it is another matter. By far the most popular excuse is not taking enough exercise. More than half of us admit we lack willpower.‎ ‎　　Others blame good food. They say: it’s just too inviting and it makes them overeat. Still others lay the blame on the Americans, complaining that pounds have piled on thanks to eating too much American-style fast food.‎ ‎　　Some also blame their parents—their genes. But unfortunately, the parents are wronged because they’re normal in shape, or rather slim.‎ ‎　　It’s a similar story around the world, although people are relatively unlikely to have tried to lose weight. Parents are eager to see their kids shape up. Do as I say—not as I do.‎ ‎59.What is the “strange” point mentioned in the first sentence?‎ ‎　A. The good life is a greater risk than the bad life.‎ ‎　B. Starvation is taking more people’s lives in the world.‎ ‎　C. WHO report shows people’s unawareness of food safety.‎ ‎　D. Overweight issue remains unresolved despite WHO’s efforts.‎ ‎60. Why does the author think that people have no excuse for being overweight?‎ ‎　A. A lot of effective diet pills are available.‎ ‎　B. Body image has nothing to do with good food.‎ ‎　C. They have been made fully aware of its dangers.‎ ‎　D. There are too many overweight people in the world.‎ ‎61. The example of Finland is used to illustrate ______.‎ ‎　A. the cause of heart disease B. the fashion of body shaping ‎　C. the effectiveness of a campaign D. the history of a body-conscious country ‎62. Which would be the best title for the passage?‎ ‎　A. Actions or Excuses? B. Overweight or Underweight?‎ ‎　C. WHO in a Dilemma D. No Longer Dying of Hunger D ‎　　The technology is great. Without it we wouldn’t have been able to put a man on the moon, explore the ocean’s depths or eat microwave sausages. Computers have revolutionized our lives and they have the power to educate and pass on knowledge. But sometimes this power can create more problems than it solves.‎ ‎　　Every doctor has had to try their best to calm down patients who’ve come into their surgery waving an Internet print-out, convinced that they have some rare incurable disease, say, throat cancer. The truth is usually far more ordinary, though: they don’t have throat cancer, and it’s just that their throats are swollen. Being a graduate of the Internet “school” of medicine does not guarantee accurate self-health-checks.‎ ‎　　One day Mrs. Almond came to my hospital after feeling faint at work. While I took her blood sample and tried to find out what was wrong, she said calmly, “I know what’s wrong; I’ve got throat cancer. I know there’s nothing you doctors can do about it and I’ve just got to wait until the day comes.”‎ ‎　　As a matter of routine I ordered a chest X-ray. I looked at it and the blood results an hour later. Something wasn’t right. “Did your local doctor do an X-ray?” I asked. “Oh, I haven’t been to the doctor for years,” she replied. “I read about it on a website and the symptoms fitted, so I knew that’s what I had.”‎ ‎　　However, some of her symptoms, like the severe cough and weight loss, didn’t fit with it—but she’d just ignored this.‎ ‎　　I looked at the X-ray again, and more tests confirmed it wasn’t the cancer but tuberculosis (肺结核)—something that most certainly did need treating, and could be deadly. She was lucky we caught it when we did.‎ ‎　　Mrs. Almond went pale when I explained she would have to be on treatment for the next six months to ensure that she was fully recovered. It was certainly a lesson for her. “I’m so embarrassed,” she said, shaking her head, as I explained that all the people she had come into close contact with would have to be found out and tested.  She listed up to about 20, and then I went to my office to type up my notes. Unexpectedly, the computer was not working, so I had to wait until someone from the IT department came to fix it. Typical. Maybe I should have a microwave sausage while I waited?‎ ‎63. Mrs. Almond talked about her illness calmly because ______.‎ ‎　A. she thought she knew it well B. she had purchased medicine online ‎　C. she graduated from a medical school D. she had been treated by local doctors ‎64. It was lucky for Mrs. Almond ______.‎ ‎　A. to have contacted many friends B. to have recovered in a short time ‎　C. to have her assumption confirmed D. to have her disease identified in time ‎65. Mrs. Almond said “I’m so embarrassed” (Para. 7) because ______.‎ ‎　A. she had distrusted her close friends B. she had caused unnecessary trouble ‎　C. she had to refuse the doctor’s advice D. she had to tell the truth to the doctor ‎66. By mentioning the breakdown of the computer, the author probably wants to prove ______.‎ ‎　A. it’s a must to take a break at work　　 ‎ B. it’s vital to believe in IT professionals ‎　C. it’s unwise to simply rely on technology ‎ D. it’s a danger to work long hours on computers E ‎　　A German study suggests that people who were too optimistic about their future actually faced greater risk of disability or death within 10 years than those pessimists who expected their future to be worse.‎ ‎　　The paper, published this March in Psychology and Aging, examined health and welfare surveys from roughly 40,000 Germans between ages 18 and 96. The surveys were conducted every year from 1993 to 2003.‎ ‎　　Survey respondents (受访者) were asked to estimate their present and future life satisfaction on a scale of 0 to 10, among other questions.‎ ‎　　The researchers found that young adults (age 18 to 39) routinely overestimated their future life satisfaction, while middle-aged adults (age 40 to 64) more accurately predicted how they would feel in the future. Adults of 65 and older, however, were far more likely to underestimate their future life satisfaction. Not only did they feel more satisfied than they thought they would, the older pessimists seemed to suffer a lower ratio (比率) of disability and death for the study period.‎ ‎　　“We observed that being too optimistic in predicting a better future than actually observed was associated with a greater risk of disability and a greater risk of death within the following decade,” wrote Frieder R. Lang, a professor at the University of Erlangen-Nuremberg.‎ ‎　　Lang and his colleagues believed that people who were pessimistic about their future may be more careful about their actions than people who expected a rosy future.‎ ‎　　“Seeing a dark future may encourage positive evaluations of the actual self and may contribute to taking improved precautions (预防措施),” the authors wrote.‎ ‎　　Surprisingly, compared with those in poor health or who had low incomes, respondents who enjoyed good health or income were associated with expecting a greater decline. Also, the researchers said that higher income was related to a greater risk of disability.‎ ‎　　The authors of the study noted that there were limitations to their conclusions. Illness, medical treatment and personal loss could also have driven health outcomes.‎ ‎　　However, the researchers said a pattern was clear. “We found that from early to late adulthood, individuals adapt their expectations of future life satisfaction from optimistic, to accurate, to pessimistic,” the authors concluded.‎ ‎67.According to the study, who made the most accurate prediction of their future life satisfaction?‎ ‎　A. Optimistic adults.　　 B. Middle-aged adults.‎ ‎　C. Adults in poor health.　　 D. Adults of lower income.‎ ‎68.Pessimism may be positive in some way because it causes people ______.‎ ‎　A. to fully enjoy their present life　　 B. to estimate their contribution accurately ‎　C. to take measures against potential risks D. to value health more highly than wealth ‎69.How do people of higher income see their future?‎ ‎　A. They will earn less money. B. They will become pessimistic.‎ ‎　C. They will suffer mental illness. D. They will have less time to enjoy life.‎ ‎70. What is the clear conclusion of the study?‎ ‎　A. Pessimism guarantees chances of survival.‎ ‎　B. Good financial condition leads to good health.‎ ‎　C. Medical treatment determines health outcomes.‎ ‎　D. Expectations of future life satisfaction decline with age.‎ 第四部分：书面表达（共两节，满分50分）‎ ‎　　第一节：完成句子（共10小题；每小题2分，满分20分)‎ ‎　　阅读下列各小题，根据汉语提示，用句末括号内的英语单词完成句子，并将答案写在答题卡上的相应题号后。‎ ‎　　例：______ was that the young player performed extremely well in the table tennis ‎　　tournament. (delight)‎ ‎　　令球迷欣喜的是那位年轻的球员在乒乓球锦标赛中表现得极为出色。‎ ‎　　答案：What delighted the fans/made the fans delighted ‎71. Knowing ______ reduces the risks of failure and it works like an insurance policy for your own ability. (do)‎ ‎　　知道你正在干什么，能降低失败的风险，这就像给自己的能力买了份保险。‎ ‎72.Not ______ my parents, I failed to go to a drama school, where my interest lay.(persuade)‎ ‎　　由于没有说服我父母，我没能上戏剧学校，而那才是我的兴趣所在。‎ ‎73.The chief engineer together with his colleagues ______ new scientific methods of farming since five years ago. (look)‎ ‎　　五年以来，总工程师和他的同事们一起一直在寻找新的科学农耕方法。‎ ‎74. When I work on the farmland in the daytime, I always ______ to a tree on the riverbank. (keep)‎ ‎　　白天干农活的时候，我总是把羊拴在河边的树上。‎ ‎75. As time is pressing, I think ______ is the best way to get from here to the conference centre. (take)‎ ‎　　由于时间紧迫，我认为从这里去会议中心最好的办法是乘出租车。‎ ‎76. So fast ______ that we can hardly imagine its speed. (travel)‎ ‎　　光传播的速度快到我们难以想象。‎ ‎77. Through the course of my schooling, I met many teachers, two ______ me greatly. (influence)‎ ‎　　上学时我遇到过很多老师，其中两位对我影响很大。‎ ‎78. I don’t often lose things, so I was quite surprised ______ my wallet and found it wasn’t there. (reach)‎ ‎　　我不常丢东西，所以当我拿钱包却发现钱包不在时，大吃一惊。‎ ‎79. It is reported in the newspaper that several new subway lines ______ in Wuhan. (build)‎ ‎　　据报纸报道，武汉正在建设几条新的地铁线路。‎ ‎80. Most believe he _______ for England last week, but for a serious injury which put him out of football. (play)‎ ‎　　多数人认为，要不是受了重伤而告别足球，上周他本会为英格兰踢球的。‎ 第二节：短文写作（共1题；满分30分)‎ ‎　　请根据以下提示，并结合事例，用英语写一篇短文。‎ ‎　　We all know that “sticks and stones may break our bones”, but we should also be aware that words can hurt people, too.‎ ‎　　注意：①无须写标题，不得照抄英语提示语；‎ ‎　　 ②除诗歌外，文体不限；‎ ‎　　 ③文中不得透露个人姓名和学校名称；‎ ‎④词数为120左右。‎ ‎2013年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试（湖北卷）英语试题答案 ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 十二、2013年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语(湖南卷)‎ PartⅠ Listening Comprehension (30 marks)‎ Section A (22.5 marks)‎ Directions: In this section, you will hear six conversations between two speakers. For each conversation, there are several questions and each question is followed by three choices marked A, B and C. Listen carefully and then choose the best answer for each question.‎ You will hear each conversation TWICE.‎ Conversation 1‎ ‎1. Where is the man going?‎ ‎ A. Kennedy. B. London. C. New York.‎ ‎2. When should the man arrive at the airport?‎ ‎ A. By 8:15. B. By 9:00. C. By 9:25.‎ Conversation 2‎ ‎3. What is the woman doing?‎ ‎ A. Taking a taxi. B. Doing shopping. C. Waiting for the man.‎ ‎4. Where are the two speakers going to meet?‎ ‎ A. At home. B. In a shop. C. In a restaurant.‎ Conversation 3‎ ‎5. What is the woman looking for?‎ ‎ A. A pan. B. Carrots. C. Tomatoes.‎ ‎6. What will the speakers probably have tonight?‎ ‎ A. French fries. B. Noodles. C. Fried chicken.‎ Conversation 4‎ ‎7. What will the project focus on?‎ ‎ A. A dog. B. A fish. C. A cat.‎ ‎8. What can we know about John?‎ ‎ A. He has conducted the survey. ‎ B. He is making cards now.‎ C. He will do the introduction.‎ ‎9. Who can handle the summarizing?‎ ‎ A. Carol. B. Tom. C. Mary.‎ Conversation 5‎ ‎10. What can we know about the woman’s vacation?‎ ‎ A. She will stay on the beaches.‎ ‎ B. She will go camping in the jungle.‎ ‎ C. She will spend 3 weeks in South Africa.‎ ‎11. Which does the woman need to bring?‎ ‎ A. A map. B. A tent. C. Some clothes.‎ ‎12. Who will prepare the meals?‎ ‎ A. The man. B. The guide. C. The woman.‎ Conversation 6‎ ‎13. What are the two speakers doing?‎ ‎ A. Discussing a lecture. B. Visiting a museum. C. Attending a party.‎ ‎14. Which job has Jane applied for?‎ ‎ A. Salesgirl. B. Waitress. C. Volunteer.‎ ‎15. What is the probable relationship between the two speakers?‎ ‎ A. Teacher and student. B. Father and daughter. C. Classmates.‎ Section B (7.5 marks)‎ Directions: In this section, you will hear a short passage. Listen carefully and then fill in the numbered blanks with the information you have heard. Fill in each blank with NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS.‎ You will hear the short passage TWICE.‎ How to Speak English 16. ___________‎ I. Speak often ‎ The more often you speak, the 17. ___________ it becomes II. Relax & 18. ___________ the message ‎ ● Don’t focus on the grammar rules only.‎ ‎ ● Talk about something 19. ___________.‎ III. Practise what you want to say ‎ Speak to 20. ___________ a few times.‎ Part II Language Knowledge (45 marks)‎ Section A (15 marks)‎ Directions: For each of the following unfinished sentences there are four choices marked A, B, C and D. Choose the one that best completes the sentence.‎ ‎21. Happiness and success often come to those ________ are good at recognizing their own strengths.‎ ‎ A. whom B. who C. what D. which ‎22. “What do you want to be?” asked Mrs. Crawford. “Oh, I ________ president,” said the boy, with a smile.‎ A. have been B. am C. was D. will be ‎23. You must learn to consult your feelings and your reason ________ you reach any decision.‎ ‎ A. although B. before C. because D. unless ‎24. Around two o’clock every night, Sue will start talking in her dream. It somewhat ‎ ________ us.‎ ‎ A. bothers B. had bothered C. would bother D. bothered ‎25. The sun began to rise in the sky, ________ the mountain in golden light.‎ ‎ A. bathed B. bathing C. to have bathed D. have bathed ‎26. If nothing ________, the oceans will turn into fish deserts.‎ ‎ A. does B. had been done C. will do D. is done ‎27. — Have you heard about the recent election?‎ ‎— Sure, it ________ the only thing on the news for the last three days.‎ ‎ A. would be B. is C. has been D. will be ‎28. Do not let any failures discourage you, for you can never tell ________ close you may be to victory.‎ ‎ A. how B. that C. which D. where ‎29. You cannot accept an opinion ________ to you unless it is based on facts.‎ ‎ A. offering B. to offer C. having offered D. offered ‎30. Every day ________ a proverb aloud several times until you have it memorized.‎ ‎ A. read B. reading C. to read D. reads ‎31. ________ warm at night, I would fill the woodstove, then set my alarm clock for midnight so I could ‎ refill it.‎ ‎ A. Staying B. Stayed C. To stay D. Stay ‎32. He ________ sleep, although he tried to, when he got on such a hunt for an idea until he had caught it.‎ ‎ A. wouldn’t B. shouldn’t C. couldn’t D. mustn’t ‎33. The university estimates that living expenses for international students ________ around $8,450 a year, ‎ which ________ a burden for some of them.‎ ‎ A. are；is B. are；are C. is；are D. is；is ‎34. — I don’t understand why you didn’t go to the lecture yesterday afternoon.‎ A. had done B. was doing C. would do D. am doing ‎35. Not once ________ to Michael that he could one day become a top student in his class.‎ ‎ A. occurred it B. it did occur C. it occurred D. did it occur Section B (18 marks)‎ Directions: For each blank in the following passage there are four words or phrases marked A, B, C and D. Fill in each blank with the word or phrase that best fits the context.‎ ‎ When I was 8 years old, I once decided to run away from home. With my suitcase 36 and some sandwiches in a bag, I started for the front door and said to Mom, “I’m leaving.”‎ ‎ “If you want to 37 , that’s all right,” she said. “But you came into this home without anything and you can leave the same way.” I 38 my suitcase and sandwiches on the ‎ floor heavily and started for the door again.‎ ‎ “Wait a minute,” Mom said. “I want your 39 back. You didn’t wear anything when you arrived.” This really angered me. I tore my clothes off—shoes, socks, underwear and all—and 40 , “Can I go now?” “Yes,” Mom answered, “but once you close that door, don’t expect to come back.”‎ ‎ I was so 41 that I slammed (砰地关上) the door and stepped out on the front porch. 42 I realized that I was outside, with nothing on. Then I noticed that down the street, two neighbor girls were walking toward our house. I ran to 43 behind a big tree in our yard at once. After a while, I was 44 the girls had passed by. I dashed to the front door and banged on it loudly.‎ ‎ “Who’s there?” I heard.‎ ‎ “It’s Billy! Let me in!”‎ ‎ The voice behind the 45 answered, “Billy doesn’t live here anymore. He ran away from home.” Glancing behind me to see if anyone else was coming, I begged, “Aw, c’mon, Mom! I’m 46 your son. Let me in!”‎ ‎ The door inched open and Mom’s smiling face appeared. “Did you change your 47 about running away?” she asked.‎ ‎ “What’s for supper?” I answered. ‎ ‎36. A. packed B. returned C. cleaned D. repaired ‎37. A. drop out B. go by C. move around D. run away ‎38. A. pressed B. shook C. threw D. pulled ‎39. A. bag B. clothes C. sandwiches D. suitcase ‎40. A. explained B. suggested C. continued D. shouted ‎41. A. angry B. sorry C. frightened D. ashamed ‎42. A. Certainly B. Naturally C. Suddenly D. Possibly ‎43. A. play B. bide C. rest D. wave ‎44. A. sure B. proud C. eager D. curious ‎45. A. house B. tree C. door D. yard ‎46. A. also B. still C. even D. already ‎47. A. conclusion B. promise C. concern D. decision Section C (12 marks)‎ Directions: Complete the following passage by filling in each blank with one word that best fits the context.‎ ‎ When kids in parts of the world want to play, they often make soccer balls out of trash tied together with string. “ 48 the areas used for playing fields are often rough and rocky, millions of real balls go flat (变瘪) 49 24 hours,” says Tim Jahnigen, a California businessman. Determined to solve this problem, 50 created an indestructible ball called the One World Futbol.‎ ‎ The ball is made of 51 special material, ethylene-vinyl acetate foam. It’s lightweight, it’s flexible, and— 52 important—it holds its shape.‎ ‎ The One World Futbol needs no pump 53 won’t wear out, even on rough surfaces. When tested, 54 withstood (经受住) being crushed by a car, and even being chewed on by a lion.‎ ‎ Although it costs more to produce 55 a typical soccer ball, Jahnigen estimates the One World Futbol can last 30 years. So far, it’s been given to kids in 143 countries. ‎ Part III Reading Comprehension (30 marks)‎ ‎ Directions: Read the following three passages. Each passage is followed by several questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A, B, C and D. Choose the one that fits best according to the information given in the passage.‎ A ‎ Planning a visit to the UK? Here we help with ways to cut your costs.‎ ‎ AVOID BIG EVENTS Big sporting events, concerts and exhibitions can increase the cost of accommodation and make it harder to find a room. A standard double room at the Thistle Brighton on the final Friday of the Brighton Comedy Festival (19 Oct.) cost £169.15 at Booking.com. A week later, the same room cost £118.15.‎ ‎ If you can be flexible and want to know dates to avoid—or you’re looking for a big event to pass your time—check out sites such as Whatsonwhen.com, which allow you to search for events in the UK by city, date and category.‎ ‎ STAYAWAY FROM THE STATION If traveling to your destination by train, you may want to find a good base close to the station, but you could end up paying more for the sake of convenience at the start of your holiday.‎ ‎ Don’t be too choosy about the part of town you stay in. Booking two months in advance, the cheapest room at Travelodge’s Central Euston hotel in London for Saturday 22 September was £95.95. A room just a tube journey away at its Covent Garden hotel was £75.75. And at Farringdon, a double room cost just £62.95. ‎ ‎ LOOK AFTER YOURSELF Really central hotels in cities such as London, Edinburgh and Cardiff can cost a fortune, especially at weekends and during big events. As an alternative consider checking into a self-catering flat with its own kitchen. Often these flats are hidden away on the top floors of city centre buildings. A great example is the historic O’Neill Flat on Edinburgh’s Royal Mile, available for £420 for five days in late September, with room for four adults.‎ ‎ GET ON A BIKE London’s ‘Boris bikes’ have attracted the most attention, but other cities also have similar programmes that let you rent a bicycle and explore at your own pace, saving you on public transport or car parking costs.‎ ‎ Among the smaller cities with their own programmes are Newcastle (casual members pay around £1.50 for two hours) and Cardiff (free for up to 30 minutes, or £5 per day). (358‎ ‎ words)‎ ‎56. The Brighton Comedy Festival is mentioned mainly to show big events may __________.‎ ‎ A. help travelers pass time B. attract lots of travelers to the UK ‎ C. allow travelers to make flexible plans D. cause travelers to pay more for accommodation ‎57. “Farringdon” in Paragraph 5 is most probably __________.‎ ‎ A. a hotel away from the train station B. the tube line to Covent Garden ‎ C. an ideal holiday destination D. the name of a travel agency ‎58. The passage shows that the O’Neill Flat __________.‎ ‎ A. lies on the ground floor B. is located in central London ‎ C. provides cooking facilities for tourists D. costs over £100 on average per day in late September ‎59. Cardiff’s program allows a free bike for a maximum period of __________.‎ ‎ A. half an hour B. one hour ‎ C. one hour and a half D. two hours ‎60. The main purpose of the passage is __________.‎ ‎ A. to tell visitors how to book in advance B. to supply visitors with hotel information ‎ C. to show visitors the importance of self-help ‎ D. to offer visitors some money-saving tips B ‎ In my living room, there is a plaque (匾) that advises me to “Bloom (开花) where you are planted.” It reminds me of Dorothy. I got to know Dorothy in the early 1980s, when I was teaching Early Childhood Development through a program with Union College in Barbourville, Kentucky. The job responsibilities required occasional visits to the classroom of each teacher in the program. Dorothy stands out in my memory as one who “bloomed” in her remote area.‎ ‎ Dorothy taught in a school In Harlan County, Kentucky, Appalachian Mountain area. To get to her school from the town of Harlan, I followed a road winding around the mountain. In the eight-mile journey, I crossed the same railroad track five times, giving the possibility of getting caught by the same train five times. Rather than feeling excited by this drive through the mountains, I found it depressing. The poverty level was shocking and the small shabby houses gave me the greatest feeling of hopelessness.‎ ‎ From the moment of my arrival at the little school, all gloom (忧郁) disappeared. Upon arriving at Dorothy’s classroom. I was greeted with smiling faces and treated like a queen. The children had been prepared to show me their latest projects. Dorothy told me with a big smile that they were serving poke greens salad and cornbread for “dinner” (lunch). In case ‎ you don’t know, poke greens are a weed-type plant that grows wild, especially on poor ground.‎ ‎ Dorothy never ran out of reports of exciting activities of her students. Her enthusiasm never cooled down. When it came time to sit for the testing and interviewing required to receive her Child Development Associate Certification, Dorothy was ready. She came to the assessment and passed in all areas. Afterward, she invited me to the one-and-only steak house in the area to celebrate her victory, as if she had received her Ph. D. degree. After the meal, she placed a little box containing an old pen in my hand. She said it was a family heirloom (传家宝), but to me it is a treasured symbol of appreciation and pride that cannot be matched with things. ‎ ‎61. “Early Childhood Development” in Paragraph 1 refers to __________.‎ ‎ A. a program directed by Dorothy B. a course given by the author ‎ C. an activity held by the students D. an organization sponsored by Union college ‎62. In the journey, the author was most disappointed at seeing __________.‎ ‎ A. the long track B. the poor houses ‎ C. the same train D. the winding road ‎63. Upon arriving at the classroom, the author was cheered up by __________.‎ ‎ A. a warm welcome B. the sight of poke greens ‎ C. Dorothy’s latest projects D. a big dinner made for her ‎64. What can we know about Dorothy from the last paragraph?‎ ‎ A. She was invited to a celebration at a restaurant.‎ ‎ B. She got a pen as a gift from the author.‎ ‎ C. She passed the required assessment.‎ ‎ D. She received her Ph. D. degree.‎ ‎65. What does the author mainly intend to tell us?‎ ‎ A. Whatever you do, you must do it carefully.‎ ‎ B. Whoever you are, you deserve equal treatment.‎ ‎ C. However poor you are, you have the right to education,‎ ‎ D. Wherever you are, you can accomplish your achievement.‎ C ‎ It’s such a happy-looking library, painted yellow, decorated with palm-tree stickers and sheltered from the Florida sun by its own roof. About the size of a microwave oven, it’s pedestrian-friendly, too, waiting for book lovers next to a sidewalk in Palm Beach country Estates, along the northern boundary of Palm Beach Gardens.‎ ‎ It’s a library built with love.‎ ‎ A year ago, shortly after Janey Henriksen saw a Brian Williams report about the Little Free Library organization, a Wisconsin-based nonprofit that aims to promote literacy and ‎ build a sense of community in a neighborhood by making books freely available, she announced to her family of four, “That’s what we’re going to do for our spring break!”‎ ‎ Son Austin, now a 10th-grader, didn’t see the point of building a library that resembles a mailbox. But Janey insisted, and husband Peter unwillingly got to work. The 51-year-old owner of a ship supply company modified a small wooden house that he’d built years earlier for daughter Abbie’s toy horses, and made a door of glass.‎ ‎ After adding the library’s final touches (装点), the family hung a signboard on the front, instructing users to “take a book, return a book,” and making the Henriksen library, now one of several hundred like it nationwide and among more than 2,500 in the world, the only Little Free Library in Palm Beach County.‎ ‎ They stocked it with 20 or so books they’d already read, a mix of science fiction, reference titles, novels and kids’ favorites. “I told them, keep in mind that you might not see it again,” said Janey, a stay-at-home mom.‎ ‎ Since then, the collection keeps replenishing (补充) itself, thanks to ongoing donations from borrowers. The library now gets an average of five visits a day.‎ ‎ The project’s best payoff, says Peter, are the thank-you notes left behind. “We had no idea in the beginning that it would be so popular.” (317 words)‎ ‎66. In what way is the library “pedestrian-friendly”?‎ ‎ A. It owns a yellow roof. ‎ B. It stands near a sidewalk.‎ ‎ C. It protects book lovers from the sun. ‎ D. It uses palm-tree stickers as decorations.‎ ‎67. Janey got the idea to build a library from __________.‎ ‎ A. a visit to Brian Williams B. a spring break with her family ‎ C. a book sent by one of her neighbors D. a report on a Wisconsin-based organization ‎68. The library was built __________.‎ ‎ A. by a ship supply company B. on the basis of toy horses ‎ C. like a mailbox D. with glass ‎69. What can we infer about the signboard?‎ ‎ A. It was made by a user of the library. B. It marked a final touch to the library.‎ ‎ C. It aimed at making the library last long. D. It indicated the library was a family property.‎ ‎70. The passage tells us that the users __________.‎ ‎ A. donate books to the library B. get paid to collect books for the library ‎ C. receive thank-you notes for using the library ‎ D. visit the library over 5 times on average daily Part IV Writing (45 marks)‎ Section A (10 marks)‎ Directions: Read the following passage. Fill in the numbered blanks by using the information from the passage.‎ Write NO MORE THAN THREE WORDS for each answer.‎ ‎ While there is no widely accepted definition of MOOCs, their key features are open access：they are currently free to participants, no entry qualifications are required, they support an unlimited number of participants and as yet, very few include any form of accreditation (认证).‎ ‎ Currently offered by some famous universities, MOOCs are attractive to people who do not have the financial resources to meet the growing costs of university education, or who do not have formal qualifications. They also allow participants to study at their own pace.‎ ‎ The potential for MOOCs to deliver education is obviously vast—they could be considered as a huge step forwards in widening participation. They also have the potential to provide a unique window on universities that offer popular and valuable courses, they may attract some participants to register for formal fee-paying programmes at the same or other universities and are likely to promote new ways of on-line education.‎ ‎ However, it is still very early days for MOOCs. The quality of the education provision is highly variable, with many courses offering only recordings of lectures, and delivery is particularly difficult in some special fields that require practical classes, research projects or extensive library access. Besides, wider engagement with participants requires very considerable resource. Even limited feedback or examination becomes a major task if there are several thousand students in the class.‎ ‎ Considering the challenges, some people argue MOOCs will soon evaporate (蒸发). But they certainly provide good opportunity for widening higher education, are a means of raising awareness of universities to audiences of tens or hundreds of thousands, and are well worthy of serious consideration. (271 words)‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎● free participation at present ‎● 72. _________ for entry qualifications ‎● support of countless participants ‎● rare inclusion of accreditation ‎● being attractive to people ‎ » who 73. _________ university education or ‎ » who have 74. _________‎ ‎● being flexible in the study pace ‎● widening participation significantly ‎● 76. _________ a unique window on universities ‎● attracting students to register for formal programmes ‎● promoting on-line education Key features Attractions ‎75 _________‎ ‎77. _________‎ ‎● highly variable quality of the education provision ‎● 78. _________ of some special courses ‎● demand for very considerable resource The future ‎● uncertainty ‎ » possibly 79._________‎ ‎● certainty ‎ » widening higher education ‎ » raising awareness of universities ‎ » being well worth 80. _________ seriously Title：‎ ‎71. _____‎ Section B (10 marks)‎ Directions: Read the following passage. Answer the questions according to the information given in the passage.‎ ‎“Let’s Talk”：The Free Advice Project ‎ A few weeks ago, I took a walk around Washington Square Park. I met all the usual people：street performers, the Pigeon Guy, a group of guitarists singing in harmony. But off to the side, sitting on a bench was a woman doing something vastly different—giving free advice.‎ ‎ A week or two later, I set up an interview with her and we discussed her project at length.‎ ‎ Lisa Podell, 32, started the Free Advice Project this past May. It began as an experiment；she sat in Washington Square Park for a day with a sign that read “Free Advice” as a simple way to reach out to people. Podell was astonished at the strong response.‎ ‎ Podell admits that she was doubtful at first, but now she describes the project as mutually (相互地) beneficial. People learn from her—but she also learns from them. She says that the majority of those who come to her are dealing with some pretty heavy issues, and they expect her not only to listen, but also provide real answers.‎ Having worked as a full time teacher and now as an adolescent advisor, Podell believes that talking things out is an important in the decision-making process.‎ Sometimes, people walk around all day, keeping their problems in their own head and thinking about them in the same way. Podell simply strives to provide people with perspective.‎ I asked if there is a future plan for the Free Advice Project. Podell said she would like to promote it to each public space in New York, which would be carried out by various volunteers across the city. ‎ It was truly inspiring to meet someone with such a big heart, especially in New York—where it is sometimes very hard to find anybody to listen.  (303 words)‎ ‎81. In what way was Podell different from other people in the park? (No more than 6 words) (2 marks)‎ ‎__________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎82. What do people in need expect Podell to do? (No more than 10 words) (3 marks)‎ ‎ _________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎83. According to Podell, what should people do when making decisions? ‎ ‎(No more than 6 words) (2 marks)‎ ‎__________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎84. How would Podell promote her project in New York? (No more than 15 words) (3 marks)‎ ‎ __________________________________________________________________________‎ Section C (25 marks)‎ Directions: Write an English composition according to the instructions given below.‎ ‎ 请以下列词语为关键词写一篇英语短文。‎ match winner loser result ‎ ‎ ‎ 内容：‎ ‎ 1．自己或他人的一次经历；‎ ‎ 2．你的感受。‎ ‎ 注意：‎ ‎ 1．必须使用所给4个关键词；‎ ‎ 2．词数不少于120个；‎ ‎ 3．不能使用真实姓名和学校名称。‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 十三、2013年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（江苏卷）‎ 第一部分：听力理解（共两节,满分20分）‎ 第一节 (共5小题;每小题1分,满分5分)‎ ‎ 听下面5段对话。 每段对话后有一个小题,从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选 每段对话仅读一遍。‎ ‎1. What does the man want to do ?‎ A. Take photos . B. Buy a camera . C. Help the woman.‎ ‎2. What are the speakers talking about ?‎ A. A noisy night . B. Their life in town . C. A place of living.‎ ‎3. Where is the man now ?‎ A. On his way. B. In a restaurant . C. At home.‎ ‎4. What will Celia do ?‎ A. Find a player . B. Watch a game. C. Play basketball .‎ ‎5. What day is it when the conversation takes place?‎ A. Saturday. B. Sunday. C. Monday.‎ 第二节 (共15小题;每小题1分,满分15分)‎ 听下面5段对话或独白。 每段对话或独白后有几个小题,从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项,并标在试卷的相应位置。 听每段对话或独白前,你将有时间阅读各个小题,每小题5秒钟;听完后,各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。 每段对话或独白读两遍。‎ 听第6段材料,回答第6、7题。‎ ‎6. What is Sara going to do ?‎ A. Buy John a gift . B. Give John a surprise . C. Invite John to France .‎ ‎7. What does the man think of Sara’s plan?‎ A. Funny. B. Exciting. C. Strange.‎ 听第7段材料,回答第8、9题。‎ ‎8. Why does Diana say sorry to Peter ?‎ A. She has to give up her travel plan.‎ B. She wants to visit another city.‎ C. She needs to put off her test.‎ ‎9. What does Diana want Peter to do?‎ A. Help her with her study. B. Take a book to her friend C. Teach a geography lesson.‎ 听第8段材料,回答第10至12题。‎ ‎10. Why does the man call the woman?‎ A. To tell her about her new job.‎ B. To ask about her job program.‎ C. To plan a meeting with her.‎ ‎11. Who needs a new flat?‎ A. Alex. B. Andrea. C. Miranda.‎ ‎12. Where is the woman now?‎ A. In Baltimore. B. In New York. C. In Avon.‎ 听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。‎ ‎13. What does Jan consider most important when he judges a restaurant ?‎ A. Where the restaurant is .‎ B. Whether the prices are low .‎ C. How well the food is prepared .‎ ‎14.When did Jan begin to write for a magazine ?‎ A. After he came back to Sweden .‎ B. Before he went to the United States .‎ C. As soon as he got find a good restaurant ?‎ ‎15. What may Jan do to find a good restaurant ?‎ A. Talk to people in the street .‎ B. Speak to taxi drivers. ‎ C. Ask hotel clerks .‎ ‎16.What do we know about Jan ?‎ A. He cooks for a restaurant .‎ B. He travels a lot for his work.‎ C. He prefers American food .‎ 听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。‎ ‎17. What do we know about the Plaza Leon?‎ A. It’s a new building. B. It’s a small town . C. It’s a public place.‎ ‎18. When do Parents and children like going to the Plaza Leon ?‎ A. Saturday nights. B. Sunday afternoons . C. Fridays and Saturdays.‎ ‎19. Why does the speaker like Horatio Street best ?‎ A. Via del Mar Street . B. Fernmando Street . C. Hermandes Street .‎ ‎20. Why does the Speaker like Horatio Street best ?‎ A. It has an old stone surface B. It is named after a writer C. It has famous university.‎ 第二部分：知识运用（共两节,满分35分）‎ 第一节:单项填空(共15小题,满分15分)‎ 请认真阅读下面各题,从题中所给的A、B、C、D四个选项中,选出最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ ‎21.Generally, students inner motivation with high expectations from others essential to their development.‎ A. is B. are C. was D. were ‎22.—The T shirt I received is not the same as is shown online.‎ ‎— ? But I promise you we’ll look into it right away.‎ A. Who says B. How come C. What for D. Why worry ‎23. —The town is so beautiful! I just love it.‎ ‎—Me too. The character of the town is well .‎ A. qualified B. preserved C. decorated D. simplified ‎24.Lionel Messi the record for the most goals in a calendar year, is considered the most talented football player in Europe.‎ A. set B. setting C. to set D. having set ‎25.—Could I use your car tomorrow morning?‎ ‎—Sure. I are port at home.‎ A. will be writing B. will have written C. have written D. have been writing ‎26.I am always delighted when I receive an email from you .The party on July 1 st I shall be pleased to attend .‎ A. On account of B. In response to C. In view of D. With regard to ‎27.“Never for a second ,”the boy says, “ that my father would come to my rescue.”‎ A. I doubted B. do I doubt C. I have doubted D. did I doubt ‎28.In the global economy, a new drug for cancer, it is discovered, will create many economic possibilities around the world.‎ A. whatever B. whoever C. wherever D. whichever ‎29.Team leaders must ensure that all members their natural desire to avoid the embarrassment associated with making mistakes.‎ A. get over B. look over C. takeover D. come over ‎ ‎30. I should not have laughed if I you were serious.‎ A. thought B. would think C. had thought D. have thought ‎31.Shortly after suffering from a massive earthquake and to ruins, the city took on a new look.‎ A. reducing B. reduced C. being reduced D. having reduced ‎32.The president of the World Bank says he has a passion for China , he remembers starting as early as his childhood.‎ A. where B. which C. what D. when ‎33.With inspiration from other food cultures, American food culture can take a for the better. ‎ A. share B. chance C. turn D. lead ‎34.—What about your self drive trip yesterday?‎ ‎—Tiring! The road is being widened, and we a rough ride.‎ A. had B. have C. would have D. have had ‎35.—Thank you for the flowers.‎ ‎— I thought they might cheer you up.‎ A. That’s right B. All right C. I mall right D. It’s all right 第二节: 完形填空(共20 小题; 每小题1 分, 满分20 分)‎ ‎ 请认真阅读下面短文, 从短文后各题所给的A、B、C、D 四个选项中, 选出最佳选项, 并 I used to believe in the American Dream, which meant a job, a mortgage (按揭), credit cards, success. I wanted it and worked toward it like everyone else, all of us 36 chasing the same thing.‎ One year, through a series of unhappy events, it all fell 37 . I found myself homeless and alone. I had my truck and $56. I 38 the countryside for some place I could rent for the 39 possible amount. I came upon a shabby house four miles up a winding mountain road 40 the Potomac River in West Virginia. It was 41 , full of broken glass and rubbish. I found the owner ,rented it, and 42 a corner to camp in.‎ The locals knew nothing about me, 43 slowly, they started teaching me the 44 of being a neighbor. They dropped off blankets, candles, and tools, and began 45 around to chat. They started to teach me a belief in a 46 American Dream—not the one of individual achievement but of 47 .‎ What I had believed in, all those things I thought were 48 for a civilized life, were nonexistent in this place. 49 on the mountain, my most valuable possessions were my 50 with my neighbors.‎ Four years later, I moved back into 51 . I saw many people were having a really hard time, 52 their jobs and homes. I managed to rent a big enough house to 53 a handful of people .There are four of us now in the house, but over time I’ve had nine people come in and move on to other places. We’d all be in 54 if we hadn’t banded together.‎ The American Dream I believe in now is a shared one. It’s not so much about what I can get for myself; it’s about 55 we can all get by together.‎ ‎36. A. separately B. equally C. violently D. naturally ‎37. A. off B. apart C. over D. out ‎38. A. crossed B. left C. toured D. searched ‎39. A. fullest B. largest C. fairest D. cheapest ‎40. A. at B. through C. over D. round ‎41.A. occupied B. abandoned C. emptied D. robbed ‎42. A. turned B. approached C. cleared D. cut ‎43. A. but B. although C. otherwise D. for ‎44. A. benefit B. lesson C. nature D. art ‎45. A. sticking B. looking C. swinging D. turning ‎46. A. wild B. real C. different D. remote ‎47. A. neighborliness B. happiness C. friendliness D. kindness ‎48. A. unique B. expensive C. rare D. necessary ‎49. A. Up B. Down C. Deep D. Along ‎ ‎50. A. cooperation B. relationships C. satisfaction D. appointments ‎51. A. reality B. society C. town D. life ‎52.A. creating B. losing C. quitting D. offering ‎53. A. put in B. turn in C. take in D. get in ‎54. A. yards B. shelters C. camps D. cottages ‎55. A. when B. what C. whether D. how 第三部分：阅读理解（共一节,满分30分）‎ ‎56.The leaflet is to inform visitors of the Park’s________‎ A. advanced management B. thrill performances C. entertainment facilities D. thoughtful services ‎57.A visitor to the Park can________.‎ A. rent a stroller outside Front Gate B. ask for first aid by Thunder Run C. smoke in the Water Park D. leave his pet at KidZville B We’ve considered several ways of paying to cut inline: hiring line standers, buying tickets from scalpers (票贩子), or purchasing line cutting privileges directly from, say, an airline or an amusement park. Each of these deals replaces the morals of the queue (waiting your turn) with the morals of the market (paying a price for faster service).‎ ‎ Markets and queues—paying and waiting—are two different ways of allocating things, and each is appropriate to different activities. The morals of the queue, “First come, first served,” have an egalitarian(平等主义的) appeal. They tell us to ignore privilege, power, and deep pockets.‎ The principle seems right on play grounds and at bus stops. But the morals of the queue do not govern all occasions. If I put my house up for sale, I have no duty to accept the first offer that comes along, simply because it’s the first. Selling my house and waiting for a bus are different activities, properly governed by different standards.‎ Sometimes standards change, and it is unclear which principle should apply. Think of the recorded message you hear, played over and over, as you wait on hold when calling your bank: “Your call will be answered in the order in which it was received.” This is essential for the morals of the queue. It’s as if the company is trying to ease our impatience with fairness.‎ ‎ But don’t take the recorded message too seriously. Today, some people’s calls are answered faster than others. Call center technology enables companies to“score” incoming call sand to give faster service to those that come from rich places. You might call this telephonic queue jumping.‎ ‎ Of course, markets and queues are not the only ways of allocating things. Some goods we distribute by merit, others by need, still others by chance. However, the tendency of markets to replace queues, and other non-market ways of allocating goods is so common in modern life that we scarcely notice it anymore. It is striking that most of the paid queue-jumping schemes we’ve considered—at airports and amusement parks, in call centers, doctors’offices, and national parks—are recent developments, scarcely imaginable three decades ago. The disappearance of the queues in these places may seem an unusual concern, but these are not the only places that markets have entered.‎ ‎58.According to the author, which of the following seems governed by the principle“First come, first served”?‎ A. Taking buses. B. Buying houses.‎ C. Flying with an airline. D. Visiting amusement parks.‎ ‎59.The example of the recorded message in Paragraphs 4 and 5 illustrates.‎ A. the necessity of patience in queuing B. the advantage of modern technology C. the uncertainty of allocation principle D. the fairness of telephonic services ‎60.The passage is meant to .‎ A. justify paying for faster services B. discuss the morals of allocating things C. analyze the reason for standing in line D. criticize the behavior of queue jumping C If a diver surfaces too quickly, he may suffer the bends. Nitrogen(氮) dissolved(溶解) in his blood is suddenly liberated by the reduction of pressure. The consequence, if the bubbles (气泡)accumulate in a joint, is sharp pain and abent body—thus the name.If the bubbles form in his lungs or his brain, the consequence can be death.‎ ‎ Other air-breathing animals also suffer this decompression(减压) sickness if they surface too fast: whales, for example. And so, long ago, did ichthyosaurs. That these ancient sea animals got the bends can be seen from their bones. If bubbles of nitrogen form inside the bone they can cut off its blood supply. This kills the cells in the bone, and consequently weakens it, sometimes to the point of collapse. Fossil (化石)bones that have caved in on them selves are thus a sign that the animal once had the bends.‎ ‎ Bruce Rothschild of the University of Kansas knew all this when he began a study of ichthyosaur bones to find out how widespread the problem was in the past. What he particularly wanted to investigate was how ichthyosaurs adapted to the problem of decompression over the 150 million years. To this end, he and his colleagues traveled the world’s natural-history museums, looking at hundreds of ichthyosaurs from the Triassic period and from the later Jurassic and Cretaceous periods.‎ When he started, he assumed that signs of the bends would be rarer in younger fossils, reflecting their gradual evolution of measures to deal with decompression. Instead, he was astonished to discover the opposite. More than 15% of Jurassic and Cretaceous ichthyosaurs had suffered the bends before they died, but not a single Triassic specimen(标本) showed evidence of that sort of injury.‎ ‎ If ichthyosaurs did evolve an anti-decompression means, they clearly did so quickly—and, most strangely, they lost it afterwards. But that is not what Dr Rothschild thinks happened. He suspects it was evolution in other animals that caused the change.‎ ‎ Whales that suffer the bends often do so because they have surfaced to escape a predator (捕食动物) such as a large shark. One of the features of Jurassic oceans was an abundance of large sharks and crocodiles, both of which were fond of ichthyosaur lunches. Triassic oceans, by contrast, were mercifully shark- and crocodile-free. In the Triassic, then, ichthyosaurs were top of the food chain. In the Jurassic and Cretaceous, they were prey(猎物) as well as predator—and often had to make a speedy exit as a result.‎ ‎61.Which of the following is a typical symptom of the bends?‎ A. A twisted body. B. A gradual decrease in blood supply.‎ C. A sudden release of nitrogen in blood D. A drop in blood pressure.‎ ‎62.The purpose of Rothschild’s study is to see________ .‎ A. how often ichthyosaurs caught the bends ‎ B. how ichthyosaurs adapted to decompression C. why ichthyosaurs bent their bodies ‎ D. when ichthyosaurs broke their bones ‎63.Rothschild’sfindingstatedinParagraph4 .‎ A. confirmed his assumption B. speeded up his research process C. disagreed with his assumption D. changed his research objectives ‎64. Rothschild might have concluded that ichthyosaurs.‎ A. failed to evolve an anti decompression means ‎ B.gradually developed measures against the bends C. died out because of large sharks and crocodiles D. evolved an anti decompression means but soon lost it D Mark Twain has been called the inventor of the American novel. And he surely deserves additional praise: the man who popularized the clever literary attack on racism.‎ I say clever because anti-slavery fiction had been the important part of the literature in the years before the Civil War. H. B. Stowe’s Uncle Tom’s Cabin is only the most famous example. These early stories dealt directly with slavery. With minor exceptions, Twain planted his attacks on slavery and prejudice into tales that were on the surface about something else entirely. He drew his readers into the argument by drawing them into the story.‎ Again and again, in the postwar years, Twain seemed forced to deal with the challenge of race. Consider the most controversial, at least today, of Twain’s novels, Adventures of Huckleberry Finn. Only a few books have been kicked off the shelves as often as Huckleberry Finn, Twain’s most widely read tale. Once upon a time, people hated the book because it struckthemas rude. Twain himself wrote that those who banned the book considered the novel “trash and suitable only for the slums(贫民窟).” More recently the book has been attacked because of the character Jim, the escaped slave, and many occurrences of the word nigger. (The term Nigger Jim, for which the novel is often severely criticized, never appears in it.)‎ But the attacks were and are silly—and miss the point. The novel is strongly anti-slavery. Jim’s search through the slave states for the family from whom he has been forcibly parted is heroic. As J. Chadwick has pointed out, the character of Jim was a first in American fiction—a recognition that the slave had two personalities, “the voice of survival within a white slave culture and the voice of the individual: Jim, the father and the man.”‎ There is much more. Twain’s mystery novel Pudd’nhead Wilson stood as a challenge to the racial beliefs of even many of the liberals of his day. Written at a time when the accepted wisdom held Negroes to be inferior (低等的) to whites, especially in intelligence, Twain’s tale centered in part around two babies switched at birth. A slave gave birth to her master’s ‎ baby and, for fear that the child should be sold South, switched him for the master’s baby by his wife. The slave’s light-skinned child was taken to be white and grew up with both the attitudes and the education of the slave-holding class. The master’s wife’s baby was taken for black and grew up with the attitudes and intonations of the slave.‎ The point was difficult to miss: nurture (养育), not nature, was the key to social status. The features of the black man that provided the stuff of prejudice—manner of speech, for example—were, to Twain, indicative of nothing other than the conditioning that slavery forced on its victims.‎ Twain’s racial tone was not perfect. One is left uneasy, for example, by the lengthy passage in his autobiography (自传) about how much he loved what were called “nigger shows” in his youth—mostly with white men performing in black-face—and his delight in getting his mother to laugh at them. Yet there is no reason to think Twain saw the shows as representing reality. His frequent attacks on slavery and prejudice suggest his keen awareness that they did not.‎ ‎ Was Twain a racist? Asking the questioning the 21 stcentury is as wise as asking the same of Lincoln. If we read the words and attitudes of the past through the “wisdom” of the considered moral judgments of the present, we will find nothing but error. Lincoln, who believed the black man the inferior of the white, fought and won a war to free him. And Twain, raised in a slave state, briefly a soldier, and inventor of Jim, may have done more to anger the nation over racial injustice and awaken its collective conscience than any other novelist in the past century.‎ ‎65.How do Twain’s novels on slavery differ from Stowes?‎ A. Twain was more willing to deal with racism. ‎ B. Twain’s attack on racism was much less open.‎ C. Twain’s themes seemed to agree with plots. ‎ D. Twain was openly concerned with racism.‎ ‎66.Recent criticism of Adventures of Huckleberry Finn arose partly from its_____.‎ A. target readers at the bottom B. anti slavery attitude C. rather impolite language D. frequent use of “nigger”‎ ‎67.What best proves Twain’s anti slavery stand according to the author?‎ A. Jim’s search for his family was described in detail.‎ B. The slave’s voice was first heard in American novels.‎ C. Jim grew up into a man and a father in the white culture.‎ D. Twain suspected that the slaves were less intelligent.‎ ‎68.The story of two babies switched mainly indicates that .‎ A. slaves were forced to give up their babies to their masters B. slaves babies could pickup slave holders‵ way of speaking C. blacks‵ social position was shaped by how they were brought up D. blacks were born with certain features of prejudice ‎69.What does the under lined word “they” in Paragraph 7 refer to?‎ A. The attacks. B. Slavery and prejudice. ‎ C. White men. D. The shows.‎ ‎70.What does the author mainly argue for?‎ A. Twain had done more than his contemporary writers to attack racism.‎ B. Twain was an admirable figure comparable to Abraham Lincoln.‎ C. Twain’s works had been banned on unreasonable grounds.‎ D. Twain s works should be read from a historical point of view.‎ 第四部分：任务型阅读（共一节，满分10分） ‎ 请认真阅读下列短文,并根据所读内容在文章后表格中的空格里填入一个最恰当的单词。 每个空格只填一个单词。‎ Quiet Virtue: The Conscientious The everyday signs of conscientiousness (认真尽责)—being punctual, careful in doing work, self-disciplined, and scrupulous ( 一丝不苟的) in attending to responsibilities—are typical characteristics of the model organizational citizen, the people who keep things running as they should. They follow the rules, help out, and are concerned about the people they work with. It’s the conscientious worker who helps newcomers or updates people who return after an absence, who gets to work on time and never abuses sick leaves, who always gets things done on deadline.‎ Conscientiousness is a key to success in any field. In studies of job performance, outstanding effectiveness for almost all jobs, from semi鄄skilled labor to sales and management, depends on conscientiousness. It is particularly important for outstanding performance in jobs at the lower levels of an organization: the secretary whose message taking is perfect, the delivery truck driver who is always on time.‎ Among sales representatives for a large American car manufacturer, those who were most conscientious had the largest volume of sales. Conscientiousness also offers a buffer (缓冲) against the threat of job loss in today’s constantly changing market, because employees with this quality are among the most valued. For the sales representatives, their level of conscientiousness mattered almost as much as their sales in determining who stayed on.‎ There is an air around highly conscientious people that makes them seem even better than they actually are. Their reputation for dependability influences managers爷evaluations of their work, giving them higher evaluations than objective measures of their performance would predict.‎ But conscientiousness in the absence of social skills can lead to problems. Since conscientious people demand so much of themselves, they can hold other people to their own standards, and so be overly judgmental when others don爷t show the same high levels of model behavior. Factory workers in Great Britain and the United States who were extremely ‎ conscientious, for example, tended to criticize co-workers even about failures that seemed unimportant to those they criticized, which damaged their relationships.‎ When conscientiousness takes the form of living up to expectations, it can discourage creativity. In creative professions like art or advertising, openness to wild ideas and spontaneity (自发性) are scarce and in demand. Success in such occupations calls for a balance, however; without enough conscientiousness to follow through, people become mere dreamers, with nothing to show for their imaginativeness.‎ 第五部分：书面表达（共一节，满分25 分）‎ ‎81. 请根据你对以下两幅图的理解, 以“Actions Speak Louder than Words”为题, 用英语写一篇作文 参考词汇: banner (横幅)‎ stump (树桩)‎ 你的作文应包括以下内容:‎ ‎1. 简要描述两幅图的内容; ‎ ‎2. 概述你对两幅图中不同做法的理解; ‎ ‎3. 举例说明两幅图对你的启示。‎ 注意:‎ ‎1. 可参照图片适当发挥; ‎ ‎2. 作文词数150 左右; ‎ ‎3. 作文中不得提及有关考生个人身份的任何信息,如校名、人名等。‎ Actions Speak Louder than Words ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 十四、2013年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（江西卷）‎ 第一部分：听力理解（共两节，满分30分）‎ 第一节（共5小题：每小题1.5分，满分7.5分）‎ 听下面5段对话，每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置，每段对话仅读一遍。‎ ‎1. What does the man want to do?‎ A. Take photos. B. Buy a camera C. Help the woman ‎2. What are the speakers talking about?‎ A. A noisy night B. Their life in town C. A place of living ‎3. Where is the man now ?‎ A. On his way B. In a restaurant C. At home ‎4. What will Celia do ?‎ A. Find a player B. Watch a game C. Play basketball ‎5. What day is it when the conversation takes place ?‎ A. Saturday B. Sunday C. Monday 第二节（共15小题：每小题1.5分，满分22.5分）‎ 听下面5段对话。每段对话有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出的最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。每段对话读两遍。‎ 听第6段材料，回答第6、7题。‎ ‎6. What is Sara going to do ?‎ A. Buy John a gift. B. Give John a surprise C. Invite John to France ‎7. What does the man think of Sara’s plan ?‎ A. Funny B. Exciting C. Strange.‎ 听第7段材料，回答第8、9题。‎ ‎8. Why does Diana say sorry to Peter ?‎ A. She has to give up her travel plan.‎ B. She wants to visit another city.‎ C. She needs to put off her test.‎ ‎9. What does Diana want Peter to do ?‎ A. Help her with her study B. Take a book to her friend C. Teach a geography lesson.‎ 听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。‎ ‎10. Why does the man call the woman ?‎ A. To tell her about her new job ‎ B. To ask about her job program ‎ C. To plan a meeting with her.‎ ‎11. Who needs a new flat ?‎ A. Alex B. Andrea. C. Miranda.‎ ‎12. Where is the woman now ?‎ A. In Baltimore. B. In New York. C. In Avon 听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。‎ ‎13. What does Jan consider most important when he judges a restaurant ?‎ A. Where the restaurant is. ‎ B. Whether the prices are low ‎ C. How well the food is prepared.‎ ‎14. When did Jan begin to write for a magazine ?‎ A. After he came back to Sweden ‎ B. Before he went to the United States.‎ C. As soon as he got his first job in 1982.‎ ‎15. What Jan do to find a good restaurant ?‎ A. Talk to people in the street. B. Speak to taxi drivers C. Ask hotel clerks.‎ ‎16. What do we know about Jan ?‎ A. He cooks for a restaurant. ‎ B. He travels a lot for his work. ‎ C. He prefers American food.‎ 听第10段材料，回答每17至20题。‎ ‎17. What do we know about the Plaza Leon?‎ A. It’s a new building B. It’s a small town. C. It’s a public place.‎ ‎18. When do parents and children like going to the Plaza Leon?‎ A. Saturday nights. B. Sunday afternoons. C. Fridays and Saturdays.‎ ‎19. Which street is known for its food shops and markets ?‎ A. Via del Mar Street. B. Fernando Street C. Hernandes Street.‎ ‎20. Why does the speaker like Horatio Street best ?‎ A. It has an old stone surface. ‎ B. It is named after a writer. ‎ C. It has a famous university.‎ 第二部分：知识运用（共两节，满分45分）‎ 笫一节单项填空（共15小题，每小题1分，共15分）‎ 从A、B、C、D四个选项中.选出可以填入空白的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ ‎21.－Thanks a lot for your book. I found it very interesting.‎ ‎－_______. I’m glad you enjoyed it.‎ A. All the best B. It is nothing C. No thanks D. Very well.‎ ‎22. Whenever I made mistakes, the teacher pointed them out with ______.‎ A. curiosity B. satisfaction. C. envy D. patience.‎ ‎23. _______ can be good at something for 40 years if he doesn’t love it.‎ A. Anybody B. Everybody C. Nobody D. Somebody ‎24.What a terrible experience ! ________, you’re safe now —— that’s the main thing.‎ A. Anyway. B. Besides. C. Otherwise. D. Therefore.‎ ‎25.Only when he apologizes for his rudeness ____to him again.‎ A. I will speak. B. will I speak. C. do I speak. D. I speak.‎ ‎26.There are a small number of people involved, possibly ______twenty.‎ A. as few as B. as little as C. as many as D. as much as ‎27.Mother always complains that children _______ their shoes very quickly.‎ A. find out B. wash out C. wear out D. set out ‎28.She says that she’ll have to close the shop ________ business improves.‎ A. if B. unless C. after D. when ‎29.When I was a child, I ______ watch TV whenever I wanted to.‎ A. should B. could C. must D. need ‎30._______ one of you breaks the window will have to pay for it.‎ A. Whoever B. Whatever C. Whichever D. Wherever.‎ ‎31.She _____ the carpet with some very nice curtains in colour.‎ A. connected B. fitted C. equipped D. matched.‎ ‎32.Animals are obviously ______ lower form of life than _______ man.‎ A. a ; / B. the ; the C. a ; the D. / ; /‎ ‎33.He wrote a letter ______ he explains what had happened in the accident.‎ A. what B. which C. where D. how ‎34.If _____ to look after luggage for someone else, inform the police at once.‎ A. asked B. to ask C. asking D. having asked ‎35.I ________ to visit you later that day, but I had to phone and cancel.‎ A. come B. came C. am coming D. was coming 第二节完形填空(共20小题，每小题1.5分，满分30分)‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其段落大意，然后从36至55各题所给的四个选项A.B.C和D，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ ‎ Diane Ray was completely self-centered and very spoilt. Her parents gave her 36 she wanted, knowing that she would throw a temper tantrum(耍小孩脾气)if they did not. She would scream and kick and 37 on the floor drumming her heels. Her parents always 38 .‎ ‎ That was why she was alone on the 39 , wearing an expensive swimsuit. It has taken a massive tantrum to 40 her parents to buy it. They were back at the beach-house, 41 from the tantrum she had thrown when they told her that it was too dangerous to go diving 42 . “Dangerous ?” she had said. “You just don’t want me to have 43 . I’m going and if you try to stop me, I’ll scream.”‎ ‎ “What are you doing ?” a voice asked. Diane jumped. She did not know that the man was there 44 he spoke .‎ ‎ “I’m going diving, ” she answered.‎ ‎ “You shouldn’t swim that day, ” the man 45 . “There is a storm coming up.”‎ ‎ “You should mind your own 46 !” Diane replied and walked into the gentle waves.‎ ‎ “If you go out there you’ll be 47 ,” the man called after her. She did not bother to reply.‎ ‎ Diane slipped into the water and dived 48 until white caps began rolling in and it became harder to 49 against the current (水流). Saltwater hit against her face, making it 50 to breathe. Oh, why had she not listened to advice.‎ ‎ Panicking, she began to 51 Then, just as it seemed as if she would slip beneath the surface, she heard a 52 voice. “Hold on ! I’m coming.” With 53 , she say the old man rowing an ancient-looking boat towards her. “I hope you’ve learned a lesson. You put us both in 54 , ” he shouted angrily, as he dragged her over the side of the 55 . Gratefully, Diane thanked him and ran towards the beach-house.‎ ‎36. A. either B. neither C. nothing D. everything ‎37. A. jump B. lie C. spin D. sleep ‎38. A. set out B. set in C. gave in D. gave out ‎39. A. beach B. bed C. floor D. ship ‎40. A. allow B. warn C. get D. prefer ‎41. A. changing B. recovering C. appearing D. traveling ‎42. A. alone B. away C. again D. aside ‎43. A. time B. money C. food D. fun ‎44. A. when B. until C. after D. once ‎45. A. decided B. intended C. advised D. repeated ‎46. A. business B. swimsuit C. friends D. parents ‎47. A. angry B. sorry C. confused D. excited ‎48. A. nervously B. sadly C. shyly D. happily ‎49. A. rise B. swim C. stop D. row ‎50. A. difficult B. easy C. comfortable D. suitable ‎51. A. speak B. sing C. sniff D. scream ‎52. A. calm B. frightening C. beautiful D. disgusting ‎53. A. regret B. relief C. interest D. ease ‎54. A. power B. safety C. danger D. thought ‎ ‎55. A. house B. wave C. beach D. boat 第三部分：阅读理解（共一节，满分40分）‎ A ‎ The light from the campfire brightened the darkness, but it could not prevent the damp cold of Dennis’s Swamp (沼泽地) creeping into their bones. It was a strange place. Martin and Tom wished that they had not accepted Jack’s dare. They liked camping, but not near this ‎ swamp.‎ ‎ “So,” Martin asked as they sat watching the hot coals. “How did this place get its name ? ”‎ ‎ “Are you sure you want to hear it ? It’s a scary story,” warned Jack.‎ ‎ “Of course!” cried out Tom. “If there were anything to be scared of, you wouldn’t have chosen this place!”‎ ‎ “Ok, but don’t say I didn’t warn you,” said Jack, and he began this tale.‎ ‎ “Way back in time, a man called Dennis tried to start a farm here. He built that cottage over there to live in . In those days, the area looked quite different —- it was covered with tall trees and the swamp was a crystal-clear river. After three hard years, Dennis had cleared several fields and planted crops. He was so proud of his success that he refused to listen to advice.‎ ‎ “ ‘You are clearing too much land, ’ warned one old man. ‘ The land is a living thing. It will hit back at you if you abuse it. ’‎ ‎ “ ‘ Silly fool,’ said Dennis to himself. ‘If I clear more land, I can grow more crops. I’ll become wealthier. He’s just jealous!’”‎ ‎ “Dennis continued to chop down trees. Small animals that relied on them for food and shelter were destroyed. He was so eager to expand his farm that he did not notice the river flowing slowly towards his door. He did not notice salt seeping to the surface of the land. He did not notice swamp plants choking all the native plants.”‎ ‎ “What happened ? ” Martin asked. It was growing colder. He trembled, twisting his body closer to the fire.‎ ‎ “The land hit back — just as the old man warned, ” Jack shrugged. “Dennis disappeared. Old folks around here believe that swamp plants moved up from the river and dragged him underwater. His body was never found.”‎ ‎ “What a stupid story, ” laughed Tom. “Plants can’t …” Before he had finished speaking, he screamed and fainted(晕倒). The other two boys jumped up with fright, staring at Tom. Suddenly, they burst out laughing. Some green swamp ivy (常春藤) had covered Tom’s face. It was a while before Tom could appreciate the joke.‎ ‎56. The underlined word “dare” in Paragraph 1 is closed in meaning to ________.‎ A. courage B. assistance C. instruction D. challenge ‎57. Why did Jack tell Tom and Martin the story ?‎ A. To frighten them. B. To satisfy their curiosity.‎ C. To warn them of the danger of the place. D. To persuade them to camp in the swamp.‎ ‎58. Why did Dennis ignore the warning of the old man ?‎ A. The old man envied him. B. The old man was foolish C. He was too busy to listen to others. D. He was greedy for more crops.‎ ‎59.Why did Tom scream and faint ?‎ A. He saw Dennis’s shadow B. He was scared by a plant ‎ C. His friends played a joke on him. D. The weather became extremely cold.‎ ‎60.What lesson can we learn from the story of Dennis ?‎ A. Grasp all, lose all. ‎ B. No sweat, no sweet.‎ C. It is no use crying over spilt milk. ‎ D. He who makes no mistakes makes nothing.‎ B ‎ When international aid is given, steps must be taken to ensure (确保)that the aid reaches the people for whom it is intended. The way to achieve this may not be simple. It is very difficult for a nation to give help directly to people in another nation. The United Nations Organiztion(UNO) could undertake to direct the distribution of aid. Here however rises the problem of costs. Also tied with this is time. Perhaps the UNO could set up a body of devoted men and women is every country who can speedily distribute aid to victims of floods and earthquakes.‎ ‎ More than the help that one nation can give to another during a disaster, it would be more effective to give other forms of help during normal times. A common proverb says, “Give me a fish and I eat for day, teach me to fish and I eat for a lifetime.” If we follow this wise saying, it would be right to teach people from less developed nations to take care of themselves. For example, a country could share its technology with another. This could be in simple areas like agriculture or in more complex areas like medical and health care or even in building satellites. Even small country is able to help less developed nations. Sometimes what is take for granted, like the setting up of a water purification plant or the administration of a school, could be useful for countries which are looking about to solve common problems. It does not cost much to share such simple things. Exchange students could be attached for a number of months or years and learn the required craft while on the site. They can then take their knowledge back to their homelands and if necessary come back form time to time to clear doubts or to update themselves. Such aid will be truly helpful and there is no chance of it being temporary or of it falling into the wrong hands.‎ ‎ Many countries run extensive courses in all sorts of skills. It will not cost much to include deserving foreigners in these courses. Besides giving effective help to the countries concerned, there is also the build-up of friendships to consider. Giving direct help by giving materials may be effective in the short run and must continue to be given in the event of emergencies. However, in the long run what is really effective would be the sharing of knowledge.‎ ‎61. According to the author, how could international aid reach the victims in time ?‎ A. By solving the cost problems B. By solving the transportation problems C. By setting up a body of devoted people in every country.‎ D. By relying on the direct distribution of the UNO.‎ ‎62.What does the author try to express in the underlined sentence ? ‎ A. Providing food is vital B. Learning to fish is helpful C. Teaching skills is essential D. Looking after others is important.‎ ‎63.The second paragraph is developed mainly _________.‎ A. by example B. by process C. by comparison D. by contrast ‎64.Which aid is likely to fall into the wrong hands ?‎ A. A medical team. B. An exchange program.‎ C. A water plant. D. Financial support.‎ ‎65.What can we infer about international aid from the passage ?‎ A. It is facing difficulties. ‎ B. It is unnecessary during normal times C. It should be given in the form of materials ‎ D. It has gained support developed countries C ‎ Many people think that listening is a passive business. It is just the opposite. Listening well is an active exercise of our attention and hard work. It is because they do not realize this, or because they are not willing to do the work, that most people do not listen well. ‎ ‎ Listening well also requires total concentration upon someone else. An essential part of listening well is the rule known as ‘bracketing’. Bracketing includes the temporary giving up or setting aside of your own prejudices and desires, to experience as far as possible someone else’s world from the inside, stepping into his or her shoes. Moreover, since listening well involves bracketing, it also involves a temporary acceptance of the other person. Sensing this acceptance, the speaker will seem quite willing to open up the inner part of his or her mind to the listener. True communication is under way and the energy required for listening well is so great that it can be accomplished only by the will to extend oneself for mutual growth.‎ ‎ Most of the time we lack this energy. Even though we may feel in our business dealings or social relationships that we are listening well, what we are usually doing is listening selectively. Often we have a prepared list in mind and wonder, as we listen, how we can achieve certain desired results to get the conversation over as quickly as possible or redirected in ways more satisfactory to us. Many of us are far more interested in talking than in listening, or we simply refuse to listen to what we don’t want to hear.‎ ‎ It wasn’t until toward the end of my doctor career that I have found the knowledge that one is being truly listened to is frequently therapeutic(有疗效的) In about a quarter of the patients I saw, surprising improvement was shown during the first few months of psychotherapy(心理疗法), before any of the roots of problems had been uncovered or ‎ explained. There are several reasons for this phenomenon, but chief among them, I believe, was the patient’s sense that he or she was being truly listened to, often for the first time in years, and for some, perhaps for the first time ever.‎ ‎66.The phrase “stepping into his or her shoes” in paragraph 2 probably means _______.‎ A. preparing a topic list first B. focusing on one’s own mind C. directing the talk to the desired results D. experiencing the speaker’s inside world ‎67.What is mainly discussed in Paragraph 2 ?‎ A. How to listen well. B. What to listen to.‎ C. Benefits of listening. D. Problems in listening ‎68.According to the author , in communication people tend to ________.‎ A. listen actively B. listen purposefully ‎ C. set aside their prejudices D. open up their inner mind ‎69.According to the author , the patients improved mainly because _______.‎ A. they were taken good care of. B. they knew they were truly listened to.‎ C. they had partners to talk to. D. they knew the roots of problems.‎ ‎70.What type of writing the article likely to be ?‎ A. Science fiction B. A news report. C. A medical report. D. Popular science D ‎ One might expect that the ever-growing demands of the tourist trade would bring nothing but. good for the countries that receive the holiday-makers. Indeed, a rosy picture is painted for the long-term future of the holiday industry. Every month sees the building of a new hotel somewhere, and every month another rock-bound Pacific island is advertised as the 'last paradise(天堂) on earth'. ‎ ‎  However, the scale and speed of this growth seem set to destroy the very things tourists want to enjoy. In those countries where there was a rush to make quick money out of sea-side holidays, over-crowded beaches and the concrete jungles of endless hotels have begun to lose their appeal.‎ ‎ Those countries with little experience of tourism can suffer most. In recent years, Nepal set out to attract foreign visitors to fund developments in health and education. Its forests , full of wildlife and rare flowers, were offered to tourists as one more untouched paradise. In fact, the nature all too soon felt the effects of thousands of holiday-makers traveling through the forest land. Ancient tacks became major routes for the walkers, with the consequent exploitation of precious trees and plants.‎ ‎ Not only the environment of a country can suffer from the sudden growth of tourism. The people as well rapidly feel its effects. Farmland makes way for hotels, roads and airports; the old way of life goes. The one-time farmer is now the servant of some multi-national organization; he is no longer his own master. Once it was his back that bore the pain ; now it is his smile that is exploited. No doubt he wonders whether he wasn't happier in his village ‎ working his own land.‎ ‎ Thankfully, the tourist industry is waking up to the responsibilities it has towards those countries that receive its customers. The protection of wildlife and the creation of national parks go hand in hand with tourist development and in fact obtain financial support form tourist companies. At the same time, tourists are being encouraged to respect not only the countryside they visit but also its people.‎ ‎ The way tourism is handled in the next ten years will decide its fate and that of the countries we all want to visit. Their needs and problems are more important than those of the tourist companies. Increased understanding in planning world-wide tourism can preserve the market for these companies. If not, in a few years’ time the very things that attract tourists now may well have been destroyed.‎ ‎71. What does the author indicate in the last sentence of Paragraph 1 ?‎ A. The Pacific island is a paradise. B. The Pacific island is worth visiting.‎ C. The advertisement is not convincing. D. The advertisement is not impressive ‎72. The example of Nepal is used to suggest _________ .‎ A. its natural resources are untouched. B. its forests are exploited for farmland C. it develops well in health and education. D. it suffers from the heavy flow of tourists.‎ ‎73. What can we learn about the farmers from Paragraph 4 ?‎ A. They are happy to work their own lands. ‎ B. They have to please the tourists for a living.‎ C. They have to struggle for their independence. ‎ D. They are proud of working in multi-national organizations.‎ ‎74. Which of the following determines the future of tourism ?‎ A. The number of tourists B. The improvement of services.‎ C. The promotion of new products. D. The management of tourism ‎75. The author’s attitude towards the development of the tourist industry is __________.‎ A. optimistic B. doubtful C. objective D. negative 第二卷（非选择题 满分35分）‎ 第四部分：书面表达（共两节，满分35分）‎ 第一节 阅读表达（共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分）‎ ‎ 阅读下面短文并回答问题，然后将答案写到答题卡相应的位置上（请注意问题后的词数要求）。‎ ‎ [1] Fishing is probably the world’s most popular sport. People spend many dollars each year on items like boats and four-wheel-drive vehicles. In addition, they spend money on fishing equipment , bait, fuel and boat repairs. And you can see that fishing can be an expensive pastime. Fishing lovers believe that their hobby is worth it. Others say that fishing is spoiling the environment and that it is a cruel hobby.‎ ‎ [2] Supporters of fishing say that it is a nice hobby. Firstly, of the millions of people who ‎ fish for fun, most only catch enough fish to feed their families. They catch fish that are found in large numbers, so there is little danger to the species (种类).‎ ‎ [3] Secondly, recreational fishermen contribute to the economy. They spend money on equipment and other items, and they also spend it indirectly by paying taxes on their equipment and fuel. Those who travel to fishing spots pay for accommodation (食宿) and airfares. This money keeps people in work and provides new jobs each year.‎ ‎ [4] Thirdly, fishing is relaxing and fun so it lessens stress. Instead of turning to drugs or alcohol, it is far better to go fishing. People who are relaxed are generally healthier and much nicer to be near —except for the smell of the bait !‎ ‎ [5] Those who _________________ say that there are too many fish thoughtlessly taken form rivers, lakes, streams and oceans. This could lead to the dying out of some species. Modern cars and boats mean that people can fish in remote areas of the world, so no place is safe from greedy fishermen who take both males and females, leaving few fish to produce young.‎ ‎ [6] Those against fishing also say that it is a blood sport, which means that an animal must die so that a human can have fun. Many of the fish caught for sport are not suitable for eating, so they are thrown away. Once hooked, fish have no chance of escape.‎ ‎76. What is the main idea of the passage ? (no more than 4 words)‎ ‎ ______________________________________________________________________‎ ‎77. According to Paragraph 2 , why does fishing cause little danger to the species ?(no more than 8words)‎ ‎ ______________________________________________________________________‎ ‎78. List 4 items on which people spend their money for fishing. (no more than 7 words)‎ ‎ ______________________________________________________________________79. Fill in the blank in Paragraph 5 with proper words.‎ ‎ Those who say that there are too many fish thoughtlessly taken form rivers, lakes, streams and oceans.‎ ‎80. What does the word “which” (Line 1, Paragraph6) probably refer to ? (no more than 3 words)‎ ‎ ______________________________________________________________________‎ 第二节 书面表达（满分25分）‎ ‎ 星光中学（Xingguang High School）近期举行了一次登山活动。假定你是学校英语报记者，请写一篇短文，报道此次活动。内容包括：‎ ‎ 1. 时间与地点：‎4月10日，大青山（Daqing Mountain）；‎ ‎ 2. 活动的过程；‎ ‎ 3. 你对于这次活动的评论。‎ 注意： 1. 词数120左右。‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 十五、2013年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（辽宁卷）‎ 第一部分：听力理解（共两节，满分30分）‎ 第一节（共5小题：每小题1. 5分，满分7. 5分）‎ ‎ 听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。‎ ‎1.What does the man want to do?‎ A. Take photos B. Buy a camera C. Help the woman.‎ ‎2.What are the speakers talking about?‎ A. A noisy night. B. Their life in town. C. A place of living.‎ ‎3.Where is the man now?‎ A. On his way B. In a restaurant. C. At home.‎ ‎4.What will Celia do?‎ A. Find a player. B. Watch a game. C. Play basketball.‎ ‎5.What day is it when the conversation takes place?‎ A. Saturday. B. Sunday. C. Monday. ‎ 第二节（共15小题；每小题1. 5分，满分22. 5分）‎ ‎ 听下面5段对话。每段对话后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C 三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟，听完后，各个小题给出5秒钟的做答时间。每段对话读两遍。‎ 听第6段材料，回答第6、7题。‎ ‎6. What is Sara going to do?‎ A. Buy John a gift. B. Give John a surprise. C. Invite John to France.‎ ‎7. What does the man think of Sara’s plan?‎ A. Funny. B. Exciting. C. Strange.‎ 听第7段材料，回答第7、8题。‎ ‎8. Why does Diana say sorry to Peter?‎ A. She has to five up her travel plan. ‎ B. She wants to visit another city.‎ C. She needs to put off her test.‎ ‎9. What does Diana want Peter to do?‎ A. Help her with her study. B. Take a book to her friends. C. Teach a geography lesson.‎ 听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。‎ ‎10. Why does the man call the woman?‎ A. To tell her about her new job. ‎ B. To ask about her job program. ‎ C. To plan a meeting with her.‎ ‎11. Who needs a new flat?‎ A. Alex. B. Andrea. C. Miranda.‎ ‎12. Where is the woman now?‎ A. In Baltimore. B. In New York. C. In Avon.‎ 听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。‎ ‎13. What does Jan consider most important when he judges a restaurant?‎ A. Where the restaurant is. ‎ B. Whether the prices are low. ‎ C. How well the food is prepared.‎ ‎14. When did Jan begin to write for a magazine?‎ A. After he came back to Sweden. ‎ B. Before he went to the United States. ‎ C. As soon as he got his first job in 1982. ‎ ‎15. What may Jan do to find a good restaurant?‎ A. Talk to people in the street. B. Speak to taxi drivers. C. Ask hotel clerks.‎ ‎16. What do we know about Jan?‎ A. He cooks for a restaurant. ‎ B. He travels a lot for his work. ‎ C. He prefers American food.‎ 听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。‎ ‎17. What do we know about the Plaza Leon?‎ A. It’s a new building. B. It’s a small town. C. It’s a public place.‎ ‎18. When do parents and children like going to the Plaza Leon?‎ A. Saturday nights. B. Sunday afternoons C. Fridays and Saturdays.‎ ‎19. Which street is known for its food shops and markets? A. Via del Mar Street. B. Fernando Street. C. Hernandes Street.‎ ‎20. Why does the speaker like Horatio Street best?‎ A. It has an old stone surface. ‎ B. It is named after a writer. ‎ C. It has a famous university.‎ 第二部分：知识运用（共两节，满分45分）‎ 第一节 单项填空（共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分）‎ ‎ 从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ ‎21. —What do you think of the house?‎ ‎—_____________. It’s everything we’ve been looking for.‎ A. Perfect! B. Good idea! C. Not bad D. so-so.‎ ‎22. He was unhappy when he sold his guitar. After all, he _________if for a very long time.‎ A. has had. B. had had C. has D. had ‎23. The accident caused some _______to my car, but it’s nothing serious.‎ A. harm B. injury C. ruin D. damage ‎24. One can always manage to do more things, no matter________full one’s schedule is in life. ‎ A. how B. what C. when D. where ‎25. __________everyone here, I wish you a pleasant journey back to your country.‎ A. By means of B. On behalf of ‎ C. In search of D. For fear of ‎26. At no time ________the rules of the game. It was unfair to punish them.‎ A. they actually broke B. do they actually break B. did they actually break D. they had actually broken ‎27. Everything seemed to be going __________for the first two days after I moved to New York.‎ A. vividly B. generally C. frequently D. smoothly ‎28. Laura was away in Paris for over a week. When she got home, there was a pile of mail ______for her.‎ A. waited B. to wait C. waiting D. was waiting ‎29. To her joy, Della earned first the trust of her students and then _____of her colleagues.‎ A. that B. one C. ones D. those ‎30. We are confident that the environment ______by our further efforts to reduce pollution.‎ A. had been improved B. will be improved C. is improved D. was improved ‎31. Harry is feeling uncomfortable. He _______too much at the party last night.‎ A. could drink B. should drink C. would have drunk D. must have drunk ‎32. Briggs will ________as general manager when Mitchell retires.‎ A. get away B. take over C. set off D. run out ‎33. This is by far_______movie that I have ever seen.‎ A. an inspiring B. a much inspiring C. the most inspiring D. the more inspiring ‎34. He may win the competition, _________he is likely to get into the national team.‎ A. in which case B. in that case C. in what case D. in whose case ‎35.—I’m afraid you have the wrong number.‎ ‎ — Sorry!________.‎ A.See you later B. I didn’t know that ‎ C. Hold on, please D. I hope I didn’t bother you 第二节 完形填空（共20小题；每小题1. 5分，满分30分）‎ ‎ 阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项（A、B、C、D）中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ ‎ A little girl lived in a simple and poor house on a hill. Usually she 36 play in the small garden. She could see over the garden fence and across the valley a wonderful house with shining golden windows high on another hill. 37 she loved her parents and her family, she desired to live in such a house and 38 all day about how wonderful and exciting 39 must feel to live there.‎ ‎ At the age when she gained some 40 skill and sensibility(识别力), she 41 her mother for a bike ride 42 the garden. Her mother finally allowed her to go, 43 her keeping close to the house and not 44 too far. The day was beautiful. The little girl knew 45 where she was heading! 46 the hill and across the valley, she rode to the 47 of the golden house.‎ ‎ 48 she got off her bike and put it against the gate post, she focused on the path _49 _ to the house and then on the house itself. She was very disappointed when she 50 that all the windows were 51 and rather dirty.‎ ‎ So 52 and heart-broken, she didn’t go any further. She 53 , and all of a sudden she saw an amazing 54 . There on the other side of the valley was a little house and its windows were golden. Looking at her little home, she 55 that she had been living in her golden house filled with love and care. Everything she dreamed was right there in front of her house. ‎ ‎36. A. might B. should C. would D. must ‎37. A. Unless B. Although C. Since D. But ‎38. A. dreamed B. worried C. asked D. shouted ‎39. A. this B. that C. it D. which ‎40. A. different B. scientific C. musical D. basic ‎41. A. begged B. blamed C. invited D. paid ‎ ‎42. A. inside B. outside C. through D. along ‎43. A. insisting on B. relying on C. arguing about D. wondering about ‎44. A. traveling B. running C. riding D. walking ‎45. A. madly B. rapidly C. exactly D. possibly ‎46. A. Over B. Down C. Around D. Beside ‎47. A. windows B. steps C. center D. gate ‎48. A. Until B. As C. While D. Because ‎49. A. getting B. introducing C. leading D. moving ‎50. A. felt B. learned C. concluded D. found ‎51. A. transported B. bright C. plain D. wide ‎52. A. anxious B. angry C. serious D. sad ‎53. A. turned down B. cheered up C. settled down D. dropped in ‎54. A. hill B. valley C. background D. sight ‎55. A. imagined B. decided C. realized D. guessed 第三部分：阅读理解（共两节，满分40分）‎ 第一节 ‎（共15小题；每小题2分，满分30分）‎ ‎ 阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C、D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ A ‎ China is a land of bicycles. At least it was back in 1992 when I traveled the country. Back then everyone seemed to be riding a bicycle. Millions of them, all black. Cars were rare. Yet since my arrival in Beijing last year, I’ve found the opposite is true. There are millions of cars. However, people still use their bicycles to get around. For many, it’s the easiest and cheapest way to travel today. Bicycles also come in different colors—sivler, green, red, blue, yellow, whatever you want.‎ ‎ It’s fun watching people biking. They rush quickly through crossroads, move skillfully through traffic, and ride even on sidewalks(人行道). Bicycles allow people the freedom to move about that cars just can’t provide.‎ ‎ Eager to be part of this aspect of Chinese culture, I decided to buy a bicycle. Great weather accompanied my great buy. I immediately jumped up on my bicycle seat and started home.‎ ‎ My first ride home was orderly (守秩序的). To be safe, I stayed with a “pack” of bikers while cars on the streets came running swiftly out of nowhere at times. I didn’t want to get hit. So I took the ride carefully.‎ ‎ Crossing the streets was the biggest problem. It was a lot like crossing a major highway back in the United States. The streets here were wide, so crossing took time, skill and a little bit of luck.‎ ‎ I finally made it home. The feeling on the bicycle was amazing. The air hitting my face and going through my hair was wonderful. I was sitting on top of the world as I passed by places and people. Biking made me feel alive.‎ ‎56. According to the author, why are bicycles still popular in China today?‎ A. Because they are traditional and safe. ‎ B. Because they are convenient and inexpensive.‎ C. Because they are colorful and available. ‎ D. Because they are fast and environment friendly.‎ ‎57. The author decided to buy a bicycle because he intended ______________.‎ A. to ride it for fun B. to use it for transport C. to experience local skills D. to improve his riding skills ‎58. How did the author feel about his street crossing?‎ A. It was boring. B. It was difficult C. It was lively. D. It was wonderful.‎ ‎59. Which of the following best describes the author’s biking experience?‎ A. The author enjoyed showing off his biking skills. ‎ B. The author was annoyed by the air while riding.‎ C. The author was praised by the other bikers. ‎ D. The author took great pleasure in biking.‎ B ‎ Going green seems to be fad(时尚)for a lot of people these days. Whether that is good or bad, we can’t really say, but for the tow of us, going green is not a fad but a lifestyle.‎ ‎ On April22, 2011, we decided to go green every single day for an entire year. This meant doing 365 different green things, and it also meant challenging ourselves to go green beyond easy things. Rather than recycle and reduce our energy, we had to think of 365 different green things to do and this was no easy task.‎ ‎ With the idea of going green every single day for a year, Our Green Year started. My life and I decided to educate people about how they could go green in their lives and hoped we could show people all the green things that could be done to help the environment. We wanted to push the message that every little bit helps.‎ ‎ Over the course of Our Green Year, we completely changed our lifestyle. We now shop at organic(有机的)stores. We consume less meat, choosing green food. We have greatly reduced our buying we don’t need. We have given away half of what we owned through websites. Our home is kept clean by vinegar and lemon juice, with no chemical cleaners. We make our own butter, enjoying the smell of home-made fresh bread. In our home office anyone caught doing something ungreen might be punished.‎ ‎ Our minds have been changed by Our Green Year. We are grateful for the chance to have been able to go green and educate others. We believe that we do have the power to change things and help our planet.‎ ‎60. What might be the best title for the passage?‎ A. Going Green. B. Protecting the Planet. ‎ C. Keeping Open-Minded D. Celebrating Our Green Year.‎ ‎61. It was difficult for the couple to live a green life for the whole year because_________.‎ A. they were expected to follow the green fade ‎ B. they didn’t know how to educate other people C. they were unwilling to reduce their energy ‎ D. they needed to perform unusual green tasks ‎62. What did the couple do over the course of Our Green Year?‎ A. They tried to get out of their ungreen habits. ‎ B. They ignore others’ ungreen behavior.‎ C. They chose better chemical cleaners. ‎ D. They sold their home-made food.‎ ‎63. What can we infer form the last paragraph?‎ A. The government will give support to the green people.‎ B. The couple may continue their project in the future.‎ C. Some people disagree with the couple’s green ideas.‎ D. Our Green Year is becoming a national campaign.‎ C ‎ Here is an astonishing and significant fact: Mental work alone can’t make us tire. It sounds absurd. But a years ago, scientists tried to find out how long the human brain could labor without reaching a stage of fatigue (疲劳). To the amazement of these scientists, they discovered that blood passing through the brain, when it is active, shows no fatigue at all! If we took a drop of blood from a day laborer, we would find it full of fatigue toxins(毒素) and fatigue products. But if we took blood from the brain of an Albert Einstein, it would show no fatigue toxins at the end of the day.‎ ‎ So far as the brain is concerned, it can work as well and swiftly at the end of eight or even twelve hours of effort as at the beginning. The brain is totally tireless. So what makes us tired?‎ ‎ Some scientists declare that most of our fatigue comes from our mental and emotional(情绪的) attitudes. One of England’s most outstanding scientists, J.A. Hadfield, says, “The greater part of the fatigue from which we suffer is of mental origin. In fact, fatigue of purely physical origin is rare.” Dr. Brill, a famous American scientist, goes even further. He declares, “One hundred percent of the fatigue of sitting worker in good health is due to emotional problems.”‎ ‎ What kinds of emotions make sitting workers tired? Joy? Satisfaction? No! A feeling of being bored, anger, anxiety, tenseness, worry, a feeling of not being appreciated—those are the emotions that tire sitting workers. Hard work by itself seldom causes fatigue. We get tired because our emotions produce nervousness in the body.‎ ‎64. What surprised the scientists a few years ago?‎ A. Fatigue toxins could hardly be found in a laborer’s blood.‎ B. Albert Einstein didn’t feel worn after a day’s work.‎ C. The brain could work for many hours without fatigue.‎ D. A mental worker’s blood was filled with fatigue toxins.‎ ‎65. According to the author, which of the following can make sitting workers tired?‎ A. Challenging mental work. B. Unpleasant emotions.‎ C. Endless tasks. D. Physical labor.‎ ‎66. What’s the author’s attitude towards the scientists’ idea?‎ A. He agrees with them. B. He doubts them.‎ C. He argues against them. D. He hesitates to accept them.‎ ‎67. We can infer from the passage that in order to stay energetic, sitting workers need to ___________.‎ A. have some good food. B. enjoy their work C. exercise regularly D. discover fatigue toxins D ‎ “Indeed,” George Washington wrote in his diary in 1785, “some kind of fly, or bug, had begun to eat the leaves before I left home.” But the father of America was not the father of bug. When Washington wrote that, Englishmen hade been referring to insects as bugs for more than a century, and Americans had already created lightning-bug(萤火虫). But the English were soon to stop using the bugs in their language, leaving it to the Americans to call a bug a bug in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.‎ ‎ The American bug could also be a person, referring to someone who was crazy about a particular activity. Although fan became the usual term, sports fans used to be called racing bugs, baseball bugs, and the like.‎ ‎ Or the bug could be a small machine or object, for example, a bug-shaped car. The bug could also be a burglar alarm, from which comes the expression to bug, that is, “to install (安装) an alarm”. Now it means a small piece of equipment that people use for listening secretly to others’ conversation. Since the 1840s, to bug has long meant “to cheat”, and since the 1940s it has been annoying.‎ ‎ We also know the bug as a flaw in a computer program or other design. That meaning dates back to the time of Thomas Edison. In 1878 he explained bugs as “little problems and difficulties” that required months of study and labor to overcome in developing a successful product. In 1889 it was recorded that Edison “had been up the two previous nights discovering ‘a bug’ in his invented record player.”‎ ‎68. We learn from Paragraph 1 that __________________.‎ A.Americans had difficulty in learning to use the word bug B. George Washington was the first person to call an insect a bug C. the word bug was still popularly used in English in the nineteenth century D.both Englishman and Americans used the word bug in the eighteenth century ‎69. What does the word “flaw” in the last paragraph probably mean?‎ A. Explanation. B. Finding. C. Origin. D. Fault.‎ ‎70. The passage is mainly concerned with__________________.‎ A. the misunderstanding of the word bug ‎ B. the development of the word bug C. the public views of the word bug ‎ D. the special characteristics of the word bug 第二节（共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分）‎ ‎ 根据短文内容，从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。选项中有两项为多余选项。‎ Forgiveness To forgive is a virtue, but no one has ever said it is easy. When someone has deeply hurt ‎ you, it can be extremely difficult to let go of your hate. However, forgiveness is possible, and it can be surprisingly beneficial to your physical and mental health. People who forgive show less sadness, anger and stress and more hopefulness, according to a recent research. 71 Try the following steps:‎ Calm yourself. 72 You can take a couple of breaths and think of something that gives you pleasure: a beautiful scene in nature, or someone you love.‎ Don’t wait for an apology. Many times the person who hurt you does not intend to apologize. They may have wanted to hurt you or they just don’t see things the same way. 73 Keep in mind that forgiveness does not necessarily mean becoming friends again with the person who upset you.‎ Take the control away from your offender(冒犯者). Rethinking about you hurt gives power to the person who causes you pain. Instead of focusing on your mounded feelings, learn to look for the love, beauty and kindness around you.‎ ‎ 74 If you understand your offender, you may realize that he or she was acting out of unawareness, fear, and even love. You may want to write a letter to yourself from your offender’s point of view.‎ Don’t forget to forgive yourself. 75 But it can rob you of your self-confidence if you don’t do it.‎ A. Why should you forgive? ‎ B. How should you start to forgive?‎ C. Recognize the benefits of forgiveness.‎ D. Try to see things from you offender’s angle.‎ E. For some people, forgiving themselves is the biggest challenge.‎ F. To make your anger die away, try a simple stress-management technique.‎ G. If you wait for people to apologize, you could be waiting an awfully long time.‎ 第二卷 第四部分：书面表达（共两节，满分35分）‎ 第一节 短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）‎ 假定英主事课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请您修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语文错误，每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。‎ 增加：在缺词处加一个漏字符号（），并在其下面写出该加的词。‎ 删除：把多余的词用斜钱（）划掉。‎ 修改：在错的词下划一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。‎ 注意：1.每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；‎ ‎2.只充许修改10处，多者（从第11处起）不计分。‎ ‎ Mr. Johnson is a hardworking teacher. Every day, he spends too much time with his work. With little sleep and hardly any break, so he works from morning till night. Hard work ‎ have made him very ill. “He has ruined his healthy. We are worried about him.” That is which other teachers say. Yesterday afternoon. I paid visit to Mr. Johnson. I was eager to see him, but outside her room I stopped. I had to calm myself down. Quietly I step into the room. I saw him lying in bed, looking at some of the picture we had taken together. I understood that he missed us just as many as we missed him.‎ 第一节 书面表达（满分25分）‎ 一个英文网站面向中学生征稿。请你写一篇英文稿件，介绍“中秋节”及这个节日里的主要活动。‎ 写作要点：‎ ‎1.它是中国传统节日之一；‎ ‎2.家人团聚；‎ ‎3.赏月、吃月饼、‎ ‎4.还有旅游、访友等其他活动。‎ ‎5.……‎ 注意：‎ ‎1.词数100左右；‎ ‎2.可以适当增加细节，以使用文连贯；‎ 参考词汇：中秋节:the Mid-Autumn Festival 农历: lunar calendar ‎ 赏月: enjoy the full moon 月饼: moon cake ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 十六、2013年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（山东卷）‎ 第I卷（共105分）‎ 第一部分：听力理解（共两节，满分30分）‎ 第一节（共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分）‎ ‎ 听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。每段对话仅读一遍。‎ ‎1. What does the man want to do?‎ A. Take photos B. Buy a camera C. Help the woman ‎2. What are the speakers talking about?‎ A. A noisy night B. Their life in town C. A place of living ‎ ‎3. Where is the man now?‎ A. on his way B. In a restaurant C. At home ‎ ‎4. What will Celia do?‎ A. find a player B. Watch a game C. Play basketball ‎5. What day is it when the conversation takes place?‎ A. Saturday B. Sunday C. Monday ‎ 第二节（共15小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分）‎ 听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。‎ 听下面一段对话，回答第6至7两个小题。‎ ‎6. What is Sara going to do?‎ A. Buy John a gift B. Invite John to France C. Give John a surprise ‎ ‎7. What does the man think of Sara’s plan?‎ A. Funny B. Exciting C. Strange ‎ 听下面一段圣诞，回答第8和第9两个小题 ‎ ‎8. Why does Diana say sorry to Peter?‎ A. She has to give up her travel plan. ‎ B. She wants to visit another city ‎ C. She needs to put off her test. ‎ ‎9. What does Diana want Peter to do?‎ A. Help her with her study.‎ B. Take a book to her friend C. Teach a geography lesson. ‎ 听下面一段对话，回答第10至第12三个小题。‎ ‎10. Why does the man call the woman? A. To tell her about her new job. B. To ask about her job program C. To plan a meeting with her.‎ ‎11. Who needs a new flat? A. Alex B. Andrea C. Miranda ‎ ‎12. Where is the woman now? A. In Baltimore B. In New York C. In Avon ‎ 听下面一段对话，回答第13至16四个小题。 ‎ ‎13. What does Jan consider most important when he judges a restaurant? A. Where the restaurant is ‎ B. Whether the prices are low C. How well the food is prepared ‎14. When did Jan begin to write for a magazine? A. After he came back to Sweden B. Before he went to the United States C. As soon as he got his first job in 1982‎ ‎15. What may Jan do to find a good restaurant? A. Talk to people in the street B. Speak to taxi drivers C. Ask hotel clerks ‎ ‎16. What do we know about Jan? A. He cooks for a restaurant B. He travels a lot for his work C. He prefers American food. ‎ 听下面一段独白，回答第17至20四个小题。‎ ‎17. What do we know about the Plaza Leon? A. It’s a new building B. It’s a small town C. It’s a public place ‎18. When do parents and children like going to the Plaza Leon? A. Saturday nights B. Sunday afternoon C. Fridays and Saturdays ‎19. Which street is known for its food shops and markets? A. Via Del Mar Street B. Fernando Street C. Hernandes Street ‎20. Why does the speaker like Horatio Street best?‎ A. It has an old stone surface B. It is named after a writer C. It has a famous university 第二部分：知识运用（共两节，满分35分）‎ 第一节 单项填空（共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分）‎ ‎21. I’ve lived in New York and Chicago, but don’t like ____ of them very much.‎ ‎ A. either B. any C. each D. another ‎ ‎22. It was ______ cold winter night and the moon was shining brightly across ____ night sky. A. 不填；a B. a; the C. the; a D. the; 不填 ‎23. — How far can you run without stopping? — ________. I’ve never tried. ‎ A. Don’t mention it B. That’s all right C. I have no idea D. Go ahead ‎ ‎24. I didn’t think I’d like the movie, but actually it _____ pretty good. A. has been B. was C. had been D. would be ‎ ‎25. The room is empty except for a bookshelf _____ in one corner. A. standing B. to stand C. stands D. stood ‎ ‎26. Mark needs to learn Chinese _______ his company is opening a branch in Beijing. A. unless B. until C. although D. since ‎ ‎27. — Oh no! We’re too late. The train _______. ‎ ‎— That’s Ok. We’ll catch the next train to London. A. was leaving B. had left C. has left D. has been leaving ‎ ‎28. _________I have to give a speech, I get extremely nervous before I start. A. Whatever B. Whenever C. Whoever D. However ‎ ‎29. I stopped the car ____ a short break as I was feeling tired. A. take B. taking C. to take D. taken ‎ ‎30. It’s good to know _____ the dogs will be well cared for while we’re away. A. what B. whose C. which D. that ‎ ‎31. There is no simple answer, _____ is often the case in science. A. as B. that C. when D. where ‎ ‎32. — This is a really lively party. There’s a great atmosphere, isn’t there? — _______ The hosts know how to host a party. A. Don't worry B. Yes, indeed C. No, there’s isn’t D. It all depends ‎33. _______ at the cafeteria before, Tina didn’t want to eat there again. A. Having eaten B. To eat C. Eat D. Eating ‎ ‎34. The Smiths are praised _______ the way they bring up their children. A. from B. by C. at D. for ‎ ‎35. Finally he reached a lonely island _______ was completely cut off from the outside world. ‎ A. when B. where C. which D. whom ‎ 第二节：完形填空（共20小题；每小题1分，满分20分）‎ 阅读下面短文，从短文后所给各题的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡将该项涂黑。‎ I used to be a very self-centered person, but in the past two years I have really changed. I have started to think about other people 36 I think about myself. I am happy that I am becoming a 37 person. ‎ I think my 38 started when I was at Palomar College. At first, I just wanted to get my 39 and be left alone. I thought I was smarter than everyone else, so I hardly ever 40 to anyone in my classes. By the end of my first semester, I was really 41 . It seemed as if everyone but me had made friends and was having fun. So tried a (n) 42 . I started asking people around me how they were doing, and if they were having trouble I 43 to help. That was really a big 44 for me. By the end of the year, I had several new friends, and two of 45 are still my best friends today. ‎ A bigger cause of my new 46 , however, came when I took a part-time job at a Vista Nursing Home. One old lady there who had Alzheimer’s disease became my 47 . Every time I came into her room, she was so 48 because she thought I was her daughter. Her real daughter never 49 her, so I took her place. She let me 50 that making others feel good make me feel good, too, when she died, I was 51 , but I was very grateful to her. ‎ I think I am a much 52 person today than I used to be, and I hope I will not 53 these experiences. They have 54 me to care about other people more than about myself. I 55 who I am today, and I could not say that a few years ago. ‎ ‎36. A. since B. before C. or D. unless ‎37. A. famous B. simple C. different D. skilled ‎ ‎38. A. education B. career C. tour D. change ‎39. A. balance C. homework C. degree D. interest ‎ ‎40. A. talked B. wrote C. lied D. reported ‎ ‎41. A. careful B. lonely C. curious D. guilty ‎ ‎42. A. argument B. game C. experiment D. defense ‎ ‎43. A. dared B. offered C. hesitated D. happened ‎ ‎44. A. dream B. problem C. duty D. step ‎ ‎45. A. us B. which C. them D. whom ‎46. A. attitude B. hobby C. hope D. luck ‎ ‎47. A. friend B. partner C. guide D. guest ‎ ‎48. A. polite B. happy C. strange D. confident ‎ ‎49. A. bothered B. answered C. visited D. trusted ‎ ‎50. A. explain B. guess C. declare D. see ‎51. A. homeless B. heartbroken C. bad-tempered D. hopeless ‎ ‎52. A. quieter B. busier C. better D. richer ‎53. A. forget B. face C. improve D. analyze ‎ ‎54. A. forced B. preferred C. ordered D. taught ‎55. A. miss B. like C. wonder D. expect ‎ 第三部分：阅读理解（共一节，满分 40分）‎ 阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ A Jimmy is an automotive mechanic, but he lost his job a few months ago. He has good heart, but always feared applying for a new job. ‎ One day, he gathered up all his strength and decided to attend a job interview. His appointment was at 10 am and it was already 8:30. While waiting for a bus to the office where he was supposed ot be interviewed, he saw an elderly man wildly kicking the tyre of his car. Obviously there was something wrong with the car. Jimmy immediately went up to lend him a hand. When Jimmy finished working on the car, the old man asked him how much he should pay for the service. Jimmy said there was no need to pay him; he just helped someone in need, and he had to rush for an interview. Then the old man said, “Well, I could take you to the office for your interview. It’s the least I could do. Please. I insist.” Jimmy agreed. ‎ Upon arrival, Jimmy found a long line of applications waiting to be interviewed. Jimmy still had some grease on him after the car repair, but he did not have much time to wash it off or have a change of shirt. One by one, the applicants left the interviewer’s office with disappointed look on their faces. Finally his name was called. The interviewer was sitting on a large chair facing the office window. Rocking the chair back and forth, he asked, “Do you really need to be interviewed?” Jimmy’s heart sank. “With the way I look now, how could I possibly pass this interview?” he thought to himself. ‎ Then the interviewer turned the chair and to Jimmy’s surprise, it was the old man he helped earlier in the morning. It turned out he was the General Manager of the company. ‎ ‎“Sorry I had to keep you waiting, but I was pretty sure I made the right decision to have you as part of our workforce before you even stepped into the office. I just know you’d be a trustworthy worker. Congratulations!” Jimmy sat down and they shared a cup of well-deserved coffee as he landed himself a new job. ‎ ‎56. Why did Jimmy apply for a new job? A. He was out of work B. He was bored with his job C. He wanted a higher position D. He hoped to find a better boss ‎57. What did Jimmy see on the way to the interview? A. A friend’s car had a flat tyre B. a wild man was pushing a car C. a terrible accident happened D. an old man’s car broke down ‎58. Why did the old man offer Jimmy a ride? A. He was also to be interviewed B. He needed a traveling companion C. He always helped people in need D. He was thankful to Jimmy ‎ ‎59. How did Jimmy feel on hearing the interviewer’s question? A. He was sorry for the other applicants B. There was no hope for him to get the job C. He regretted helping the old man ‎ ‎ D. The interviewer was very rude ‎ ‎60. A. What can we learn from Jimmy’s experience？ A. Where there is a will, there’s a way B. A friend in need is a friend indeed C. Good is rewarded with good. D. Two heads are better than one ‎ B George Gershwin, born in 1998, was one of America’s greatest composers. He published his first song when the was eighteen years old. During the next twenty years he wrote more than five hundred songs. ‎ Many of Gershwin’s songs were first written for musical plays performed in theatres in New York City. These palys were a popular form of entertainment in the 1920s and 1930s. Many of his songs have remained popular as ever. Over the years they have been sung and played in every possible way — from jazz to country. ‎ In the 1920s there was a debate in the United States about jazz music. Could jazz, some people asked, be considered serious music? In 1924 jazz musician and orchestra leader Paul Whiteman decided to organize a special concert to show that jazz was serious music. Gershwin agreed to compose something for the concert before he realized he had just a few weeks to do it. And in that short time, he composed a piece for piano and orchestra which he called Rhapsody in Blue. Gershwin himself played the piano at the concert. The audience were thrilled when they heard his music. It made him world-famous and showed that jazz music could be both serious and popular. ‎ In 1928, Gershwin went to Paris. He applied to study composition (作曲)with the well-known musician Nadia Boulanger, but she rejected him. She was afraid that classical study would ruin his jazz-influenced style. While there, Gershwin wrote An American in Paris. When it was first performed, critics (评论家)were divided over the music. Some called it happy and full of life, to others it was silly and boring. But it quickly became popular in Europe and the United States. It sill remains one of his most famous works. ‎ George Gershwin died in 1937, just days after doctors learned he had brain cancer. He was only thirty-nine years old. Newspapers all over the world reported his death on their front pages. People mourned the loss of the man and all the music he might have still written. ‎ ‎61. Many of Gershwin’s musical works were ________ . A. written about New Yorkers B. Composed for Paul Whiteman C. played mainly in the countryside D. performed in various ways ‎ ‎62. What do we know about the concert organized by Whiteman? A. It attracted more people to theatres ‎ B. It proved jazz could be serious music ‎ C. It made Gershwin leader of the orchestra ‎ D. It caused a debate among jazz musicians. ‎ ‎63. What did Gershwin do during his stay in Paris? A. He created one of his best works B. He studied with Nadia Boulanger C. He argued with French critics D. He changed his music style ‎64. What do we learn from the last paragraph? A. Many of Gershwin’s works were lost B. The death of Gershwin was widely reported C. A concert was held in memory of Gershwin D. Brain cancer research started after Gershwin’s death. ‎ ‎65. Which of the following best describes Gershwin? A. Talented and productive B. Serious and boring C. popular and unhappy D. Friendly and honest ‎ C You can’t always predict a heavy rain or remember your umbrella. But designer Mikhail Belvacv doesn’t think that forgetting to check the weather forecast before heading out should result in you getting wet. That’s why he created lampbrella, a lamp post with its own rain sensing umbrella. ‎ The designer says he come up with the idea after watching people get wet on streets in Russia. “Once, I was driving on a central Saint Petersburg street ad saw the street lamps lighting up people trying to hide from the rain. I thought it would be appropriate to have a canopy(伞蓬)built into a street lamp.” he said. ‎ The lampbrella is a standard-looking street lamp fitted with an umbrella canopy. It has a built-in electric motor which can open or close the umbrella on demand. Sensors(传感器)then ensure that the umbrella offers pedestrians shelter whenever it starts raining. ‎ In addition to the rain sensor, there’s also a 360°motion sensor on the fiberglass street lamp which detects whether anyone’s using the lampbrella. After three minutes of not being used the canopy is closed. ‎ According to the designer, the lampbrella would move at a relatively low speed, so as not to cause harm to the pedestrians. Besides, it would be grounded to protect from possible lighting strike. Each lampbrella would offer enough shelter for several people. Being installed at 2 meters off the ground, it would only be a danger for the tallest of pedestrians. ‎ While there are no plans to take lampbrella into production, Belyaev says he recently introduced his creation one Moscow Department, and insists this creation could be installed on my street where a lot of people walk but there are no canopies to provide shelter. ‎ ‎66. For what purpose did Belyaev create the lampbrella? A. To predict a heavy rain B. To check the weather forecast C. To protect people from the rain D. To remind people to take an umbrella ‎ ‎67. What do we know from Belyaev’s worlds in Paragraph2? A. His creation was inspired by an experience B. it rains a lot in the city of Saint Petersburg C. Street lamps are protected by canopies D. He enjoyed taking walks in the rain ‎68. Which of the following show how the lampbrella works? A. motor→canopy→sensors B. Sensors→motor→canopy C. motor→sensors→canopy D. canopy→motor→sensors ‎69. What does paragraph 5 mainly tell us about the lampbrella? A. Its moving speed B. Its appearance C. Its installation D. Its safety ‎ ‎70. What can be inferred from the last paragraph? A. The designer will open a company to promote his product B. The lampbrella could be put into immediate production C. The designer is confident that his creation is practical D. The lampbrella would be put on show in Moscow ‎ D Sparrow is a fast-food chain with 200 restaurants. Some years ago, the group to which Sparrow belonged was taken over by another company. Although Sparrow showed no sign of declining, the chain was generally in an unhealthy state. With more and more fast-food concepts reaching the market, the Sparrow menu had to struggle for attention. And to make matters worse, its new owner had no plans to give it the funds it required. ‎ Sparrow failed to grow for another two years. Until a new CEO, Carl Pearson, decided to build up its market share. He did a survey, which showed that consumers who already used Sparrow restaurants were extremely positive about the chain, while customers of other fast-food chains were unwilling to turn away from them. Sparrow had to develop a new promotional campaign. ‎ Pearson faced a battle over the future of the Sparrow brand. The chain’s owner now favored rebranding Sparrow as Marcy’s restaurants. Pearson resisted, arguing for an advertising campaign designed to convince customers that visits to Sparrow restaurants were fun. Such an attempt to establish a positive relationship between a company and the general public was unusual for that time. Pearson strongly believed that numbers were the key to success, rather than customers’ speeding power. Finally, the owner accepted his idea. ‎ The campaign itself changed the traditional advertising style of the fast-food industry. The TV ads of Sparrow focused on entertainment and featured original sons performed by a variety of stars. Instead of showing the superiority of a specific product, the intension was to put Sparrow in the hearts of potential customers. ‎ Pearson also made other decisions which he believed would contribute to the new ‎ Sparrow image. For example, he offered to lower the rent of any restaurants which achieved a certain increase in their turnover. (营业额)‎ These efforts paid off, and Sparrow soon became one of the most successful fast-food chains in the regions where it operated. ‎ ‎71. Which was one of the problems Sparrow faced before Pearson became CEO? A. The number of its customers was declining B. Its customers found the food unhealthy C. It was in need of financial support D. Most of its restaurants were closed ‎ ‎72. What does the underlined word “them” in Paragraph 2 refer to? A. Customers of Sparrow restaurants B. Sparrow restaurants C. Customers of other fast-food chains D. other fast-food chains ‎ ‎73. For what purpose did Pearson start the advertising campaign? A. To build a good relationship with the public B. To stress the unusual tradition of Sparrow C. To lean about customers; spending power. ‎ D. To meet the challenge from Marcy’s restaurants. ‎ ‎74. The TV ads of Sparrow ________ . A. changed people’s views on pop stars B. amused the public with original songs C. focused on the superiority of its products D. influenced the eating habits of the audience ‎ ‎75. What was Pearson’s achievement as a CEO? A. He managed to pay off Sparrow’s debts. B. He made Sparrow much more competitive C. He helped Sparrow take over a company D. He improved the welfare of Sparrow employees ‎ 第II卷 第四部分：书面表达（共两节，满分45分）‎ 第一节 阅读表达 （第76、77、80题每题3分，第78题4分，79题2分，满分15分）‎ 阅读下面短文并用英语回答问题，将答案写到答题卡相应的位置上（请注意76、77、79和80四个小题后面的词数要求）。‎ ‎[1] Jean Paul Getty was born in ‎1892 in Minneapolis, Minnesota. He became a millionaire when he was only 24. His father was wealthy, but he did not help his son. Getty made his millions alone. He made his money from oil. He owned Getty Oil and over 100 other ‎ companies. The Fortune magazine once called Getty “the richest man in the world.”‎ ‎[2]But money _________. He married five times and divorced five times. He had five children but spent little time with them. None of Getty’s children had very happy lives. ‎ ‎[3]Getty loved to make money and loved to save it. In spite of his great wealth, Getty was miser. Every evening, he wrote down every cent he spent that day. He even put pay telephone in the guest’s bedrooms in his house so he could save money on phone bills. ‎ ‎[4] In 1973, kidnappers took his 16-year-old grandson, and demanded a large amount of money for his safe return. Getty’s son asked his father for money to save his child. But Getty refused. The kidnappers were merciless and Getty’s son made repeated requests for help from his father. Finally, Getty agreed to lend the money, but at 4 percent interest. ‎ ‎[5] Getty started a museum at his home Malibu, California. He bought many important and beautiful pieces of art for the museum. When Getty died in 1976, the value of the collection in the museum was $1 billion. He left all his money to the museum. After his death, the museum grew in size. Today it is one of the most important museums in the United States. Getty made a large fortune in his life, but he gave his money to the art world because he wanted people to learn about and love art. ‎ ‎76. What is the main idea of Paragraph 1? (no more than 8 words) _______________________________________________________________________‎ ‎77. Fill in the blank in Paragraph 2 with proper words. (no more than 7 words) _______________________________________________________________________‎ ‎78. Explain the underlined sentence in Paragraph3. _______________________________________________________________________‎ ‎79. What did the kidnappers do to Getty’s family (no more than 10 words) _______________________________________________________________________‎ ‎80. What does the author want to tell us about Getty in the last paragraph? (no more than 10 words) _______________________________________________________________________‎ 第二节 写作（满分30分）‎ 假如你是新华中学的学生李华，你的美国朋友Tom一周前给你发电子邮件，询问你暑假里的打算，但你因准备期末考试未能及时回复。请根据双下要点给他回封邮件：‎ 未及时回信的原因；‎ 1. 你假期的打算（如做兼职、旅行、做志愿者等）‎ 注意：1. 词数：120-150； 2 可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。 ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 十七、2013年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（陕西卷）‎ 第一部分：知识运用（共四节，满分55分）‎ 第一节 语音知识（共5小题；每小题1分，满分5分）‎ 从每小题的A、B、C、D四个选项中，找出其划线部分与所给单词的划线部分读音相同的选项。‎ ‎1. laugh ‎ A. daughter B. neighbour C. enough D. though ‎2. citizen ‎ A. uncle B. ocean C. rescue D. percent ‎3. complete ‎ A. scene B. elect C. student D. respect ‎4. alarm ‎ A. reward B. dollar C. towards D. farmer ‎5. daily ‎ A. bargain B. said C. curtain D. explain 第二节 情景对话（共5小题；每小题1分，满分5分）‎ 根据对话情境和内容，从对话后所给的选项中选出能填入每一空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该选项涂黑。选项中有两个为多余选项。‎ Lucy：Hi, Kate. What are doing tonight?‎ Kate： 6 Any suggestions?‎ Lucy： 7 I’m planning it for days.‎ Kate：A 3D film? Who stars?‎ Lucy：Suraj Sharma, a handsome young actor.‎ Kate：Oh! 8 ‎ Lucy：An Indian boy’s unusual experience with a tiger at sea.‎ Kate： 9 What time is it on?‎ Lucy：Half past six. 10 ‎ Kate：Sure. When and where shall we meet?‎ Lucy：Let’s meet around six at the gate of Oscar Cinema.‎ Kate：Great. See you then.‎ A. Not decided yet. B. What is it about?‎ C. Wow, sounds cool. D. Could you pick me up?‎ E. Do you want to join me? F. What about going to a concert?‎ G. How about seeing the 3D film Life of Pi?‎ 第三节 语法与词汇知识（共15小题，每小题1分，满分15分）‎ 第一节 单项填空（共15小题，每小题1分，满分15分）‎ 从每小题的A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该选项涂黑。‎ ‎11.On Monday morning it usually ________ me an hour drive to work although the actual distance is only 20 miles. ‎ A. takes B. is taking C. took D. will take ‎ ‎12.My mom suggests that we ________eat out for a change this weekend. ‎ A. should B. might C. could D. would ‎ ‎13.Let those in need _______ that we will go all out to help them. ‎ A. to understand B. understand C. understanding D. understood ‎ ‎14.The witnesses ________by the police just now gave very different description of the fight. ‎ A .questioned B. being questioned C. to be questioned D. having questioned ‎ ‎15.—I’m tired . I’m taking next week off. ‎ ‎—______, honey. You do need a break. ‎ A. Not so sure B. Forgot it C. Great idea D. No way ‎ ‎16.______ is often the case with children, Amy was better by the time the doctor arrived. ‎ A. It B. That C. What D. As ‎ ‎17.Jim ______ a late night film at home when, right in the middle a thrilling scene, the television went blank. ‎ A. watched B. had watched ‎ C. was watching D. would be watching ‎ ‎18.I have heard a lot good things about you _______ I came back from abroad. ‎ A. since B. until C. before D. when ‎ ‎19.Marco Polo is said to have sailed on _______Pacific Ocean on his way to Java in ______thirteenth century. ‎ A. the; a B. a;不填 C.不填;the D. the; the ‎ ‎20.It remains to be seen_______ the newly formed committee's policy can be put into practice. ‎ A .that B. which C. what D. whether ‎ ‎21.The children _____lost in the woods; otherwise, they would have been at the lakeside camp as scheduled. ‎ A. must have got B. must get C. should have got D. should get ‎ ‎22.Although Rosemary had suffered from a serious illness for years, she lost______ of her enthusiasm for life. ‎ A. some B. neither C .none D. all ‎ ‎23.—Shall we go for a drinking at one o'clock this afternoon? ‎ ‎—_______.Will two o'clock be OK? ‎ A. Sure ,it's up to you B .Sure, no problem ‎ C .Sorry, I can't make it D. Sorry, I'm not available today ‎ ‎24.The manager wants to see changes in the company, and I an sure he will________.‎ A. in particular B .in turn C. in charge D. in time ‎ ‎25.My uncle hasn't been able to quit smoking, but at least he has_____ ‎ A. cut out B. cut down C. cut up D. cut off ‎ 第四节 完形填空（共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分）‎ To celebrate the end of our exams, my friends and I went to a fast food restaurant.We 26 hamburgers and Coca Cola at the counter. When our 27 came,I started walking towards an empty table. By bad luck, my purse strap (带子) got 28 on a chair and the tray (托盘) that I was holding slipped 29 my hands and went flying in the air. The tray, and its contents, 30 on a man who was just about to 31 bite of his sandwich. I stared,greatly___32__,as the drinks soaked (浸湿) his white shirt. ‎ Then I 33 my eyes and prepared myself for his burst of 34 Instead,he said “It’s OK” to 35 me before he disappeared into the washroom. ‎ Still shaky and unsure 36 to do next, my friends and I went to a table and sat there, trying our best to look 37 .A moment later, the man came out of the washroom and 38 our table, my heart almost stopped ‎ 39 .I thought he was going to ask for my father’s 40 and call him. ‎ ‎　　To my surprise, he merely smiled at us, handed us some cash and said,“ 41 yourself new hamburgers. ”He then walked 42 without even finishing his food. ‎ ‎　　He could have made what was already an uncomfortable situation worse, 43 he chose a different way and gave us a reason to believe that there is still 44 in this world. I will never 45 his actions. ‎ ‎26. A. ordered B. made C. arranged D. demanded ‎ ‎27. A. food B. turn C. bill D. menu ‎ ‎28. A. fixed B. caught C. cut D. tied ‎ ‎29. A. by B. in C. from D. out ‎ ‎30. A. knocked B. fell C. stood D. hung ‎ ‎31. A. take B. taste C. swallow D. chew ‎ ‎32. A. discouraged B. disappointed C. shocked D. annoyed ‎ ‎33. A. rolled B. rubbed C .narrowed D. closed ‎ ‎34. A. bitterness B. anxiety C. anger D. sorrow ‎ ‎35. A. satisfy B. comfort C. encourage D. praise ‎ ‎36. A. how B. who C. what D. which ‎ ‎37. A. mild B. honest C. calm D. modest ‎ ‎38. A. pushed B. approached C. drew D. laid ‎ ‎39. A. beating B. breaking C. sinking D. trembling ‎ ‎40. A. help B. position C. number D. job ‎ ‎41. A. Prepare B. Buy C. Find D. Cook ‎ ‎42. A. on B. around C. up D. away ‎ ‎43. A. so B. since C. although D. but ‎ ‎44. A. kindness B. happiness C. politeness D. brightness ‎ ‎45. A. forget B. refuse C. oppose D. ignore ‎ 第二部分：阅读理解（共一节，满分40分）‎ ‎ 阅读下列四篇短文，从每小题后所给的A,B,C,D四个选项中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该选项涂黑。‎ A Joshua,Helmut, and Bethlehem ‎ Michelle O. Donovan ISBN 9781462058679‎ Life is not easy for nine-year-old Joshua during World War II. ‎ Because of his family’s Jewish background, they are sent to live in the concentration camps (集中营). Scared and alone, Joshua one day makes friends with a little mouse he calls Bethlehem who becomes his closest friend.‎ Encourage Me! ‎ Inspirational Poetry Gloria Coykendall ISBN 9781412027854‎ It is an easy to read collection of poems originally written to encourage in faith and to be a cure for chromic depression(长期抑郁) … cure to strengthen identity and purpose.‎ More Things in Heaven Bill Bosworth ISBN 9780595433582‎ In his More Things in Heaven, Bill Bosworth presents presents the highlights of his 83 years of life, including his trips to India and the study of the writings of several great spiritual leaders.‎ More things in Heaven will appeal to anyone who insists on finding the deepest meaning for their existence based on their own experience.‎ Creation or Evolution Michael Ebifegha ISBN 9781450289023‎ Were humans created, or did they evolve? ‎ How old is the Earth? The debate between science and religion continues to be heated. In Creation or Evolution, Michael Ebifegha examines these two opposed world views within the structure of empirical(实证的) science.‎ Seeking the Edge ‎ Dr. Joseph L. Rose ISBN 9781462031795 Seeking the Edge provides the tools and techniques to find that edge in one’s life. —driving readers to achieve ‎ success whether in your current job, finding a new job, in education, family, or even hobbies.‎ ‎46.Who wrote the story about a little boy and a little mouse?‎ A. Bill Bosworth. B. Michelle O. Donovan. ‎ C. Dr. Joseph L. Rose. D. Gloria Coykendall.‎ ‎47.The ISBN for the book of poems is _______.‎ A. 9781462031795 B. 9781412027854 ‎ C. 9780595433582 D. 9781462058679 ‎ ‎48.What kind of readers will probably like reading More Things in Heaven?‎ A. Those who are searching for the meaning of life. ‎ B. Those who are trying to be spiritual leaders. C. Those who study the art of writing. ‎ D. Those who like traveling abroad.‎ ‎49. Which of the following books explores the origin of humans?‎ A. Seeking the Edge. B. Creation or Evolution.‎ C. Joshua, Helmut, and Bethlehem. D. More Things in Heaven.‎ B In 1978, I was 18 and was working as a nurse in a small town about ‎270 km away from Sydney, Australia. I was looking forward to having five fays off from duty. Unfortunately, the only one train a day back to my home in Sydney had already left. So I thought I’d hitch a ride (搭便车). I waited by the side of the highway for three hours but no one stopped for me. Finally, a man walked over and introduced himself as Gordon. He said that although he couldn’t give me a lift, I should come back to his house for lunch. He noticed me standing for hours in the November heat and thought I must be hungry. I was doubtful as a young girl but he assured (使……放心)me I was safe, and he also offered to help me find a lift home afterwards. When we arrived at his house, he made us sandwiches. After lunch, he helped me find a lift home. Twenty-five years later, in 2003, while I was driving to a nearby town one day, I saw an elderly man standing in the glaring heat, trying to hitch a ride. I thought it was another chance to repay someone for the favour I’d been given decades earlier. I pulled over and picked him up. I made him comfortable on the back seat and offered him some water. After a few moments of small talk, the man said to me, “You haven’t changed a bit, even your red hair is still the same.” I couldn’t remember where I’d met him. He then told me he was the man who had given me lunch and helped me find a lift all those years ago. It was Gordon. 50.The author had to hitch a ride one day in 1978 because . A. her work delayed her trip to Sydney B. she was going home for her holidays C. the town was far away from Sydney D. she missed the only train back home 51.Which of the following did Gordon do according to Paragraph 2? A. He helped the girl find a ride. B. He gave the girl a ride back home. C. He bought sandwiches for the girl. D. He watched the girl for three hours. 52.The reason why the author offered a lift to the elderly man was that . ‎ ‎ A. she realized he was Gordon B. she had known him for decades C. she was going to the nearby town D. she wanted to repay the favour she once got 53.What does the author want to tell the readers through the story? A. Giving sometimes produces nice results. B. Those who give rides will be rapid. C. Good manners bring about happiness. D. People should offer free rides to others.‎ C According to sociologists(社会学家), every modern industrial society has some form of social stratification(阶层). Class, power and status are important in deciding people’s rank in society. Class means a person’s economic position in society. A commonly used classification is lower class, middle class and upper class. While sociologists disagree on how these terms should be exactly defined, they do describe societies like the United States quite well. One study shows that 53% of Americans belong to the lower class, 46% the middle class, and 1% the upper class. Interestingly, a surgeon earning ＄‎500,000 a year and a bus driver earning ＄‎50,000 a year both regard themselves as the middle class! Power refers to the amount of control a person has over other people. Obviously, people in positions of great power (such as governors) exercise(行使)big power, but people who take orders from others have less power. Power and class do not always go hand in hand, however. For example, the governor of a state has great power, but he or she may not belong to a corresponding (相应的)economic class. Generally, however, there is a relationship between power and class. ‎ To our knowledge, there aren’t too many people who aren’t millionaires in the U.S. Senate!‎ Status is the honor or respect attached to a person’s position in society. It can also be affected by power and class, but not necessarily so. For example, a university professor may have a high status but not belong to a high social class or have a lot of power over others.‎ ‎54.What can we learn about “the middle class” from Paragraph 2? A. People earning ＄‎50,000 a year belong to the middle class. B. Nearly half Americans belong to the middle class. C. People generally consider bus drivers as the middle class. D. Sociologists have a clear definition of the middle class. 55. According to the text, we know that _____. A. power and class do not always correspond with each other B. status refers to a person’s economic position in society C. people with high status have a lot of control over others D. class is less important in deciding a person’s social rank 56. Which of the following shows the structure of the whole text?‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ A. B. C. D.‎ ‎ (P: Paragraph)‎ D About 30 years ago, I left Cuba for the United States with my son. After getting settled finally in Brunswick, New Jersey, I enrolled(注册) my son in kindergarten. Several weeks later, my son’s teacher asked me to meet him at his office.‎ In the teacher’s office, and exchange of greetings was followed by his questions: “Is your son mentally retarded(弱智的)？Does he suffer from any kind of mental disability?”‎ Was he talking about my wonderful Scola? NO, no, it can’t be. What a helpless, lonely moment! I told him that Scola was a quiet, sweet little boy, instead. I asked him why he was asking me all these questions.‎ My son could not follow the teacher’s directions, he told me, and thus, Scola was disrupting the class, Didn’t he know my son did not speak English yet?‎ He was angry; “Why hasn’t your son been taught to speak English? Don’t you speak English at home?”‎ No, I didn’t speak English at home, I replied. I was sure my son would learn English in a couple of months, and I didn't want him to forget his native language. Well, wrong answer! What kind of person would not speak in English to her son at home and at all time? “Are you one of those people who come to this country to save dollars and send them back to their country, never wanting to be a part of this society?”‎ Needless to say, I tried to tell him I was not one of “those people.” Then he told me the meeting was over, and I left.‎ As I had expected, my son learned to speak English fluently before the school year was over. He went on to graduate from college and got a job, earning close to six figures. He travels widely and leads a well-adjusted, contented life. And he has benefited from being bilingual(双语的)。‎ Speaking more than one language allows people to communicate with others;it teaches people about other cultures and other places—something very basic and obviously lacking in the “educator” I met in New Jersey.‎ ‎57.The teacher asked the author to his office__________.‎ A. to discuss Scola’s in-class performance B .to get Scola enrolled in kindergarten C .to find a language partner for Scola D .to work out a study plan for Scola ‎58.What does the underlined word “disrupting” in Paragraph 4 probably mean?‎ A. Breaking B Following C Attending D Disturbing ‎ ‎59.The author’s attitude towards being bilingual may best be described as__________.‎ A. critical B .casual C. positive D. passive ‎ ‎60.This text is likely to be selected from a book of _________.‎ A medicine B education C geography D history 第二节（共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分）‎ 根据短文内容，从下框的A—F选项中选出能概括每一段主题的最佳选项。 选项中有一项为多余选项。‎ A. Adults keep pets with their children.‎ B. Pet-keeping has a very long history.‎ C. Pet-keeping may do harm to animals.‎ D. People keeps pets for their aesthetic need.‎ E. Caged pets become increasingly popular.‎ F. Pet-keeping is helpful for children’s growth.‎ ‎61. ‎ Pet-keeping is a time-honored tradition. One of the reasons for people to raise dogs or cows was usefulness. While people in the past hunted animals and kept them in their backyards, the civilsed man today is less cruel towards them and is less exploitative(利用的).‎ ‎62. ‎ We keep animals as pets because they are attractive. We all have the urge to possess something that has aesthetic（审美的）value, and this is why we treasure paintings or fine furniture. Keeping pets is one form of this urge. A Siamese cat in the house can be a decorative object. Pets are playful animals and they amuse us. A little rabbit amuses us by its playful and lively runs.‎ ‎63.‎ Many parents find it helpful to have pets in the house for their children. Having pets is an excellent way of developing in children the love of animals and responsibility. Children get the opportunity to take on full responsibility for another creature’s life. It will be an educational experience for a child to watch the natural life cycle of an animal. There are psychological benefits for children. Pets are welcome friends for children who are lonely. Pets are excellent companions. Keeping pets means giving love and being loved. We find comfort in giving care and receiving care in return. We get pleasure from their appearance and their behavior.‎ ‎64. ‎ As more people move into apartments, there are limitations on keeping of animals like dogs and monkeys. Therefore, caged animals have increased in popularity. Birds fall into this group. We keep them for their beautiful songs and feathers. Fish-keeping is a widespread ‎ hobby and the keeper can observe their behavior in the glass tank and study its entire life cycle. The cat is a fine house pet and it fits neatly into human habitation(居住地) without requiring its own cage. They are wonderful hunters, if there are rats around.‎ ‎65. ‎ Pets satisfy man’s desire to care for a bit of nature. The pet owner has the responsibility for supplying those needs that nature provides. Pets are amusing and entertaining, but we are in a way doing animals harm by making them live in a human environment. Are we not enslaving(奴役)them?‎ 第三部分：书面表达（共三节，满分55分）‎ 第一节 单词拼写 （共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）‎ ‎ 根据下列各句句意和空白之后的汉语提示词，在答题卡指定区域的横线上写出对应单词的正确，完整形式，每空只写一词。‎ ‎66.The students are required to ________ (复述)the story after reading it.‎ ‎67.In _______ (三月), the weather begins to get warmer in northern China.‎ ‎68.To _______ (证明) his point, Professor Brown mentioned several other experiments which had similar results.‎ ‎69.The little girl picked some grapes and put them into her _______(篮子).‎ ‎70.They want to _____ (邀请) us to go over to their place and stay for the weekend.‎ ‎71.Fewer than a thousand ______ (大熊猫) still live in the wild.‎ ‎72.Such a blood pressure is ______ (正常的) for a person of his age.‎ ‎73.I’ve got a good sense of _______ (平衡) and learnt to ski quite quickly.‎ ‎74.The boy looked at his father ______ (满怀希望地) because he thought his father had brought him a present.‎ ‎75.These measures are strongly _______ (支持) by environmental groups.‎ 第二节：短文改错（共10小题，每小题1.5分，满分15分）‎ ‎ 假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文，文中共有10处语言错误，每句中最多有两处，错误涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。‎ 增加：在缺词处加一个漏词符号（/）,并在该句下面写出该加的词。‎ 删除：把多余的词用斜线（）划掉。‎ 修改：在错的词下划一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。‎ 注意：1.每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；‎ ‎ 2.只允许修改10处，多者（从第11处起）不计分。‎ ‎ My grandfather and I enjoy fishing. ‎ One Sunday morning we go fishing at a lake. We took ours fishing poles and headed ‎ for the lake. As soon as we arrived, so we dropped the lines into the water. Before waiting ‎ for about half an hour, I was beginning to get impatiently. I wanted to give up, and my ‎ grandfather told me to wait a little longer. Finally, there were a sudden pull at the pole ‎ and fish was caught . Within the next few minute, my grandfather also caught a fish. ‎ Felt hungry, we built a fire by the lake and barbecued the fish. It was delicious.‎ 第三节 书面表达（满分30分）‎ 假定你是李华。请根据写作要点用英语写一篇周记，记述你周末帮助家人做家务的一次经历。‎ 写作要点：1.做家务的理由；2.做家务的过程；3.你的感受。‎ 注意：1.短文词数不少于100；‎ ‎2.开头部分已写好，不计入总词数；‎ ‎3.不能使用真实姓名和学校名称。‎ I am an 18-year-old middle school student, ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 十八、2013年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（四川卷）‎ 第I卷 （选择题 共90分）‎ 第一部分：知识运用（共两节，满分40分）‎ 第一节 单项填空（共10小题；每小题1分，共10分）‎ 从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ ‎1. --I feel so nervous about the National English Speech Competition tomorrow.‎ ‎ --________.‎ ‎ A. I really envy you B. Glad to hear that C. Sounds great D. Take it easy ‎2. The traffic on the main streets has a longer green signal than _______ on the small ones.‎ ‎ A. one B. this C. that D. it ‎3. Hurry up, kids! The school bus _______ for us!‎ ‎ A. waits B. was waiting C. waited D. is waiting ‎4. Read this story, _______ you will realize that not everything can be bought with money.‎ ‎ A. or B. and C. but D. so ‎5. --Why are your eyes so red? You _______ have slept well last night.‎ ‎ A. can't B. mustn't C.needn't D. won't ‎6. _______ you said at the meeting describes a bright future for the company.‎ ‎ A. When B. How C. What D. That ‎7. He is so busy. He cannot afford enough time with his son _______ he wants to.‎ ‎ A. even if B. as if C. because D. before ‎8. _______ which university to attend, the girl asked her teacher for advice.‎ ‎ A. Not knowing B. Knowing not C. Not known D. Known not ‎9. Nowadays people are more concerned about the environment _______ they live.‎ ‎ A. what B. which C. when D. where ‎10. The airport _______ next year will help promote tourism in this area.‎ ‎ A. being completed B. to be completed ‎ C. completed D. having been completed 第二节 完形填空（共20小题，每小题1.5分，共30分）‎ 阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项（A、B、C、D）中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。‎ ‎"Look, it's Baldy!" A boy shouted in my direction across the playground. Even though I was used to regular insults(侮辱) because of the 11 on my hed, it was 12 horrible to hear. I sighed as I headed back to the class.‎ When I was just 20 months old, I suffered serious 13 after a bowl full of hot oil fell on my head. I was 14 to hospital and had to say there for weeks while the doctors 15 ‎ ‎ to save my life. "Holly's very 16 to be alive," they told Mum and Dad. "But she'll be 17 with scars on her head, and of course her hair won't grow there."‎ As a child, I cared much about my scars, so I 18 wore a scarf to cover them up when I left home. 19 I didn't, people would call me horrible names like Baldy. Although my friends were always comforting me ,they never 20 understood how it felt.‎ Then through the hospital I was 21 to a children's burns camp, where children like me can get any help. There, I 22 14-year-old Stephanie, whose burns are a lot more serious than mine. But she is so 23 that she never lets anyone put her down. "You shouldn't 24 what people say about what you look like because we're not different from anyone else, Holly," she 25 me. "And you don't need to wear a scarf because y0ou look great 26 it!" For the first time in my life I could speak to someone who'd been through something 27 . So weeks later, at my 13th birthday party, 28 by her bravery, I gave up my scarf and showed off my scars. It felt amazing not having to 29 away behind my scarf.‎ Now, I am 30 of what I look like and much happier, because I have realized it is your personality（个性）that decides who you truly are.‎ ‎11. A. hat B. scarf C. scars D. cuts ‎12. A. still B. just C. never D. seldom ‎13. A. hunger B. cold C. defeats D. burns ‎14. A. rushed B. led C. invited D. forced ‎15. A. learned B. fought C. returned D. decided ‎16. A. happy B. lucky C. lonely D. poor ‎17. A. pressed B. occupied C. left D. painted ‎18. A. possibly B. usually C. finally D. nearly ‎19. A. Although B. Since C. If D. Before ‎20. A. correctly B. roughly C. easily D. really ‎21. A. promoted B. introduced C. reported D. carried ‎22. A. met B. recognized C. remembered D. caught ‎23. A. honest B. strong C. active D. young ‎24. A. write down B. agree with C. pass on D. listen to ‎25. A. promised B. encouraged C. ordered D. calmed ‎26. A. in B. for C. without D. beyond ‎27. A. similar B. strange C. hard D. important ‎28. A. allowed B. required C. guided D. inspired ‎29. A. hide B. give C. keep D. put ‎30. A. sick B. aware C. tired D. proud 第二部分：阅读理解（共两节，满分50分）‎ 第一节 阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C、D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。（共20小题；每小题2分，共40分）‎ A ‎31. What you have just read is a _______.‎ ‎ A. note B. report C. schedule D. poster ‎32. What is going to take place on 2 February, 2013?‎ ‎ A. A big event to welcome a Chinese new year. ‎ B. A social gathering to raise money for wildlife.‎ ‎ C. A party for close friends to meet and have fun. ‎ D. A meeting of Kwun Tong High School students.‎ ‎33. How much do you have to pay in total if four of you go together?‎ ‎ A. $20. B. $40. C. $60. D. $80.‎ ‎34. Which of the following statements is true?‎ ‎ A. Tickets are sold in Kwun Tong High School.‎ ‎ B. It's unnecessary to take soft drinks with you.‎ ‎ C. Free digital cameras are provided for everybody.‎ ‎ D. Festival food will be served without extra charge.‎ B On a sunny day last August, Tim heard some shouting. Looking out to the sea carefully, he saw a couple of kids in a rowboat were being pulled out to sea.‎ Two 12-year-old boys, Christian and Jack, rowed out a boat to search for a football. Once they'd rowed beyond the calm waters, a beach umbrella tied to the boat caught the wind and pulled the boat into open water. The pair panicked and tried to row back to shore. But they were no match for it and the boat was out of control.‎ Tim knew it would soon be swallowed by the waves.‎ ‎"Everything went quiet in my head," Tim recalls(回忆). "I was trying to figure out how to swim to the boys in a straight line."‎ Tim took off his clothes and jumped into the water. Every 500 yards or so, he raised his head to judge his progress. "At one point, I considered turning back," he says. "I wondered if I was putting my life at risk." After 30 minutes of struggling, he was close enough to yell to the boys, "Take down the umbrella!"‎ Christian made much effort to take down the umbrella. Then Tim was able to catch up and climb aboard the boat. He took over rowing, but the waves were almost too strong for him.‎ ‎"Let's aim for the pier(码头)," Jack said. Tim turned the boat toward it. Soon afterward, waves crashed over the boat, and it began to sink. "Can you guys swim?" he cried. "A little bit," the boys said.‎ Once the were in the water, Tim decided it would he safer and faster for him to pull the boys toward the pier. Christian and Jack were wearing life jackets and floated on their backs. Tim swan toward land as water washed over the boys' faces.‎ ‎“Are we almost there?" they asked again and again. "Yes," Tim told them each time.‎ After 30minutes, they reached the pier.‎ ‎35. Why did the two boys go to the sea?‎ ‎ A. To go boat rowing. B. To get back their football.‎ ‎ C. To swim in the open water. D. To test the umbrella as a sail.‎ ‎36. What does "it"in Paragraph 2 refer to?‎ ‎ A. The beach. B. The water. C. The boat. D. The wind.‎ ‎37. Why did Tim raise his head regularly?‎ ‎ A. To take in enough fresh air. ‎ B. To consider turning back or not.‎ ‎ C. To check his distance from the boys. ‎ D. To ask the boys to take down the umbrella.‎ ‎38. How did the two boys finally reach the pier?‎ ‎ A. They were dragged to the pier by Tim. ‎ B. They swam to the pier all by themselves.‎ ‎ C. They were washed to the pier by the waves D. They were carried to the pier by Tim on his back.‎ C LONDON - A British judge on Thursday sentenced a businessman who sold fake(假冒的) bomb detectors(探测器) to 10 years in prison, saying the man hadn't cared about potentially deadly consequences.‎ It is believed that James McCormick got about $77.8 million from the sales of his detectors - which were based on a kind of golf ball finder - to countries including Iraq, Belgium and Saudi Arabia.‎ McCormick, 57, was convicted(判罪) of cheats last month and sentenced Thursday at the Old Bailey court in London.‎ ‎"Your cheating conduct in selling a great amount of useless equipment simply for huge profit promoted a false sense of security and in all probability materially contributed to causing death and injury to innocent people," Judge Richard Hone told McCormick. "you have neither regret, nor shame, nor any sense of guilt."‎ The detectors, sold for up to $42,000 each, were said to be able to find such dangerous objects as bombs under water and from the air. But in fact they "lacked any grounding in science" and were of no use.‎ McCormick had told the court that he sold his detectors to the police in Kenya, the prison service in Hong Kong, the army in Egypt and the border control in Thailand.‎ ‎"I never had any had results from customers," he said.‎ ‎39. Why was McCormick sentenced to prison?‎ ‎ A. He sold bombs. B. He caused death of people.‎ ‎ C. He made detectors. D. He cheated in business.‎ ‎40. According to the judge, what McCormick had done _______.‎ ‎ A. increased the cost of safeguarding B. lowered people's guard against danger ‎ C. changed people's idea of social security D. caused innocent people to commit crimes ‎41. Which of the following is true of the detectors?‎ ‎ A. They have not been sold to Africa. ‎ B. They have caused many serious problems.‎ ‎ C. They can find dangerous objects in water. ‎ D. They don't function on the basis of science.‎ ‎42. It can be inferred from the passage that McCormick _______.‎ ‎ A. sold the equipment at a low price ‎ B. was well-known in most countries ‎ C. did not think he had committed the crime ‎ D. had not got such huge profit as mentioned in the text D Home to me means a sense of familiarity and nostalgia(怀旧). It's fun to come home. It looks the same. It smells the same. You'll realize what's changed is you. Home is where we ran remember pain, live, and some other experiences; We parted here; My parents met here; I won three championships here.‎ If I close my eyes, I can still have a clear picture in mind of my first home. I walk in the door and see a brown sofa surrounding a low glass-top wooden table. To the right of the living room is my first bedroom. It's empty, but it's where my earliest memories are.‎ There is the dining room table where I celebrated birthdays, and where I cried on Halloween-when I didn't want to wear the skirt my mother made for me. I always liked ‎ standing on that table because it made me feel tall and strong. If I sit at this table, I can see my favorite room in the house, my parents' room. It is simple: a brown wooden dresser lines the right side of the wall next to a television and a couple of photos of my grandparents on each side. Their bed is my safe zone. I can jump on it anytime - waking up my parents if I am scared or if I have an important announcement that cannot wait until the morning.‎ I'm lucky because I know my first home still exists. It exists in my mind and heart, on a physical property(住宅) on West 64th street on the western edge of Los Angeles. It is proof I lived, I grew and I learned.‎ Sometimes when I feel lost, I lie down and shut my eyes, and I go home. I know it's where I'll find my family, my dogs, and my belongings. I purposely leave the window open at night because I know I'll be blamed by Mom. But I don't mind, because I want to hear her say my name, which reminds me I'm home.‎ ‎43. Why does the author call her parents' bed her "safe zone"(Paragraph 3)?‎ ‎ A. It is her favorite place to play.‎ ‎ B. Her needs can be satisfied there.‎ ‎ C. Her grandparents' photos are lined on each side.‎ ‎ D. Her parents always play together with her there.‎ ‎44. What can be learned from the passage?‎ ‎ A. The old furniture is still in the author's fist bedroom.‎ ‎ B. The author can still visit her first physical mome in Los Angeles.‎ ‎ C. The author's favorite room in her first home is the dining room.‎ ‎ D. Many people of the author's age can still find their first physical homes.‎ ‎45. Sometimes when she feels lost, the author will _______.‎ ‎ A. Open the window at night B. lie down in bed to have a dream ‎ C. try to bring back a sense of home D. go to Los Angeles to visit her mom ‎46. What is the author's purpose of writing this passage?‎ ‎ A. To express how much she is attached to her home.‎ ‎ B. To declare how much she loves her first house.‎ ‎ C. To describe the state of her family.‎ ‎ D. To look back on her childhood.‎ E Fear may be felt in the heart as well as in the head, according to a study that has found a link between the cycles of a beating heart and the chance of someone feeling fear.‎ Tests on healthy volunteers found that they were more likely to feel a sense of fear at the moment when their hearts are contracting(收缩) and pumping blood around their bodies, compared with the point when the heartbeat is relaxed. Scientists say the results suggest that the heart is able to influence how the brain responds to a fearful event, depending on which point it is at in its regular cycle of contraction and relaxation.‎ Sarah Garfinkel at the Brighton and Sussex Medical School said: "Our study shows for the first time that the way in which we deal with fear is different depending on when we see fearful pictures in relation to our heart."‎ The study tested 20 healthy volunteers on their reactions to fear as they were shown pictures of fearful faces. Dr Garfinkel said, "The study showed that fearful faces are better noticed when the heart is pumping than when it is relaxed. Thus our hearts can also affect what we see and what we don't see - and guide whether we see fear."‎ To further understand this relationship, the scientists also used a brain scanner(扫描仪) to show how the brain influences the way the heart changes a person's feeling of fear.‎ ‎"We have found an important mechanism by which the heart and brain ‘speak’to each other to change our feelings and reduce fear," Dr Garfinkel said.‎ ‎"We hope that by increasing our understanding about how fear is dealt with and ways that it could be reduced, we may be able to develop more successful treatments for anxiety disorders, and also for those for those who may be suffering from serious stress disorder."‎ ‎47. What is the finding of the study?‎ ‎ A. One's heart affects how he feels fear. ‎ B. fear is a result of one's relaxed heartbeat.‎ ‎ C. fear has something to do with one's health. ‎ D. Ones fast heartbeats are likely to cause fear.‎ ‎48. The study was carried out by analyzing _______.‎ ‎ A. volunteers' heartbeats when they saw terrible pictures ‎ B. the time volunteers saw fearful pictures and their health conditions ‎ C. volunteers' reactions to horrible pictures and data form their brain scans ‎ D. different pictures shown to volunteers and their heart-brain communication ‎49. Which of the following is closest in meaning to "mechanism" in Paragraph 6?‎ ‎ A. Order. B. system. C. Machine. D. Treatment.‎ ‎50.This study may contribute to _______.‎ ‎ A. treating anxiety and stress better ‎ B. explaining the cycle of fear and anxiety ‎ C. finding the sky to the heart-brain communication ‎ D. understanding different fears in our hearts and heads 第二节 根据对话内容，从对话后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。选项中有两项多余选项。（共5小题；每小题2分，共10分）‎ ‎ —James, can I have some black tea?‎ ‎ —Sure, 51 ‎ ‎ —Well, just a little, please.‎ ‎ —Two teaspoons?‎ ‎ — 52 I have gained some weight these days.‎ ‎ (Minutes later. )‎ ‎ —How nice it is!‎ ‎ — 53 ‎ ‎ —Yes, please. Do you mind me smoking here?‎ ‎ — 54 I don't want to have secondhand smoke. Would you like some cookies, instead?‎ ‎ Eating more and smoking less will do you good.‎ ‎ — 55 ‎ A. Of course!‎ B. Any sugar?‎ C. Okay, thanks.‎ D. Well, go ahead.‎ E. No, one is enough.‎ F How do you want it made?‎ G .Would you like some more?‎ 第II卷 （非选择题 共60分）‎ 第三部分：书面表达（共三节，满分60分）‎ 第一节 阅读表达（共5小题；每小题2分，共10分）‎ 阅读下面短文，并按照题目要求用英语问答问题（请注意问题后词数要求）。‎ A nurse of 78 this weekend celebrates 60 years of walking the wards - and she has no plans to retire.‎ Jackie Reid was 18 when she started work in 1953 - when the National Health Service(NHS) was just five years old - and is believed to be the oldest nurse in Britain.‎ The diabetes(糖尿病) specialist had to retire at 65 but returned as a nurse within two weeks and still does up to four seven-and-a-half hour shifts(轮班）each week.‎ Mrs Reid said: "Nursing is hard if you do it correctly but I love my job. Working for the NHS has been my life. I have no other hobbies because I have worked all my life.‎ Jackie has worked at a number of different hospitals--including one in Scotland.‎ Her specialist field has been diabetes for the past 40 years. She relrained after her 12-year-old daughter Michelle developed the disease. She currently works at Southend Hospital, Essex.‎ Over the last 60years she has treated tens of thousands of patients.‎ Jackie believes nursing should be protected from government cuts. She said: "There're lots of things I would say to the government. If you are going to get good care you have to have the resources(资源), you can't do it without enough money. They shouldn't need the cuts that there are in the NHS. It's hard now because there's a shortage of staff."‎ Jackie has lived alone in Grays, Essex, since her husband did three years ago.‎ The couple have two daughters Michelle, 50, and Karen, 54.‎ Jackie added: "My youngest daughter worried about me - she doesn't think I should work ‎ as much as I do. I constantly say 'don't worry about me, I'm fine', but she never believes me. I don't like the thought of giving it up and will try to keep going forever."‎ ‎56. In which year was the NHS set up? (within 2 words)‎ ‎ ‎ ‎57. What does Jackie think of nursing? (within 6 words)‎ ‎ ‎ ‎58. when did Jackie retrain in the field of diabetes? (within 6 words)‎ ‎ ‎ ‎59. What does Jackie wish the government to do? (within 7 words)‎ ‎ ‎ ‎60. Why does Jackie's daughter worry about her? (within 8 words)‎ ‎ ‎ 第二节 短文改错（共10小题；每小题1.5分，共15分）‎ 下面短文中有10处语言错误。请在有错误的工方增加、删除或修改某个单词。‎ 增加：在缺词处加一个符号（^），并在其下面写出该加的词。‎ 删除：把多余的词用斜线（）划掉。‎ 修改：在错的词下划一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。‎ 注意： 1. 每句不超过两个错误；‎ ‎ 2. 每处错误及其修改均只限一词；‎ ‎ 3. 只允许修改10处，多者（从第11处起）不计分。‎ Today we had a chemistry test. I found the test difficulty, but I tried hardly to do it. Suddenly Mary, my best friend, asking me to let her to copy my answers. After think for some time, I let her copy my answers. But after the test, all of us were called to the teacher's office. The teacher was angry because we had same answers in the tests. We were warned not to cheat again so she would need to see our parents. I was very upset. I didn't cheat. I was just helping a friend. Why does she punish me?‎ 第三节 书面表达（共35分）‎ 某中学生英文报近期开辟专栏，讨论学习习惯问题。请你结合自身学习实际，按以下提示，用英文为该专栏写一篇稿件。‎ ‎1. 说明学习习惯与学习效果之间的关系；‎ ‎2. 介绍一种好的学习习惯并提出养成该习惯的建议；‎ ‎3. 描述自己在学习习惯方面存在的某个问题并给出改进措施。‎ 注意：‎ ‎1. 词数120左右，开头语已为你写好；‎ ‎2. 可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯；‎ ‎3. 文中不得透露个人姓名和学校名称。‎ It's useful and necessary to discuss learning habits. ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 十九、2013年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语（浙江卷）‎ 第一部分：知识运用（共两节，满分30分）‎ 第一节：单项填空（共20小题；每小题0.5分，满分10分）‎ 从A、B、C和D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题纸上将该选项标号涂黑。‎ ‎1. — Hey, can I ask you a favor?‎ ‎ — Sure, ________‎ ‎ A. here you are. B. just as I thought. C. how is it going? D. what can I do for you?‎ ‎2. Mary worked here as a ________ secretary and ended up getting a full-time job with the company.‎ ‎ A. pessimistic B. temporary C. previous D. cautious ‎3. I ________ myself more—it was a perfect day.‎ ‎ A. shouldn’t have enjoyed B. needn’t have enjoyed ‎ C. wouldn’t have enjoyed D. couldn’t have enjoyed ‎4. As the world’s population continues to grow, the ________ of food becomes more and more of a concern.‎ ‎ A. worth B. supply C. package D. list ‎5. The children, ________ had played the whole day long, were worn out.‎ ‎ A. all of what B. all of which C. all of them D. all of whom ‎6. If we leave right away, ________ we’ll arrive on time.‎ ‎ A. hopefully B. curiously C. occasionally D. gradually ‎7. ________ how others react to the book you have just read creates an added pleasure.‎ ‎ A. Hearing B. Hear C. Having heard D. To be hearing ‎8. Eye doctors recommend that a child’s first eye exam ________ at the age of six months old.‎ ‎ A. was B. be C. were D. is ‎9. When the group discussion is nearing its end, make sure to ________ it with important points.‎ ‎ A. conclude B. lead C. avoid D. hold ‎10. During the last three decades, the number of people participating in physical fitness programs ________‎ ‎ sharply.‎ ‎ A. was increasing B. has increased C. had increased D. will be increasing ‎11. Half of ________ surveyed in 16 countries say they go first to their closest friend to share their deepest wishes and darkest fears.‎ ‎ A. these B. some C. ones D. those ‎12. A good listener takes part in the conversation, ________ ideas and raising questions to keep the talk flowing.‎ ‎ A. realizing B. copying C. offering D. misunderstanding ‎13. The museum will open in the spring with an exhibition and a viewing platform ________ visitors can watch the big glasshouses being built.‎ ‎ A. what B. where C. when D. why ‎14. It will be a big help if you go to the store and get what we need for dinner. ________, I will set the table.‎ ‎ A. As a result B. On the whole ‎ C. In the meanwhile D. As a matter of fact ‎15. People develop ________ preference for a particular style of learning at ________ early age and these preferences affect learning.‎ ‎ A. a；an B. a；不填 C. 不填； the D. the；an ‎16. The only way to succeed at the highest level is to have total belief ________ you are better than anyone else on the sports field.‎ ‎ A. how B. that C. which D. whether ‎17. Bears ________ fat stores throughout the summer and fall to have energy enough to last them through their winter sleep.‎ ‎ A. pack up B. build up C. bring up D. take up ‎18. If what your friend comes up with surprises you, don’t reject it immediately. ________, imagine that it is true.‎ ‎ A. Thus B. Besides C. Rather D. Otherwise ‎19. There are some health problems that, when ________ in time, can become bigger ones later on.‎ ‎ A. not treated B. not being treated ‎ C. not to be treated D. not having been treated ‎20.— Excuse me, but could I trouble you for some change?‎ ‎ — ________. Will pennies do?‎ A. I know B. Never mind C. I am sure D. Let me see ‎ 第二节 完形填空（共20小题；每小题1分，满分20分）‎ 阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然从21～40各题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答题纸上将该选项标号涂黑。‎ Last spring, I was fortunate to be chosen to participate in an exchange study program. In my application letter, I was careful to 21 how much I wanted to see France; evidently,‎ ‎ my excitement really came through in my words. Once I 22 that I was going, all I could think about was the fun of foreign travel and making all sorts of new and 23 friends. While travelling was inspiring and meeting people was 24 , nothing about my term in France was what I 25 .‎ The moment I arrived in Paris, I was 26 by a nice French couple who would become my host parents. My entire experience was joyous and exciting 27 I received some shocking news from my program coordinator: there had been a death in my host parents’ extended family. They had to travel outside France for several weeks. That afternoon, I had to 28 out of one family’s house into another. The exchange coordinator told me I’d have a ‎ ‎ 29 this time and asked whether I could share a bedroom with an English speaker. To avoid the temptation to ‎ 30 my native language, I asked not to be 31 with an English-speaking roommate. When I got to my new room, I 32 myself to my new roommate Paolo, a Brazilian the same age as I, whom I was surprised to find playing one of my favorite CDS! In just a few hours, we knew we’d be good friends for the rest of the 33 .‎ I left France with many 34 , so when people asked me what my favorite part of the trip was, they are always 35 to hear me talk about my Brazilian friend Paolo and scores of weekdays in class, weeknights on the town, and weekends 36 France we enjoyed together. I love how people 37 seem so different, but end up being so ‎ 38 . The most valuable lesson I gained from studying in France wasn’t just to respect the French people 39 to respect all people, for your next best friend could be just a continent away. I would recommend an exchange program to anyone who wants to experience foreign cultures and gain meaningful 40 . ‎ ‎21.A discuss B. express C. announce D. argue ‎22.A approved B. knew C. warned D. denied ‎23.A stubborn B. anxious C. universal D. interesting ‎24.A .boring B. upsetting C. exiting D. promising ‎25.A .expected B. liked C. doubted D. feared ‎26.A. sponsored B. witnessed C. greeted D. supported ‎27.A. until B. when C. since D. while ‎28. A. move B. travel C. walk D. rush ‎29. A. housekeeper B. leader C. roommate D. colleague ‎30. A .learn B. appreciate C. speak D. master ‎31. A .combined B. fitted C. involved D. placed ‎32. A .added B. introduced C. devoted D. adapted ‎33. A .term B. week C. month D. vacation ‎34. A .presents B. suitcase C. stories D. dreams ‎35. A .surprised B. disturbed C. embarrassed D. connected ‎36. A .studying B. exploring C. describing D. investigating ‎37. A .need B. shall C. must D. can ‎38. A .generous B. independent C. similar D. distant ‎39. A .and B. but C. or D. so ‎40. A. instructions B. friendships C. facts D. data 第二部分：阅读理解（共一节，满分50分）‎ 第一节：阅读下列材料，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答题纸上将该选项标号涂黑。‎ A No one knows for sure when advertising first started. It is possible that it grew out of the discovery that some people did certain kinds of work better than others did them. That led to the concept of specialization, which means that people would specialize, or focus, on doing one specific job.‎ Let’s take a man we’ll call Mr. Fielder, for example. He did everything connected with farming. He planted seeds, tended the fields, and harvested and sold his crops. At the same time, he did many other jobs on the farm. However, he didn’t make the bricks for his house, cut his trees into boards, make the plows (犁), or any of other hundreds of things a farm needs. Instead, he got them from people who specialized in doing each of those things.‎ Suppose there was another man we shall call Mr. Plowright. Using what he knew about farming and working with iron, Mr. Plowright invented a plow that made farming easier. Mr. Plowright did not really like farming himself and wanted to specialize in making really good plows. Perhaps, he thought, other farmers will trade what they grow for one of my plows.‎ How did Mr. Plowright let people know what he was doing? Why, he advertised, of course. First he opened a shop and then he put up a sign outside the shop to attract customers. That sign may have been no more than a plow carved into a piece of wood and a simple arrow pointing to the shop door. It was probably all the information people needed to find Mr. Plowright and his really good plows.‎ Many historians believe that the first outdoor signs were used about five thousand years ago. Even before most people could read, they understood such signs. Shopkeepers would carve into stone, clay, or wood symbols for the products they had for sale.‎ A medium, in advertising talk, is the way you communicate your message. You might say that the first medium used in advertising was signs with symbols. The second medium was audio, or sound, although that term is not used exactly in the way we use it today. Originally, just the human voice and maybe some kind of simple instrument, such as a bell, were used to get people’s attention.‎ A crier, in the historical sense, is not someone who weeps easily. It is someone, probably a man, with a voice loud enough to be heard over the other noises of a city. In ancient Egypt,‎ ‎ shopkeepers might hire such a person to spread the news about their products. Often this earliest form of advertising involved a newly arrived ship loaded with goods. Perhaps the crier described the goods, explained where they came from, and praised their quality. His job was, in other words, not too different from a TV or radio commercial in today’s world. (478 words)‎ ‎ 41. What probably led to the start of advertisement?‎ A. The discovery of iron. B. The specialization of labor.‎ ‎ C. The appearance of new jobs. D. The development of farming techniques.‎ ‎42. To advertise his plows, Mr. Plowright __________.‎ ‎ A. praised his plows in public B. placed a sign outside the shop ‎ C. hung an arrow pointing to the shop D. showed his products to the customers ‎43. The writer makes up the two stories of Mr. Fielder and Mr. Plowright in order to __________.‎ ‎ A. explain the origin of advertising B. predict the future of advertising ‎ C. expose problems in advertising D. provide suggestions for advertising ‎44. In ancient Egypt, a crier was probably someone who __________.‎ ‎ A. owned a ship ‎ B. had the loudest voice ‎ C. ran a shop selling goods to farmers ‎ D. functioned like today’s TV or radio commercial ‎45. The last two paragraphs are mainly about __________.‎ ‎ A. the history of advertising B. the benefits of advertising ‎ C. the early forms of advertising D. the basic design of advertising B Below is a selection from a popular science book.‎ If blood is red, why are veins (静脉) blue?‎ Actually, veins are not blue at all. They are more of a clear, yellowish color. Although blood looks red when it’s outside the body, when it’s sitting in a vein near the surface of the skin, it’s more of a dark reddish purple color. At the right depth, these blood-filled veins reflect less red light than the surrounding skin, making them look blue by comparison.‎ Which works harder, your heart or your brain?‎ That kind of depends on whether you’re busy thinking or busy exercising. Your heart works up to three times harder during exercise, and shifts enough blood over a lifetime to fill a supertanker. But, in the long run, your brain probably tips it, because even when you’re sitting still your brain is using twice as much energy as your heart, and it takes four to five times as much blood to feed it.‎ Why do teeth fall out, and why don’t they grow back in grown-ups?‎ Baby (or “milk”) teeth do not last long; they fall out to make bigger room for bigger, stronger ‎ adult teeth later on. Adult teeth fall our when they become damaged, decayed and infected by bacteria. Once this second set of teeth has grown in, you’re done. When they’re gone, they are gone. This is because nature figures you’re set for life, and what controls regrowth of your teeth switches off.‎ Do old people shrink as they age?‎ Yes and no. Many people do get shorter as they age. But, when they do, it isn’t because they’re shrinking all over. They simply lose height as their spine (脊柱) becomes shorter and more curved due to disuse and the effect of gravity (重力). Many (but not all) men and women do lose height as they get older. Men lose an average of 3‎-4 cm in height as they age, while women may lose ‎5 cm or more. If you live to be 200 years old, would you keep shrinking till you were, like ‎60 cm tall, like a little boy again? No, because old people don’t really shrink! It is not that they are growing backwards—their legs, arms and backbones getting shorter. When they do get shorter, it’s because the spine has shortened a little. Or, more often, become more bent and curved.‎ Why does spinning make you dizzy (眩晕的)?‎ Because your brain gets confused between what you’re seeing and what you’re feeling. The brain senses that you’re spinning using special gravity-and-motion-sensing organs in your inner ear, which work together with your eyes to keep your vision balance stable. But when you suddenly stop spinning the system goes out of control, and your brain thinks you’re moving while you’re not.‎ Where do feelings and emotions come from?‎ Mostly from an ancient part of the brain called the limbic system. All mammals have this brain area — from mice to dogs, cats, and humans. So all mammals feel basic emotions like fear, pain and pleasure. But since human feelings also involve other, newer bits of the brain, we feel more complex emotions than any other animal on this planet.‎ If exercise wears you out, how can it be good for you?‎ Because our bodies adapt to everything we do to them. And as far as your body is concerned, it’s “use it, or lose it”! It’s not that exercise makes you healthy, it’s more that a lack of exercise leaves your body weak and easily affected by disease. (596 words)‎ ‎ 46. What is the color of blood in a vein near the surface of the skin?‎ A. Blue B. Light yellow ‎ C. Red D. Dark reddish purple ‎47. Why do some old people look a little shrunken as they age?‎ ‎ A. Because their spine is in active use.‎ ‎ B. Because they are more easily affected by gravity.‎ ‎ C. Because they keep growing backwards.‎ ‎ D. Because their spine becomes more bent.‎ ‎48. Which of the following statements about our brain is true?‎ ‎ A. In the long run, our brain probably works harder than our heart.‎ ‎ B. When our brain senses the spinning, we will feel dizzy.‎ ‎ C. The brains of the other mammals are as complex as those of humans.‎ ‎ D. Our feelings and emotions come from the most developed area in our brain.‎ ‎49. What is the main purpose of the selection?‎ ‎ A. To give advice on how to stay healthy.‎ ‎ B. To provide information about our body.‎ ‎ C. To challenge new findings in medical research.‎ ‎ D. To report the latest discoveries in medical science.‎ C The baby monkey is much more developed at birth than the human baby. Almost from the moment it is born, the baby monkey can move around and hold tightly to its mother. During the first few days of its life the baby will approach and hold onto almost any large, warm, and soft object in its environment, particularly if that object also gives it milk. After a week or so, however, the baby monkey begins to avoid newcomers and focuses its attentions on “mother”—the real mother or the mother-substitute (母亲替代物).‎ During the first two weeks of its life warmth is perhaps the most important psychological thing that a monkey mother has to give to its baby. The Harlows, a couple who are both psychologists, discovered this fact by offering baby monkeys a choice of two types of mother-substitutes—one covered with cloth and one made of bare wire. If the two artificial mothers were both the same temperature, the little monkeys always preferred the cloth mother. However, if the wire model was heated, while the cloth model was cool, for the first two weeks after birth the baby monkeys picked the warm wire mother-substitutes as their favorites. Thereafter they switched and spent most of their time on the more comfortable cloth mother.‎ Why is cloth preferable to bare wire? Something that the Harlows called contact (接触) comfort seems to be the answer, and a most powerful influence it is. Baby monkeys spend much of their time rubbing against their mothers’ skins, putting themselves in as close contact with the parent as they can. Whenever the young animal is frightened, disturbed, or annoyed, it typically rushes to its mother and rubs itself against her body. Wire doesn’t “rub” as well as does soft wire cloth. Prolonged (长时间的) “contact comfort” with a cloth mother appears to give the babies confidence and is much more rewarding to them than is either warmth or milk.‎ According to the Harlows, the basic quality of a baby’s love for its mother is trust. If the baby is put into an unfamiliar playroom without its mother, the baby ignores the toys no matter how interesting they might be. It screams in terror and curls up into a furry little ball. If its cloth mother is now introduced into the playroom, the baby rushes to it and holds onto it for dear life. After a few minutes of contact comfort, it obviously begins to feel more secure. It then climbs down from the mother-substitute and begins to explore the toys, but often rushes back for a deep embrace (拥抱) as if to make sure that its mother is still there and that ‎ all is well. Bit by bit its fears of the new environment are gone and it spends more and more time playing with the toys and less and less time holding on to its “mother.”‎ ‎ 50. Psychologically, what does the baby monkey desire most during the first two weeks of its life?‎ ‎ A. Warmth B. Milk C. Contact D. Trust ‎51. After the first two weeks of their life, baby moneys prefer the cloth mother to the wire mother because the former is __________.‎ ‎ A. larger in size B. closer to them ‎ C. less frightening and less disturbing D. more comfortable to rub against ‎52. What does the baby monkey probably gain from prolonged “contact comfort”?‎ ‎ A. Attention B. Softness C. Confidence D. Interest ‎53. It can be inferred that when the baby monkey feels secure, __________.‎ ‎ A. it frequently rushes back for a deep embrace when exploring the toys ‎ B. it spends more time screaming to get rewards ‎ C. it is less attracted to the toys though they are interesting ‎ D. it cares less about whether its mother is still around ‎54. The main purpose of the passage is to __________.‎ ‎ A. give the reasons for the experiment B. present the findings of the experiment ‎ C. introduce the method of the experiment D. describe the process of the experiment D In 1974, after filling out fifty applications, going through four interviews, and winning one offer, I took what I could get—a teaching job at what I considered a distant wild area: western New Jersey. My characteristic optimism was alive only when I reminded myself that I would be doing what I had wanted to do since I was fourteen—teaching English.‎ School started, but I felt more and more as if I were in a foreign country. Was this rural area really New Jersey? My students took a week off when hunting season began. I was told they were also frequently absent in late October to help their fathers make hay on the farms. I was a young woman from New York City, who thought that “Make hay while the sun shines” just meant to have a good time.‎ But, still, I was teaching English. I worked hard, taking time off only to eat and sleep. And then there was my sixth-grade class—seventeen boys and five girls who were only six years younger than me. I had a problem long before I knew it. I was struggling in my work as a young idealistic teacher. I wanted to make literature come alive and to promote a love of the written word. The students wanted to throw spitballs and whisper dirty words in the back of the room.‎ In college I had been taught that a successful educator should ignore bad behavior. So I did, confident that, as the textbook had said, the bad behavior would disappear as I gave my students positive attention. It sounds reasonable, but the text evidently ignored the fact that ‎ humans, particularly teenagers, rarely seems reasonable. By the time my boss, who was also my taskmaster, known to be the strictest, most demanding, most quick to fire inexperienced teachers, came into the classroom to observe me, the students exhibited very little good behavior to praise.‎ My boss sat in the back of the room. The boys in the class were making animal noises, hitting each other while the girls filed their nails or read magazines. I just pretended it all wasn’t happening, and went on lecturing and tried to ask some inspiring questions. My boss, sitting in the back of the room, seemed to be growing bigger and bigger. After twenty minutes he left, silently. Visions of unemployment marched before my eyes.‎ I felt mildly victorious that I got through the rest of class without crying, but at my next free period I had to face him. I wondered if he would let me finish out the day. I walked to his office, took a deep breath, and opened the door.‎ He was sitting in his chair, and he looked at me long and hard. I said nothing. All I could think of was that I was not an English teacher; I had been lying to myself, pretending that everything was fine.‎ When he spoke, he said simply, without accusation, “You had nothing to say to them.”‎ ‎“You had nothing to say to them.” he repeated. “No wonder they are bored. Why not get to the meat of literature and stop talking about symbolism. Talk with them, not at them. And more important, why do you ignore their bad behavior?” We talked. He named my problems and offered solutions. We role-played. He was the bad student, and I was the forceful, yet, warm, teacher.‎ As the year progressed, we spent many hours discussing literature and ideas about human beings and their motivations. He helped me identify my weaknesses and strengths. In short, he made a teacher of me by teaching me the reality of Emerson’s words: “The secret to education lies in respecting the pupil.”‎ Fifteen years later I still drive that same winding road to the same school. Thanks to the help I received that difficult first year, the school is my home now.‎ ‎ 55. It can be inferred from the story that in 1974 __________.‎ ‎ A. the writer became an optimistic person ‎ B. the writer was very happy about her new job ‎ C. it was rather difficult to get a job in the USA ‎ D. it was easy to get a teaching job in New Jersey ‎56. According to the passage, which of the following is most probably the writer’s problem as a new teacher?‎ ‎ A. She had blind trust in what she learnt at college.‎ ‎ B. She didn’t ask experienced teachers for advice.‎ ‎ C. She took too much time off to eat and sleep.‎ ‎ D. She didn’t like teaching English literature.‎ ‎57. What is the writer’s biggest worry after her taskmaster’s observation of her class?‎ ‎ A. She might lose her teaching job.‎ ‎ B. She might lose her students’ respect.‎ ‎ C. She couldn’t teach the same class any more.‎ ‎ D. She couldn’t ignore her students’ bad behavior any more.‎ ‎58. Which of the following gives the writer a sense of mild victory?‎ ‎ A. Her talk about symbolism sounded convincing.‎ ‎ B. Her students behaved a little better than usual.‎ ‎ C. She managed to finish the class without crying.‎ ‎ D. She was invited for a talk by her boss after class.‎ ‎59. The students behaved badly in the writer’s classes because __________.‎ ‎ A. they were eager to embarrass her.‎ ‎ B. she didn’t really understand them.‎ ‎ C. they didn’t regard her as a good teacher.‎ ‎ D. she didn’t have a good command of English.‎ ‎60. The taskmaster’s attitude towards the writer after his observation of her class can be described as________.‎ ‎ A. cruel but encouraging B. fierce but forgiving ‎ C. sincere and supportive D. angry and aggressive ‎ 第二节：下面文章中有5个段落需要添加首句（第61～65题）。请从以下选项（A、B、C、D、E 和F）中选出适合各段落的首句，并在答题纸上将相应选项的标号涂黑。选项中有一项是多余选项。‎ A. Time can run out.‎ B. Tomorrow won’t be better.‎ C. Ideas need time to develop.‎ D. Your professor will be impatient.‎ E. You blow off your chances for help.‎ F. You are probably overestimating (高估) the pain.‎ ‎ Never Put off Tomorrow What You Can Do Today Want to put off studying for the physics test? Or writing that thirty-five-page research paper on future uses of biotechnology? Sure you do? And who wouldn’t? But it’s still a silly idea to put off doing something until a future time. Here is why ....‎ ‎61. __________ The task will be still the same. It won’t be any more fun and you still won’t want to do it. As the deadline gets closer and closer, the task seems to become larger and larger if you haven’t started the work. And the stress increases. Now not only do you have to write that paper, you have to do it under great pressure.‎ ‎62. __________ Before you start, it seems that the task is unlikely to be accomplished. But ‎ you know what? You’re probably miscalculating. Get started—maybe on a small piece—and you will discover that you have more resources and know more about the subject than you thought. Result? You won’t experience nearly as much suffering as you expected to. Things are guaranteed—100 percent— to get better.‎ ‎63. __________ If you leave your work before the night before it’s due, you give up the possibility of getting input from your professor. Professors regularly give advice—or at least a few useful tips— during office hours. Unfortunately, though, they don’t usually hold office hours at midnight, so you will be out of luck when you discover the night before the midterm that you have no idea how to do the questions that will count for two-thirds of your grade.‎ ‎64. __________ Ever wonder why the professor assigns the papers two weeks before it’s due? It’s because he or she expects you to be thinking about the issue, or doing the research, for two weeks. No, not every waking moment, but at least some of the time. After all, the professor could just as easily have given the assignment one week before it was due if he or she expected less thinking. When you throw together a paper or a report at the last minute, your ideas are half-baked. And your professor will know it.‎ ‎65. __________ If you put things off at the last minute, you might find that you haven’t budgeted enough minutes to finish the necessary tasks. It’s the easiest thing in the world to miscalculate how long it’ll take to do all the work especially when new issues arise—like illness, family problems, computer breakdowns, trouble at work, and all the other things—as you’re thinking through your paper argument or preparing yourself for the coming test. If you keep delaying, you don’t allow yourself time for those various life events that have an adverse (不利的) effect on your ability to complete your assignment.‎ 第三部分：书面表达（共两节，满分40分）‎ 第一节 短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）‎ 假定英语课上老师要求同桌中间交换修改作文，请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误，每句中最多有两处，每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。‎ 增加：把缺词处叫个漏字符号（∧），并在其下面写出该加的词。‎ 删除：把多余的词用斜线（）划掉。‎ 修改：在错的词下划一横线，并在该词下面写出修改后的词。‎ 注意：1. 每处错误及其修改均仅限一词；‎ ‎ 2. 只允许修改10处，多者（从第11处起）不计分。‎ Dear Diary,‎ Here I am in the middle of a city, 350 miles far away from our farmhouse. Do you want to know why we move last week? Dad lost his job, and as Mom explained, “He was lucky to find other one.” His new job meant I had to say goodbye to my classmate, my school or just everything else I love in the world. To make matters bad, now I have to share a room with my younger sister, Maggie. Tomorrow is first day of school. I am awfully tiring, but I know I will ‎ never fall sleep.‎ Good night and remember, you, dear diary, is my only souvenir from my past life and my only friend.‎ Yours,‎ Rosemary 第二节：书面表达（满分30分）‎ ‎ 请以“One Thing I’m Proud of”为题，用英语写一篇100-120个词的短文，记述一件你自己认为得意的事情。要求如下：‎ ‎1．记述事情经过；‎ ‎2．简要说明你感到得意原因或从中得到的启示。‎ 注意：文章的标题已给出（不计词数）‎ One Thing I’m Proud of ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 答案： ‎ 一、课标卷I 选择题答案 第一、二、三部分 ‎1—5 ACACB 6-10 BBABA 11-15 BACAA 16-20 BCBCC ‎21-25 BBDCA 26-30 DABCB 31-35 ADCDA 36-40 CCDAB ‎41-45 DABAC 46-50 CDDBA 51-55 BCADB 56-60 AACCB ‎61-65 DCDDB 66-70 BCABD 71-75 DCGEA 非选择题答案 第四部分：‎ 第一节：‎ I hardly remember my grandmother. She used to holding me on her knees and sing old songs. I was only ‎ ‎ hold four when she passes away. She is just a distant memory for me now.‎ ‎ passed I remember my grandfather very much. He was tall, with broad shoulder and a beard that turned from black ‎ ‎ well / clearly shoulders toward gray over the years. He had a deep voice, which set himself apart from others in our small town,∧he was ‎ ‎‎ to / into him and strong and powerful. In a fact, he even scared my classmates away during they came over to play or do ‎ ‎ when homework with me. However, he was the gentlest man I have never known.‎ ‎ ever 第二节：One Possible Version Dear Peter,‎ How are you doing?‎ I’m writing to tell you that my uncle Li Ming is going to your city for a conference, and I’ve asked him to bring you the Chinese painting you’ve asked for before.‎ Also, I’d like you to do me a favor. Would you please meet my uncle at the airport and take him to his hotel since this is his first visit to the U.S.‎? Thank you in advance!‎ His flight number is CA985, and it will arrive at 11:30 am, August 6. My uncle is tall and he is wearing glasses. And he will be in a blue jacket.‎ Looking forward to your reply.‎ Yours,‎ 二、课标卷II ‎ ‎2.选择题：1-5: DAACD 6-10: BCABB 11-15: DBADC ‎ ‎16-20: ADBBA 21-25: CBDCA 26-30: CDBCA ‎ ‎31-35: DDBCA 36-40: BADBA 41-45: DBDCD 46-50: CABCD 51-55: EBCGA 改错题：1.of 去掉 2. Have改成Having 3. that改成which 4. becomes改成became 5. day前加the 6. Interesting改成Interestingly 7. by改成with/to 8. drank改成drunk 9. cup改成cups 10. grow改成growth Dear Tom, ‎ How are you doing? I wonder if you could sell some Chinese knots for me. I made them myself with red silk threads, cloth and other materials. They look really beautiful in the shape of a diamond, about 5 inches long and 4 inches wide. In china, these knots stand for friendship, love and good luck. People can either give them as gifts to friends or hang them in their houses. They are only 12.99 US dollars each. If anyone wants to know more about the knots, let them write to me. Also, do let me know if you need further information. Thank you! ‎ Li hua.‎ 三、大纲卷 选择题答案：‎ 第一、二、三部分：‎ ‎1．A 2．C 3．A 4．C 5．B 6．B 7．B 8．A 9．B 10．A ‎ ‎11．B 12．A 13．C 14．A 15．A 16．B 17．C 18．B 19．C 20．C ‎ ‎21．D 22．A 23．A 24．C 25．D 26．B 27．C 28．A 29．B 30．B ‎ ‎31．D 32．B 33．A 34．D 35．C 36．A 37．D 38．B 39．B 40．A ‎ ‎41．C 42．B 43．D 44．C 45．A 46．C 47．D 48．B 49．C 50．A ‎ ‎51．D 52．D 53．B 54．C 55．A 56．B 57．A 58．D 59．B 60．A ‎ ‎61．D 62．B 63．D 64．C 65．D 66．C 67．A 68．B 69．A 70．C ‎ ‎71．D 72．C 73．A 74．C 75．B 非选择题答案：‎ 第四部分：‎ 第一节：‎ In my family, there are three people. My father is ‎ hardworking but goes to work in the field every day. 76．and ‎ He isn’t good at talk but he gets on well with other 77．talking ‎ people. My mother is verykind and is 78． ‎ friendly to everybody. So when I have the problem 79．a ‎ I will turn to her for help. My friends say I am clever. 80．√ ‎ When the teacher asks us very difficulty questions, 81．difficult ‎ I’ll think quickly and stand∧to answer. At home my 82．up ‎ Father often thinks I’m silly. He said if I decide 83．says ‎ To do something, it takes him much times to stop me. 84．time ‎ This is how I need to improve in the future. 85．what / where ‎ 英语答案 第1页（共2页）‎ 第二节：‎ Dear Tom, ‎ How are you doing? I wonder if you could sell some Chinese knots for me. I made them myself with red silk threads, cloth and other materials. They look really beautiful in the shape of a diamond, about 5 inches long and 4 inches wide. In china, these knots stand for friendship, love and good luck. People can either give them as gifts to friends or hang them in their houses. They ‎ are only 12.99 US dollars each. If anyone wants to know more about the knots, let them write to me. Also, do let me know if you need further information. Thank you! ‎ Li hua.‎ 四、北京卷 第一部分：听力 ‎1-5：ACABB 6-10：BACCB 11-15：CCABA ‎ ‎16.Cyril /CYRIL 17. Street /ST.‎ 18. 74829365 19. Large 20. Cash ‎ 第二部分: 第一节：单选 ‎ ‎21-25: DACBB 25-30: CDBDA 31-35: BCCDA ‎ 第二节: 完形 36-40: CAADB 41-45:BCDCD ‎ ‎46-50:ACBDA 51-55:BDCAB ‎ 第三部分: 阅读 ‎ ‎56-60: BADAC 61-65: CDBBA 66-70:DDACC 71-75: EDBAF ‎ 第四部分：作文 第一节：情景作文 内容要点：1. 告别2.生病3.照顾. 4.夸奖 Last Monday, my father said goodbye to my mother and me and went on a business trip. He would be away ‎ for three days. Just the next morning, I found my mother wasn’t feeling well. She had a cold. I immediately ‎ went to get her some medicine and then prepared some noodles for her, with my special care. My mother recovered quickly. When my father came back home, my mother told him what had happened he praised me for what I had done. I feel very happy that I have done something for my mother ‎ 第二节 开放作文 I think the picture is telling us that there is usually a difference between one’s dream and reality. People ‎ need to learn to face it. Everyone has his dream, however, it is not so easy for people to realize their dreams ‎ every time. Just like the man in the picture, instead of the big fish he wishes for. He actually catches a small ‎ one. In my opinion, People need to learn to accept the reality and keep on trying. With another try, they may gain what they dream of. ‎ 五、天津卷 单选1-15 BABDC BCAAD ACDBD ‎ 完形16-35 CDABA BCDBA CDCBA ABACD 阅读36-55 ABCDD ACDBC BCBDA ACDBD 阅读表达 第二节By reading a Time for Kids magazine Or: From a Time for kids magazine ‎57.She won the essay contest held by NASA. ‎ Or: She named the Mars rover ”Curiosity”‎ Or: “Curiosity” was chosen as the name of the Mars rover ‎58.She sat together with Grandma listening to her stories about the stars Or: Her grandma told her stories about the stars Or: They sat together talking about the stars.‎ ‎59.Stay/Remain/Live/Hide ‎60.Curiosity is important because it leads to discovery or invention.‎ Or: With curiosity,we keep asking questions and exploring the world unknown Or: Curiosity drives us through our lives so that we never stop wondering about the things beyond our knowledge.‎ Good afternoon, my dear friends,       My name is Li Jin. I feel excited to have the honor of running for vice president of our English Club. I think I am fully qualified for the job.‎ Firstly, I am easygoing and can communicate with others in English fluently. Secondly, as a dynamic person, I have rich experience in organizing activities, such as  English parties and all kinds of lectures. I will make good plans and spare no efforts to do more exchanges with other schools by holding English Speech Competition and debates if I get the chance. If I am lucky enough to be elected, I will make great contributions to serve students and try to make their life more colorful! I sincerely hope you can give me a chance. Thank you!‎ 六、上海卷 第I卷 第一大题第1至第10小题，每题1分；第11至第16小题，每题2分；第17至第24小题，每题1分，共30分。‎ ‎1—5 CDBAD 6—10 BCABA 11—16 DDBBCA ‎17. November / Nov. 18. Centre / Center 19. 850 20. African ‎21. with good grades 22. sit still 23. plan /create PE classes 24. new tricks 第二大题每小题，共25分 ‎25 C‎ 26—30 CADCC 31—35 DBBCA 36—40 DDAAB ‎41—45 JHBEF 46—49 IDGC 第三大题第50至64小题，每题1分；每65至75小题，每题2分；第76至80小题，每题1分；第81至84小题，每题2分。共50分。‎ ‎50 C‎ 51—55 BADCB 56—60 CDBAC 61—64 BADD ‎65—68 ACAB 69—71 DBC 72—75 CBDC 76—80 CBFAE ‎81. in the category of fear ‎82. the literary position has changed in a crowded media landscape / other media—movies, radio, drama—‎ ‎ had more emotional content ‎83. During the roaring Twenties and before the recent financial crash.‎ ‎84. their research result reflected wider social trends / songs and books reflected the real population 第Ⅱ卷 I. Translation 翻译 第1题3分，第2-4题每题4分，第5题5分，共20分。‎ ‎1. We enjoyed ourselves this New Year’s Day this year.‎ ‎2. My uncle sent me a card yesterday to congratulate / congratulating me on my 18th birthday.‎ ‎3. After years of / years’ construction, the little town is now as lively as it was before the earthquake / it ‎ used to be before the earthquake.‎ ‎4. The performance began with a piece of classical music which was familiar to people in their ‎ fifties.‎ ‎5. No sooner had she watched the TV program on the extinct species than she made up her mind to join the wildlife protection organization. ‎ II. Guided Writing Possible version 1‎ Dear Sir or Madam:‎ I have heard from the newspaper that you, the Shanghai Museum, are planning to organize a famous painting exhibition. And you are now collecting suggestions about whether to hold it in your museum or the art gallery. I am now writing to express my opinion that the exhibition should be held in the museum. My reasons are as follows.‎ In terms of convenience, the museum has more advantages over the gallery. First, it is located in the People’s Square, which is the center of the city. So people can enjoy convenient transportation such as the subway line 1, 2 and 8, which are available to people from nearly every district. It saves the visitors a lot of time and trouble of traffic jam. Another advantage is that it is easy to be found by those from other provinces around the country. After all the Shanghai Museum is a landmark of our city familiar to nearly every Chinese.‎ With regard to the professional function, though it seems natural that an art exhibition be set in the gallery, in a more general sense, I think the museum has more advanced facilities to make the exhibition successful and to preserve the paintings well. As we know, the museum has successfully held many national and international exhibitions and its advertising and organizing experience is of no match; also its staff is qualified and professional.‎ To sum up, I am sure the show will be fantastic if it is held in Shanghai Museum.‎ ‎(248 words)‎ Possible version 2‎ To whom it may concern：‎ I’ve learned that an art exhibition is to be held and that you’re collecting suggestions on its location. I’m writing this letter to share with you my opinions. ‎ In my opinion, it is more advisable to hold the art exhibition in Shanghai Museum than in community libraries. My reasons are as follows.‎ On one hand, it is more convenient for people to get to Shanghai Museum which is located in the center of the city. And the museum is much more spacious than community libraries, which ‎ provides visitors with a more comfortable environment for appreciating art.‎ On the other hand, as a well-known museum, Shanghai Museum is more professional and experienced in holding art exhibitions. Its professional security guards and advanced facilities can better protect those famous paintings from being damaged or stolen.‎ Therefore, I suggest the exhibition be held in the museum.‎ Wang Min ‎ ‎ 七、重庆卷 一、听力 ‎ 1-5BCBAC 6-10BACAA 11-15BACCB 16-17BA 18.37/Thirty-seven/thirty-seven 19.geography/Geography 20.driver/Driver/Taxi-driver/Taxi-driver 二、单项填空 ‎ 21-25BACDC 26-30DBCAB 31-35ACABD ‎ 三、完形填空 ‎36-40CDBDA 41-45BCCBA 46-50BDACD 51-55ACBAD 四、阅读理解 ‎56-60DABCA 61-65DCBCD 66-70CBACA 71-75BDBDA 五、写作 写作一 参考答案 ‎ “My son is always on the phone, sleepinr g, out with his friends, or in his room. He never has time to talk to ‎ me.” The words above show the deep sadness and loneliness of her as well as other old parents.‎ ‎ Nowadays, young men look so busy in modern society that they will never feel free to live or talk with their ‎ parents, even on some festival days. However, to the parents, what they really hope for is that their children can ‎ come to see them just for a little time to give them a frequent telephone call.‎ ‎ The older they get, the more our old parents will feel. However busy we may be, wwe should try our best to ‎ spend more time talking with them and accompanying them. It isnot just because they once gave us so much ‎ selfless love, but it’s our duty to look after them well.‎ 写作二 参考答案 Dear Sir,‎ ‎ How are doing？Hope everything goes well with you!‎ ‎ Right now I am writing to you to tell you something about Yangtze Finless Porpoise. On account of lack of ‎ human protection, the number of Yangtze Finless Porpoise is becoming smaller and smaller, only 1000 left up to ‎ now. Most of them are dying out. Therefore, it’s time we took immediate measures to change the situation.‎ ‎ So I hope WWF will do something to help Yangtze Finless Porpoise by setting up a special fund organization ‎ or drawing up some rules on how to protect it and so on.‎ ‎ I will be looking forward to your reply. Thank you!‎ Li Hua 八、安徽卷 第一部分: 1-10. ACACB BBABA 11-20 BACAA BCBCC 第二部分： 21-30 CCBAC DADDB 31-40. DCABB CDABC ‎ ‎ 41-50 DCABC BABAA 51-55. DBDBA ‎ 第三部分： 56-65 DDCBC BDDAA 66-75 BACAB ADCCB ‎ 第四部分：‎ ‎ 第一节：‎ ‎76. Look(ing)/Search(ing) /Seek(ing )‎ ‎77. forward /ahead/on ‎ ‎78. experts/researchers ‎ ‎79. steps/ways ‎80. greatest ‎ ‎81. Express ‎ ‎82. sharing ‎ ‎83. Focus/Concentrate ‎ ‎84. feeling/mood/sense ‎ ‎85. these/those ‎ These days, breaking traffic rules and littering are not uncommon, causing serious harm to life and the environment. Changing this situation requires considerable effort on the part of everyone. As for me, it should start on the way to school. ‎ ‎ I will keep traffic rules in mind all the way. If I ride a bicycle, I’ll always keep to the right and never cross a road until the traffic light turns green. If I walk, I’ll never forget to use the pedestrian crossing. Meanwhile, I’ll regard it as my duty to help keep our environment clean and healthy. Not only will I keep from littering and spitting anywhere, I will also help clean up the roadside litter whenever possible. I hope my behavior will make a difference. ‎ 九、福建卷 选择题 ‎1.A 2. C 3. A 4. C 5. B 6. B 7. B 8. A 9. B 10. A ‎ ‎11. B 12. A 13. C 14. A 15. A 16. B 17. C 18. B 19. C 20. C ‎21. B 22. C 23. B 24. B 25. A 26. D 27. A 28. C 29. A 30. C ‎31. D 32. C 33. D 34. B 35. A 36. A 37. C 38. D 39. C 40. A ‎41. B 42. B 43. C 44. D 45. C 46. B 47. D 48. D 49. B 50. B ‎51. A 52. D 53. A 54. C 55. A ‎56. A 57. D 58. A 59. B 60. C 61. C 62. D 63. A 64. A 65. C ‎ ‎66. B 67. C 68. A 69. B 70. D 71. C 72. D 73. D 74. B 75. B 短文填词 ‎76.to 77.believes 78.him 79.which 80.before ‎ ‎81.activities 82.for 83.participate 84.time 85.up 书面表达 参考范文 One possible version From the picture we can see a family of three walking on a long red carpet. The son, well dressed, waves proudly in the middle while the father behind bends forward to hold the jacket and the mother in front rolls out the carpet, sweating.‎ It shows a common phenomenon nowadays that children are the focus of families, shouldering the hope of their parents. Parents arrange everything for their children and spare no effort to pave the way for their success. As a consequence, children become so reliant on their parents that they have no independent thought or creative ideas.‎ Such a situation is of great concern. In my opinion, overprotection and too much care are extremely bad for children's development. Instead of doing everything for them, parents should encourage their children to overcome difficulties and inspire them to develop by themselves. Only in this way can they grow up to be independent and become truly successful.‎ 概括准确，语言规范，内容合适，语篇连贯。‎ 十、广东卷 ‎2013年广东高考英语试题参考答案（A卷）‎ 第一节：完形填空 ‎1‎-5 ‎CBDAC 6-10 ADCAB 11-15 BDBDC ‎ 第二节：语法填空 ‎16. found 17. nor 18. why 19. reasonable  20. who  21. at  22. for  23. possibly  24. a  25. thinking ‎ 第三部分：阅读理解 ‎26-30 ADBCD 31-35 ABDBC 36-40 CABAD  41-45 DABAC  46-50 BECFD ‎ 第四部分：写作 第一节：基础写作 ‎ Version 1: ‎ About thirty volunteers will be chosen from all over the world by 2015 to go to the Mars. The volunteers must be over eighteen years old, prepared not to return to the earth, and willing to keep ‎ a good relationship with other people. Some experts thinks that the living conditions on the Mars are hard because it is difficult for the volunteers to face the cold weather, loneliness and fear. The volunteers believe that if they are successful, they will become the heroes of human beings. What’s more, they are tired of living on the earth, so they want to experience the life on the Mars.‎ Version 2: ‎ ‎ By 2015, about thirty volunteers to go to the Mars will be chosen from all over the world. The volunteers, who must be over 18 and would like to keep a good relationship with other people, should be prepared not to return to the earth. Some experts believe that it is very difficult to live on the Mars because of the cold weather, loneliness and fear. Some volunteers hold the belief that they will be the heroes of human beings if they succeed. Moreover, they want to know what life is like on the Mars because they are tired of the life on the earth. ‎ 第二节：读写任务 In the passage, the author mainly stresses the importance of small and ordinary work, such as cleaning the street. Because of their essentiality for the organization of the society, he thinks those doing such jobs should be respected greatly. ‎ There is no doubt that what a cleaner does is harder compared with any other jobs in the society. On one hand, they must get up in the early morning every day to clean the street while we are still in the sweet sleeping dreams. On the other hand, they also suffer from less respect and lower pay, working all day on the street no matter it is sun shines strongly or snow, wind heavily. ‎ Nobody could imagine what a bad environment we would live in if there were no cleaners in the city. Wherever we go, there is rubbish. Maybe we would soon be drowned in the mountain of rubbish. Ever worse, if there were no change about that, disease would spread at a very quick speed. Is there anything that can be worse than this!  ‎ From the above, I can draw the conclusion safely that even the smallest and the most ordinary job, such as cleaning the street, is also the necessary part to keep the society going smoothly. Consequently, those who do those most insignificant jobs should get respect as much as those being engineers or teachers. ‎ 十一、湖北卷 第一部分：听力（每小题1.5分，满分30分）‎ ‎　　1. A 2. C 3. A 4. B 5. C 6. C 7. A 8. A 9. B 10. B ‎　　11. C 12. B 13. A 14. B 15. A 16. C 17. B 18. A 19. C 20. C 第二部分：词汇知识运用 ‎　第一节：多项选择（每小题1分，满分10分）‎ ‎　　21. A 22. D 23. C 24. D 25. B 26. A 27. C 28. B 29. C 30. B ‎　第二节：完形填空（每小题1分，满分20分）‎ ‎　　31. C 32. D 33. C 34. A 35. B 36. C 37. D 38. B 39. C 40. D ‎　　41. A 42. C 43. A 44. D 45. A 46. B 47. A 48. D 49. B 50. B 第三部分：阅读理解（每小题2分，满分40分）‎ ‎　　A篇：51. D 52. B 53. B 54. A B篇：55. D 56. C 57. A 58. D ‎　　C篇：59. A 60. C 61. C 62. A D篇：63. A 64. D 65. B 66. C ‎　　E篇：67. B 68. C 69. A 70. D 第四部分：书面表达 ‎　　第一节：完成句子（每小题2分，满分20分）‎ ‎71. what you are doing/the thing(s) which/that you are doing ‎72. having persuaded ‎73. has been looking for/has looked for ‎74. keep the/my sheep tied ‎75. taking a taxi/to take a taxi ‎76. does light travel ‎77. of whom influenced/of whom have influenced/of them having influenced ‎78. when I reached for/the moment I reached for/at the time when I reached for ‎79. are being built ‎80. would/could have played 第二节：短文写作（满分30分）‎ ‎　　My deskmate admires my fluent English very much and I usually feel encouraged by his compliments.‎ ‎　　One day, when we learned the new word “eccentric” in class, we were asked to make a sentence with it. I volunteered to do it by saying “My deskmate is an eccentric boy whose clothes never fit him.” Hearing this, the whole class burst into laughter and my deskmate’s face turned red. After class, I learned from the teacher that my deskmate would have dropped out of school if he ‎ hadn’t been helped by others. My mindless words must have hurt him deeply.‎ Not until then did I realize words could be powerful in both positive and negative ways. We should avoid hurting others if we can’t always be encouraging when we speak.‎ 十二、湖南卷 参考答案 听力：1—5 BAACA 6—10 BBCCC 11—15 CBCAA ‎16. Confidently 17. easier 18. think about ‎19. you find interesting 20. yourself 单选：21—25 BDBAB 26—30 DCADA 31—35 CCABD 完型：36—40 ADCBD 41—45 ACBAC 46—47 BD ‎48. Because 49. within 50. he 51. a ‎ ‎52. most 53. and 54. it 55. than 阅读：56—60 DACAD 61—65 BBACD 66—70 BDCCA 填空题：71. MOOCS 72. no requirement ‎ 73. cannot afford 74. no formal qualifications ‎ 75. Potentials 76. providing ‎ 77. Challenges 78. particularly difficult delivery ‎ 79. evaporating 80. considering 间答题：81. She was giving free advice.‎ ‎82. They expect her to listen and provide real answers.‎ ‎83. They should talk things out.‎ ‎84. She would promote it to each public space with the help of volunteers.‎ Section C (25 marks)‎ Directions: Write an English composition according to the instructions given below.‎ In my life, there is an experience making me lost in thought. Last month, I, together with my teammates, had a basketball match against another basketball team, hoping to win the match and earning great honor for our team. Having put all our efforts to practice playing basketball whenever we had time, we were strongly desired to be the winner. However, not until the match was over did we realize that we became the loser at all. All of us felt disappointed, believing that honor never belonged to us. It was our coach’s words that educated us a lot. He claimed that ‎ instead of being focused on the result, we should focus more on the process and correct our mistakes, which would help improve us more in the future. From this experience, I am convinced that a result is not everything. Only by focusing more on correcting our mistakes can we better ourselves in the future. ‎ 十三、江苏卷 第一部分(共20小题;每小题1分,共20分)‎ ‎1. A 2. C 3. A 4. C 5. B 6. B 7. B 8. A 9. B 10. A ‎11. B 12. A 13. C 14. A 15. A 16. B 17. C 18. B 19. C 20. C 第二部分(共35小题;每小题1分,共35分)‎ ‎21. A 22. B 23. B 24. D 25. A 26. D 27. D 28. C 29. A 30. C ‎31. C 32. B 33. C 34. A 35. D 36. A 37. B 38. D 39. D 40. C ‎41. B 42. C 43. A 44. D 45. A 46. C 47. A 48. D 49. A 50. B ‎51. C 52. B 53. C 54. B 55. D 第三部分(共15小题;每小题2分,共30分)‎ ‎56. D 57. B 58. A 59. C 60. B 61. A 62. B 63. C 64. A 65. B ‎66. D 67. C 68. C 69. D 70. A 第四部分(共10小题;每小题1分,共10分)‎ ‎71. strict ‎72. helpful/good ‎73. Functions/Roles/Importance/Significance ‎74. running/working/going/operating/functioning ‎75. performance(s)‎ ‎76. fired/dismissed/jobless ‎77. problems/troubles ‎78. higher/subjective/unfair/unjust/prejudiced ‎79. tense/damaged/poor/bad ‎80. discourage/affect/damage Actions Speak Louder than Words People celebrate Earth Day differently. In Picture 1, a man is trying to put up a banner on a lonely tree surrounded by stumps, but in vain, while Picture 2 shows a couple happily planting ‎ trees.‎ The message conveyed here is clear: “Actions speak louder than words.” Our earth is suffering severe damage. Should we just pay lip service or take practical measures to protect it? The answer is definitely the latter. Immediate actions should be taken, like stopping cutting down trees, to better the environment.‎ Actions are important in other fields, too. Instead of shouting empty slogans, it is more meaningful to donate books and sports goods to children in need. We should strictly and voluntarily follow traffic rules, stopping at the red light rather than complaining about traffic jams. Only when we match our words with actions can we make a difference in whatever we hope to accomplish.(150 words)‎ 十四、江西卷 第一卷（选择题 共115分）‎ 第一部分：听力（共两节，满分30分）‎ ‎1. A 2. C 3. A 4. C 5. B 6. B 7. B 8. A 9. B 10. A 11. B 12. A ‎13. C 14. A 15. A 16. B 17. C 18. B 19. C 20. C 第二部分：英语知识运用（共两节，满分45分）‎ ‎21. B 22. D 23.C 24. A 25. B 26. A 27. C 28. B 29. B 30. C ‎31. D 32. A 33. C 34. A 35. D 第二节：完形填空（共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分）‎ ‎36. D 37. B 38. C 39. A 40. C 41. B 42. A 43. D 44. B 45. C 46. A 47. B 48. D ‎ ‎49. B 50. A 51. D 52. A 53. B 54. C 55. D 第三部分：阅读理解（共20小题；每小题2分，满分40分）‎ ‎56. D 57. B 58. D 59. B 60. A 61. C 62. C 63. A 64,. D 65. A 66. D 67. A 68. B 69. B 70. D 71. C 72. D 73. B 74. D 75. C 第二卷（非选择题 共35分）‎ 第四部分：写作（共两节，满分35分）‎ 第一节：阅读表达（共5小题；每小题2分，满分10分）‎ ‎76. Different views on fishing 77. Fishing lovers catch fish found in large numbers ‎78. boats, vehicles, fishing equipment, bait, boat repairs, accommodation and airfares.(列出其中四项即可)‎ ‎79. disagree with fishing(are against fishing) 80. A blood sport.‎ 第二节：书面表达（满分25分）‎ ‎ In order to encourage the students to take outdoor exercise, our school organized a mountain-climbing on April 10. Hundreds of us took part in it.‎ ‎ It was a nice day. At 8:00 am, we gathered at the foot of Daqing Moutain and set out for the top in high spirits. Al the way we were chatting, singing and laughing, enjoying the fresh air and the beautiful scenery. When some fell behind, others would come and offer help. About 2 hours later, we all reached the top. Bathed in sunshine, we jumped and cheered with joy.‎ ‎ The activity benefited us a lot. Not only did it get us close to nature and give us relaxation from heavy school work, it also promoted the friendship among us. What a wonderful time !‎ 十五、辽宁卷 第一、二、三部分 ‎01-05 ACACB 06-10BBABA 11-16BACAA 16-20BCBCC ‎21-25ABDAB 26-30CDCAB 31-35DBCAD 36-40CBACD ‎41-45ABACC 46-50BDBCD 51-55CDADC 56-60BCBDA ‎61-65DABCB 66-70ABDDB 71-75BFGDE 第四部分 第一节 ‎ Johnson is a hardworking teacher. Every day, he spends too much time with his work. With little sleep and ‎ ‎ on hardly any break, so he works from morning till night. Hard work have made him very ill. “He has ruined his ‎ ‎ has healthy. We are worried about him.” That is which other teachers say. Yesterday afternoon. I paid ∧visit to Mr. ‎ health what a Johnson. I was eager to see him, but outside her room I stopped. I had to calm myself down. Quietly I step into the ‎ ‎ His stepped room. I saw him lying in bed, looking at some of the picture we had taken together. I understood that he missed us ‎ ‎ pictures just as many as we missed him.‎ ‎ much 第二节 The Mid- Autumn Fetival The Mid-Autumn Festival falls on the 15th of the eighth month of Our Chinese lunar calendar. As one of the traditional Chinese festivals, it has been enjoying great popularity in our country. Usually, no matter how far away or how busy we are, we will try to come home for the celebration. The moon that night looks the brightest in the whole lunar month. What we love most is the time we enjoy the full moon together. With the beautiful moon up in the sky, we sit together and eat moon cakes and fruit, sharing our stories. In addition to these traditional activities, we have a wider range of choices such as travelling and visiting our relatives or friends.‎ 十六、山东卷 ‎1-5ACACB　 6-10CBABA 11-15BACAA　 16-20BCBCC 21-25ABCBA ‎ ‎26-30DCBCD 31-35 ABADC 36-40BCDCA 41-45 BCBDC 46-50AABCD ‎ ‎51-55BCADB 56-60ADDBC 61-65 DBABA 66-70CABDC 71-75 CDABB ‎76. Getty was a self-centered millionaire./Getty became rich through his own efforts.‎ ‎77. did not buy happiness for Getty ‎78.Althogh he was very rich, Getty hated to spend money.‎ ‎79. They took Getty’s grandson and asked for money.‎ ‎80.Getty made a great contribution to the art world./Getty had another side.‎ Dear Tom, ‎ How is everything going? I feel terribly sorry for being unable to reply your last letter in time. The final exam ，which all of us attached great importance to，took hold of my whole spare time，therefore，I had no choice but to completely focus on my study. I do appreciate it if you could understand and forgive me for my impoliteness. ‎ You asked me for my summer vacation arrangement in your last letter. Hereafter lists my primary plan. To start with, I intend to take a part-time job working as an assistant teacher in XXX school，which I believe will promise me a good opportunity to enhance interpersonal skills ，broaden our horizon and enrich our life. Moreover，I consider it a golden chance to tour around China to enjoy the picturesque scenery and taste the inviting food here and there. Last but not least，being a social volunteer has long been my dream and I could make full use of the time to devote my passion to the society and help those in need during the long vacation. ‎ Sorry indeed for having made you wait for such a long time. By the way，should you have any better plan，would you please write back to exchange ideas with me? ‎ Looking forward to your reply. ‎ Yours LiHua 十七、陕西卷 第一部分 英语知识运用 ‎1-5ABCBB 6-10GAFEC 11-15CADAD 16-20ABDDC ‎21-25BCAAD 26-30CCDAD 31-35CABAD 36-40AABCA ‎41-45DBBCC 第二部分 阅读理解 ‎46-50ADDBC 51-55AADCB 56-60ADABC 61-65ECABD 第三部分 写作 （共三节，满分55分）‎ 第一节 单词拼写 （共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）‎ ‎66. retell 67. March 68. prove 69. basket 70. invite ‎ ‎71.pandas 72. normal 73. balance 74. hopefully 75. supported 第二节 短文改错 ‎76.go—went 77.ours— our 78.去掉we前面的so ‎ ‎79.before--after 80.impatient—impatiently 81.and-but ‎ ‎82.were—was 83.fish前加a 84.minute—minutes ‎ ‎85.felt—feeling 第三节 书面表达（满分30分）‎ I am an 18-year old middle school student. I have been busy with my study and seldom helped my ‎ parents with the housework. Feeling quite sorry for that, I begin to think about what to do to help. 　　Last Sunday, when my parents went out shopping, I suddenly got an idea: why not give the rooms a thorough cleaning? Firstly I collected all the books, newspapers and other things scattered in the rooms and put them in place. Then I wiped the dust off all the furniture. After that, I swept and mopped the floors. 　　At this very moment, my parents came back and were quite surprised to see all the rooms tidy and floors shining. My mother gave me a hug and I could see satisfaction in her eyes. Tired as I was, I never felt so happy.‎ 十八、四川卷 英语试题参考答案 第Ⅰ卷（选择题 共90分）‎ 第一部分 英语知识运用（共两节，40分）‎ 第一节 单项填空（1-10小题，每小题1分，共10分）‎ ‎1. D 2. C 3. D 4. B 5. A 6. C 7. A 8. A 9. D 10. B 第二节 完形填空（11-30小题，每小题1. 5分，共30分）‎ ‎11. C 12. A 13. D 14. A 15. B 16. B 17. C 18. B 19. C 20. D ‎21. B 22. A 23. B 24. D 25. B 26. C 27. A 28. D 29. A 30. D 第二部分 阅读理解（共两节，50分）‎ 第一节 阅 读（31-50小题，每小题2分，共40分）‎ ‎31. D 32. A 33. C 34. B 35. B 36. D 37. C 38. A 39. D 40. B ‎ ‎41. D 42. C 43. B 44. B 45. C 46. A 47. A 48. C 49. B 50. A 第二节 补全对话（51-55小题，每小题2分，共10分）‎ ‎51. B 52. E 53. G 54. A 55. C 第Ⅱ卷（非选择题 共60分）‎ 第三部分 写作（共三节，60分）‎ 第一节 阅读表达（56-60小题，每小题2分，共10分）‎ ‎56. In 1948.‎ ‎57. It’s hard but she loves it. ‎ ‎58. After her daughter developed diabetes. ‎ ‎59. Not to make cuts in nursing. ‎ ‎60. Because she thinks her mother works too hard.‎ 第二节 短文改错（共10小题；每小题15分，共15分）‎ Today we had a chemistry test. I found the test difficulty, but I tried hardly to do it. Suddenly Mary,‎ difficult hard my best friend, asking me to let her to copy my answers. After think for some time, I let her copy my asked thinking answers. But after the test, all of us were called to the teacher’s office. The teacher was angry because we both had∧same answers in the tests. We were warned not to cheat again so she would need to see our parents. I the test or was very upset. I didn’t cheat. I was just helping a friend. Why does she punish me?‎ ‎ did It’s useful and necessary to discuss learning habits. As we all know, good learning habits can make your study go to succeed. As a student, we should pay more attentions to our habits which ‎ we develop in our study.‎ I’m sure “repeat” is a best habit. Do you develop the habit? If we want to improve our study, we should repeat what the teachers taught us again and again, and then we can understand or remember the knowledge which the teachers demand us to master. How to develop the habit? the first step, set a timetable, and stick to carry out the plan, don’t stop.‎ When I do my homework, I often make mistakes with carelessness, how to overcome the shortage? I think I should think about it over and over as long as I do my homework. And then I do it little by little. Maybe in this way I can correct my mistakes.‎ 十九、浙江卷 ‎ 第一部分 第一节（10分，每小题0.5分）‎ ‎1—5 DBDBD 6—10 AABAB 11—15 DCBCA 16—20 BBCAD ‎ 第二节（20分，每小题1分）‎ ‎21—25 BBDCA 26—30 CAACC 31—35 DBACA 36—40 BDCBB ‎ 第二部分（50分，每小题2分）‎ ‎41—45 BBADC 46—49 DDABA 50—54DCDBC 55—60 AACBC ‎61—65 BFECA ‎ 第三部分 第一节（10分，每小题1分）‎ Dear Diary,‎ Here I am in the middle of a city, 350 miles far away from our farmhouse. Do you want to know why ‎ we move last week? Dad lost his job, and as Mom explained, “He was lucky to find other one.” His ‎ moved another new job meant I had to say goodbye to my classmate, my school or just everything else I love in the ‎ classmates and world. To make matters bad, now I have to share a room with my younger sister, Maggie.‎ ‎ Tomorrow worse is ∧first day of school. I am awfully tiring, but I know I will never fall sleep.‎ ‎ the / my tired asleep Good night and remember, you, dear diary, is my only souvenir from my past life and my only friend.‎ ‎ are Yours,‎ Rosemary 第二节（30分）‎ One possible student version：‎ One Thing I’m Proud of ‎ I still remember how I became a good table tennis player.‎ ‎ The first day I went to high school, I saw some of my classmates playing table tennis. Amazed at how skilful they were, I was determined to be just as good. Later on, I often watched them carefully to learn their techniques. Then I kept practicing until I became confident enough to challenge the good players. At the end of the term I became one of the best players in my class.‎ ‎ I am really proud of this experience, because it helps me realize that we all can fulfil our potential and achieve our goals through hard work. It also helps me better understand the proverb “Practice makes perfect.”‎